Malawi Growth and Development Strategy II 2011-2016

1.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 Main Assumptions of MGDS II .................................................................................. 3

1.3 MGDS II Outline ......................................................................................................... 3 CHAPTER 2 .............................................................................................................................. 4 BACKGROUND ................................................................................................................... 4

2.1 Overview of Development Policies ........................................................................ 4

2.2 National Development Policies ............................................................................... 4

2.3 Situation Analysis .................................................................................................... 7

2.4 Overview of MGDS Implementation ..................................................................... 8

2.5 Lessons Learnt from Implementation of MGDS ................................................... 15

2.6 The MGDS II Formulation Process ....................................................................... 16 CHAPTER 3 ............................................................................................................................ 18 MACROECONOMIC FRAMEWORK............................................................................... 18

3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 18

3.2 Medium Term Macroeconomic Prospects ............................................................. 19

3.2.1 Output and Prices .................................................................................................... 20

3.2.2 Fiscal Operations ............................................................................................... 21

3.2.3 External Sector and Monetary Operations ......................................................... 21

3.4 Challenges and Risks ............................................................................................. 22 CHAPTER 4 ............................................................................................................................ 23 THEMATIC AREAS ........................................................................................................... 23 THEME 1: SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH ...................................................... 23 Sub-Theme 1: Agriculture ............................................................................................... 26 Sub Theme 2: Natural Resources and Environmental Management ............................... 27 Sub Theme 3: Mining ...................................................................................................... 29 vii Sub Theme 4: Private Sector Development, Industry and Trade ..................................... 30 Sub-Theme 5: Rural Development .................................................................................. 31 Sub-Theme 6: Tourism, Wildlife and Culture ................................................................. 33 Sub-Theme 7: Labour and Employment .......................................................................... 36 Sub Theme 8: Land .......................................................................................................... 37 THEME 2: SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT .............................................................................. 38 Sub-Theme 1: Population ................................................................................................ 39 Sub-Theme 2: Health ...................................................................................................... 40 Sub-Theme 3: Education.................................................................................................. 41 Sub-Theme 4: Child Development and Protection .......................................................... 42 Sub-Theme 5: Youth Development ................................................................................. 43 Sub-Theme 6: Nutrition ................................................................................................... 44 THEME 3: SOCIAL SUPPORT AND DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT .................... 46 Sub-Theme 1: Supporting the Vulnerable ....................................................................... 47 Sub-Theme 2: Disaster Risk Management ...................................................................... 48 THEME 4: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT ......................................................... 49 Sub -Theme 1: Energy ..................................................................................................... 51 Sub-Theme 2: Transport .................................................................................................. 52 Sub-Theme 3: Water Development ................................................................................. 53 Sub-Theme 4: Information and Communication ............................................................. 54 Sub-Theme 5: Housing and Urban Development ............................................................ 57 THEME 5: IMPROVED GOVERNANCE ........................................................................ 59 Sub-Theme 1: Economic Governance ............................................................................. 62 Sub-Theme 2: Corporate Governance ............................................................................. 63 Sub-Theme 3: Democratic Governance ........................................................................... 64

5.3.1 Justice and Rule of Law ..................................................................................... 64

5.3.2 Human Rights .................................................................................................... 66

5.3.3 Elections ............................................................................................................. 67

5.3.4 Peace and Security ............................................................................................. 67 Sub-Theme4: Public Sector Management ....................................................................... 68 THEME 6: CROSS-CUTTING ISSUES ............................................................................. 69 Sub-Theme 1: Gender ...................................................................................................... 70 Sub-Theme 2: Capacity Development ............................................................................. 72 CHAPTER 5 ............................................................................................................................ 73 KEY PRIORITY AREAS .................................................................................................... 73

1.0 Agriculture and Food Security .................................................................................. 74

1.1 Agricultural Productivity and Diversification ....................................................... 74

1.2 Food Security......................................................................................................... 75

2.0 Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism ............................................ 77 viii

2.1 Energy.................................................................................................................... 77

2.2 Industrial Development ......................................................................................... 78

2.3 Mining ................................................................................................................... 81

2.4 Tourism .................................................................................................................. 82

3.0 Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port............................................ 83

3.1 Road Infrastructure ................................................................................................ 84

3.2 Rail Transport ........................................................................................................ 85

3.3 Inland Water Transport Infrastructure ................................................................... 86

4.0 Education, Science and Technology ......................................................................... 87

4.1 Education ............................................................................................................... 87

4.2 Science and Technology ........................................................................................ 89 5.0 Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management ...................... 91

5.1 Public Health ......................................................................................................... 92

5.2 Sanitation ............................................................................................................... 94

5.3 Malaria ................................................................................................................... 95

5.4 HIV/AIDS Management ........................................................................................ 96

6.0 Integrated Rural Development .................................................................................. 98

7.0 Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development ............................................................ 100

7.1 Green Belt Irrigation ................................................................................................ 100

7.2 Water Development ............................................................................................. 101

8.0 Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment................................ 102

8.1 Child Development .............................................................................................. 103

8.2 Youth Development and Empowerment ............................................................. 104 9.0 Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management .................. 105

9.1 Climate Change Management ............................................................................. 106

9.2 Natural Resources and Environmental Management .......................................... 107 CHAPTER 6 .......................................................................................................................... 114 CHAPTER 6 .......................................................................................................................... 114 IMPLEMENTATION FRAMEWORK ............................................................................. 114

6.1 Implementation Modalities .................................................................................. 114 6.2 Roles of Key Stakeholders in the Implementation of the MGDS II .................... 115

6.3 Monitoring and Evaluation .................................................................................. 116

6.4 National M&E Framework .................................................................................. 117

6.5 Financing and Budgetary Allocations ................................................................. 119 ANNEX 1: OPERATIONAL MATRIX BY THEME .......................................................... 122 ANNEX 2: OPERATIONAL MATRIX BY KEY PRIORITY AREAS .............................. 181 ANNEX 3: MGDS COSTING............................................................................................... 264 ix LIST OF TABLES Table 3.1: Real GDP Growth and Inflation ............................................................................. 18 Table 3.2: Summary of Selected Indicators, 2011-2016.......................................................... 20 Table 4.1: Sumary of Sustainable Economic Growth Theme.................................................. 24 Table 4.2: Summary of Social Development Theme………………………………………. .39 Table 4.3: Summary of Social Support and Disaster Risk Management Theme.....................47 Table 4.4: Summary of Infrastructure Development Theme ................................................... 50 Table 4.5: Summary of Improved Governance Theme ........................................................... 61 Table 4.6: Summary of Cross-cutting Theme...................…………………………………. .71 Table 4.7: Summary of Key Priority Areas.......................…………………………………. .75 Table 5.1: Summary of Key Priority Areas............................................................................109 Table 6.1: Estimated Budgetary Allocations to Themes and Key Priority Areas (Percentage of Planned Fiscal Expenditures)…………………………………………………….120 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1: Relationship between KPAs and Thematic Areas ...................................................... 2 Figure 2: Implementation Framework for MGDS II ............................................................. 118 x EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The Malawi Growth and Development Strategy II The Malawi Growth and Development Strategy II (MGDS II) is the overarching medium term strategy for Malawi designed to attain Malawi‟s long term aspirations as spelt out in its Vision 2020. The strategy covers a period of five years from 2011 to 2016. It follows the successful implementation of the country‟s medium term strategy, the Malawi Growth and Development Strategy (MGDS) between 2006 and 2011. The objective of MGDS II is to continue reducing poverty through sustainable economic growth and infrastructure development. The MGDS II identifies six broad thematic areas, namely; Sustainable Economic Growth; Social Development; Social Support and Disaster Risk Management; Infrastructure Development; Improved Governance; and Cross-Cutting Issues. Within these six thematic areas, the MGDS II isolates nine key priority areas (KPAs), namely; Agriculture and Food Security; Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port; Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism; Education, Science and Technology; Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management; Integrated Rural Development; Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development; Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment; and Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management. The selection of the key priority areas is meant to sustain and accelerate economic growth within the available resources. Through the nine key priority areas and the six thematic areas, the MGDS II maintains a balance among economic, social and environmental components of the economy. This will in turn reduce poverty and bring about prosperity in the medium term while accelerating attainment of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Just like its predecessor, the process of developing MGDS II was highly participatory and consultative involving the Executive, through and Central Government Ministries and Departments and local authorities across the country; the Legislature; Civil Society Organizations; Donors and Cooperating Partners; Non-Governmental Organizations; Private Sector; the Academia; Youth; Children; Women Groups; Faith Based Organizations and the xi general public. Macroeconomic Framework Successful implementation of MGDS II will largely depend on sound macroeconomic management and a stable political environment. This is necessary to attract investment and mobilize resources with which to finance the budget. Furthermore, successful implementation of the Medium Term Expenditure Framework (MTEF) depends on the predictable flow of resources while the overall resource envelope will be revised from time to time. The total revenue and grants are programmed to average 26.8 percent of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) during the implementation period. Total revenue is expected to average 21.1 percent of the GDP. The total government expenditure is expected to average 26.4 percent of GDP. Government will increase its capital expenditure during the period of MGDS II. The overall fiscal balance is expected to average 0.4 percent of the GDP. The MGDS II budget framework will be geared towards creating an enabling environment for private sector development and improving economic infrastructure such as energy, road networks, water systems and telecommunication. MGDS II Thematic Areas The MGDS II identifies six broad based thematic areas, namely; Sustainable Economic Growth; Social Development; Social Support and Disaster Risk Management; Infrastructure Development; Improved Governance; and Cross-Cutting Issues. Theme 1: Sustainable Economic Growth Sustainable economic growth is key to poverty reduction and improvement in the living standards of Malawians. Over the past five years, Malawi registered progress in a number of areas including high economic growth, declining poverty levels, strong donor support, increased foreign direct investment and transformation in infrastructure. The country, however, faces a number of challenges such as inadequate energy generation and supply, narrow export base, climate change, environmental degradation, and unemployment. In order to address these challenges, the Government through MGDS II will continue implementing interventions aimed at ensuring sustainable economic growth. Emphasis will be placed on maximizing the contribution of potential growth sectors such as agriculture, mining and tourism, while creating an enabling environment for private sector participation xii and development; fostering job creation; empowering rural communities; ensuring equitable access to land; and enhancing sustainable use of the environment. The sustainable economic growth thematic area has eight sub-themes namely: agriculture; natural resources and environmental management; mining; private sector development, industry and trade; rural development; tourism, wildlife and culture; labour and employment; and land. Within the sub-themes, focus will be placed on wildlife and culture, labour and employment, and land. Whilst, agriculture, mining, natural resources and environmental management, industry, trade, integrated rural development, and tourism have been isolated as key priority areas. Wildlife: Wildlife is a valuable tourism resource as it can contribute significantly to incomes and employment. The sector, however, faces a number of challenges including poaching, poor supporting infrastructure, and low community participation in wildlife conservation. Government will continue to conserve and manage wildlife in both protected areas and natural habitats through, among other strategies, strengthening institutional capacity to manage protected areas and ecosystems. Culture: Culture is an important element to support tourism development. However, the sub-sector is not well developed. It lacks purpose-built cultural infrastructures such as museums, arts centres and the national archives buildings. Government will, therefore, undertake a number of initiatives to promote Malawi‟s culture. In the medium term, it is expected that there will be improved preservation of Malawi‟s cultural heritage and values and increased promotion and development of Malawi's culture. Labour and Employment: A skilled and productive labour force contributes meaningfully to economic growth and improved living standards. As such, Government will implement the following strategies: promoting occupational safety health, promoting skills development, testing and certification, and establishing an effective and efficient labour market information system. Land: Land is a basic factor of production and an important source of livelihood. It is also a source of income, nation‟s wealth; and provides cultural identity and shelter. Government recognizes a number of challenges facing the sector, including: increased demand for land emanating from rapid population growth, high rate of urbanization and insufficient public awareness on land laws. Government therefore, will ensure that there is equitable access to xiii land and tenure security; efficient management and administration system; and an ecologically balanced use of land and land-based resources. Theme 2: Social Development High rates of population growth have far reaching implications on the social and economic development of a country. Consequently, provision of social services such as health and education in the country is greatly affected by the prevailing population dynamics. There are six sub-themes in this thematic area, namely: population; health; education; child development and protection; youth development and nutrition. From this theme health, education, child development, and youth development have been isolated as key priority areas. Nutrition: Government recognizes that malnutrition is a silent crisis. Many children especially in the rural areas are characterized by high levels of nutrition disorders such as stunting, wasting and underweight. A number of key strategies will be implemented to reduce the prevalence rate of nutrition disorders, including: promoting exclusive breastfeeding practices for children aged 0-6 months; preventing and controlling micronutrient deficiency disorders; and strengthening institutional and human capacities for the effective delivery of nutrition services. Population: Population influences all aspects of socio-economic development. Government through this strategy will pursue policies aimed at managing population growth. To achieve this, a number of strategies will be implemented, including: enhancing the provision, access, delivery and utilization of Sexual and Reproductive Health (SRH) services; advocating girls‟ education and delayed marriage; promoting the small family concept; and strengthening migration and national vital registration systems. Theme 3: Social Support and Disaster Risk Management Despite the food surplus that the country enjoyed during the implementation of the previous strategy as well as the reduction in poverty levels and the impressive economic growth, there are sections of the population that experience extreme poverty and still require social support. In addition, the country has been experiencing natural disasters that have negatively affected national development and led to loss of lives. Drought has also led to food insecurity in some places requiring humanitarian assistance. Government will, therefore, continue to provide xiv social support to the vulnerable and to strengthen disaster risk management. Supporting the Vulnerable: Government will continue to refocus its attention on productivity enhancing interventions and provision of welfare support. Strategies to be implemented include enhancing and promoting predictable transfers to the most vulnerable and the ultra poor households, and promoting longer term skills oriented and asset enhancing interventions. Disaster Risk Management: The magnitude, frequency and impact of disasters have been increasing, due to climate change, population growth and environmental degradation. In responding to these challenges, Government will implement a number of strategies, including strengthening Disaster Risk Management (DRM) coordination mechanisms, developing an integrated national Early Warning System (EWS), and implementing mitigation measures in disaster prone areas. Theme 4: Infrastructure Development Infrastructure is a key component for creating an enabling environment for private sector driven growth and provision of timely and quality social services. There are five sub themes under infrastructure development, namely: energy; transport; water development; information and communication; and housing and urban development. From this thematic area, energy, transport, and water development have been isolated as key priority areas. In addition to these key priority areas, Government will focus on the following: Air Transport: Government recognizes the need to continuously improve air transport infrastructure and services to enhance trade, tourism and investment. In the medium term, a number of outcomes will be achieved, including improved air safety and management in line with international standards; improved regulatory and institutional framework, and improved security in airports. Information and Communication: A well developed information and communication system is essential for the development of the country. In this respect, Government will continue to implement Information and Communication Technology (ICT) strategies that will facilitate E-services, increase public efficiency and grant citizen access to public services. This will entail among other things, developing a reliable, fast, adaptive and robust national xv ICT infrastructure that feeds into international networks; improving efficiency in delivering postal services; and developing public online services. Media and Communication: Media and communication provide alternatives to the public to express their developmental aspirations and priorities, and in shaping the public perception on a variety of important issues. Government will ensure that the population has access to timely and relevant information, and that there is popular participation of the citizens in development, governance and democratic processes. This will be achieved by implementing a number of strategies, including promoting screening of developmental video documentaries; promoting discussion forums on topical issues; and enhancing skills capacity of media personnel. Housing and Urban Development: Adequate and quality housing is one of the key indicators of development as it relates to basic needs and is crucial in assessing living conditions of a population. Government will aim at increasing access to decent housing and create a sustainable, economically and socially integrated urbanizing system. The key strategies will include promoting Public and Private Partnerships (PPPs) in housing delivery; scaling up the provision of basic infrastructure and services particularly in informal settlements; promoting national housing financing mechanisms; and enforcing rules and regulations on land use and physical plans. Theme 5: Improved Governance Good governance minimizes distortionary incentives and ensures equitable allocation and distribution of public resources. It enhances public security and safety, and guarantees property and personal rights, which in turn creates a conducive environment for private sector investment. Government recognizes that the successful implementation of its development strategy depends on the prevalence of good governance. Government will, therefore, among other things, continue to address issues related to access to economic opportunity, private sector participation, efficient stewardship of public resources, promotion of democratic governance institutions, and justice and the rule of law. Focus will be placed on four sub themes, namely economic governance, corporate governance, democratic governance and public sector management. Economic Governance: Government recognizes that a stable macroeconomic environment xvi is vital for economic growth and is a catalyst for investment and industrial development. To consolidate the economic gains achieved in the last five years, the economic governance sub- theme will aim at sustaining economic growth within a stable macroeconomic environment. In the medium term, it is expected that there will be strong evidence-based planning and macroeconomic policy formulation; improved resource mobilization, allocation, and use of public resources; enhanced and diversified export base and improved access to financial services. Some of the key strategies that will be pursued include: harmonizing the national budget and priorities in the national development strategy; diversifying sources of government revenue; expanding and improving financial services to Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs); improving national procurement, audit and reporting systems and improving legal and regulatory framework of the financial sector. Corporate Governance: Government recognizes that good corporate governance is an important element in the creation of an enabling environment for rapid and sustainable private sector development. Thus, this strategy will pursue the goal of ensuring well regulated, transparent, accountable and efficient business systems. To achieve this, key strategies will include: improving and strengthening business regulatory framework; enhancing regulatory regime for parastatals; promoting the adoption of good corporate governance code of conduct; and promoting zero tolerance to corruption. Democratic Governance Broad based growth and improvement in the quality of life and social wellbeing flourishes with good democratic governance. Government will therefore pursue strategies that will ensure the continuation of good democratic governance. The Democratic Governance sub-theme will focus on justice and rule of law, human rights, elections, and peace and security. On justice and rule of law Government aims at fostering independence and credibility of the judicial system; promoting supremacy and respect for the constitution and promoting a people-centred, accessible, affordable, and expeditious justice system, among other strategies. Whilst on human rights, the focus will be on the promotion and protection of rights and freedoms enshrined in the country‟s constitution. With regard to elections, Government will continue to promote free and fair elections by enhancing credibility and management of electoral process and ensuring independence of elections governing bodies. Government will also ensure that peace and security continues to prevail as xvii a prerequisite for ensuring a conducive environment for business and economic activity. Public Sector Management: Effective public sector management is necessary for efficient delivery of public goods and services. Government will therefore among other things, strive to achieve enhanced public service leadership; improved performance and service delivery in the public service; harmonized and evidence-based policies; and enhanced implementation of Public Sector Reform programmes. Theme 6: Cross-Cutting Issues Gender, capacity development, research and development, Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS), nutrition, environment, climate change, population and science and technology are critical issues that cut across and impact on all sectors of the economy. This thematic area however, focuses on gender and capacity development. Gender: In Malawi, evidence has shown that the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) targets that are lagging behind have very pronounced gender connotations. Government will, therefore implement a number of strategies to reduce gender inequalities in the country. These strategies include: promoting women entrepreneurship and involvement in cooperatives; promoting equal access to appropriate technologies and micro-finance schemes; advocating for affirmative action to increase representation of women in politics and decision making positions; strengthening Gender Based Violence (GBV) service delivery systems; strengthening legal and regulatory framework; and mainstreaming gender at all levels. Capacity Development: Government recognizes the need to develop capacity at all levels for successful implementation of its development programmes. Government will, therefore, reorient and expand existing investment in infrastructure and equipment. It will also provide a conducive environment for the development of skills and knowledge to respond to the needs of the economy. The key strategies include developing and strengthening human and institutional capacities, mainstreaming capacity development in all sectors and promoting effective performance management systems. MGDS II Key Priority Areas The MGDS II has isolated nine key priority areas from the themes which are necessary to xviii achieve rapid economic growth and improvement in the well-being of Malawians within the implementation period. The key priority areas are: Agriculture and Food Security; Energy, Industrial Development, Mining, and Tourism; Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port; Education, Science and Technology; Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management; Integrated Rural Development; Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development; Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment; and Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management. 1. Agriculture and Food Security Agriculture is key to food security, economic growth and wealth creation. The sector, however, faces a number of challenges including over dependence on rain-fed farming, low absorption of improved technologies, weak private sector participation, and lack of investment in mechanization. To address these challenges Government will aim at enhancing agricultural productivity, diversification and food security through, among others, the following strategies: enhancing provision of effective extension services; enhancement of livestock and fisheries productivity; promotion of diversification of agricultural production for domestic and export markets; promoting dietary diversification; improving the functioning of agricultural markets; increasing national food storage capacity; and reducing post harvest losses. 2. Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism A well-developed and efficient energy system is vital for industrial, mining and tourism development. Government will therefore focus on increasing the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity and promote other energy sources with the aim of improving service delivery and increased output in the economy. To promote industrial development, Government will promote use of modern technology in manufacturing; facilitate accreditation of quality assurance institutions; undertake industrial reforms; promote product and market diversification; and promote value addition in existing and potential products. Government will also implement a number of strategies to promote mining and tourism sectors. These strategies include: enforcing legislations on sustainable use and management of mineral resources; promoting the development of high-quality tourism facilities in designated areas; providing infrastructure that is supportive to tourism and mining development; and promoting participation of both local and foreign investors in the tourism and mining industries. xix 3. Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port Good transport infrastructure is a catalyst for development. Better domestic and regional connectivity demands improved road, water, rail and air transport. While continuing with the improvement of the road network, Government will focus on rail and water transport infrastructure including the Nsanje World Inland Port. 4. Education, Science and Technology Rapid development in all sectors of the economy will require highly skilled and educated workforce, and the application of science and technology. To strengthen the education system and promote science, technology and innovation Government will implement among others, the following strategies: constructing additional school infrastructure; training and recruiting additional teaching staff; improving scientific and technological infrastructure for research and development and strengthening innovation regulatory framework; and promoting adoption, transfer and utilization of appropriate technologies. 5. Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management Government recognizes that a healthy population is necessary for sustainable economic growth and development. To ensure a healthy population, Government will among others, implement the following strategies: strengthening community health service delivery and health support systems; improving availability and access to maternal care services; strengthening initiatives for prevention, diagnosis and treatment of emerging non- communicable diseases; scaling up the delivery of Indoor Residual Spraying (IRS); scaling up of Long Lasting Insecticide Nets (LLINs). Government will also improve water and sanitation infrastructure and undertake public awareness and education campaigns to address the challenges in the areas of sanitation and hygiene. On HIV and AIDS management, Government will promote HIV Testing and Counselling (HTC); promote Prevention of Mother-to-Child Transmission of HIV (PMTCT); promote advocacy and awareness campaigns and behavioural change at all levels; and offer effective HIV and AIDS education and life skills programmes in all primary and secondary schools. 6. Integrated Rural Development The majority of Malawi‟s population live in rural areas. Thus, improvement of living standards for rural communities is critical to the development of the country. Government will use an Integrated Rural Development (IRD) approach to resuscitate rural economies and xx transform them into potential drivers of economic growth and development. IRD will set a platform for empowering rural people to exploit socioeconomic opportunities and tackle challenges for improving their livelihoods. To achieve this, Government will pursue a number of strategies, including: promoting the establishment of rural growth centres; providing basic amenities to the rural areas; promoting the establishment of satellite model villages; and promoting the rural electrification programme. 7. Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development Malawi depends on rain-fed agriculture, although she is endowed with vast water resources. Government will continue to embark on the Green Belt Irrigation initiative to utilize water from lakes and perennial rivers to enhance the country‟s production of a variety of crops, livestock and fisheries. To achieve this, Government will pursue a number of initiatives, including the following: developing irrigation infrastructure; enhancing technical and administrative capacities in irrigated agriculture; rehabilitating irrigation schemes and dams; promoting research in irrigation technology; developing potential groundwater resources; establishing piped water systems; rehabilitating water facilities throughout the country; and promoting user friendly technologies for water resource conservation and utilization. 8. Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment Children and the youth constitute a significant proportion of the population of Malawi. It is therefore essential to invest in child development, youth development and empowerment. In the medium term it is expected that there will be equitable access to quality child development services; and increased absorption of skills, technology and innovations by the youth. In this respect, strategies to be implemented include: promoting early childhood development and pre-primary education; protecting children against abuse; eliminating harmful cultural practices; improving youth‟s technical, vocational, entrepreneurial and life skills; and improving youth‟s access to credit facilities for entrepreneurship. 9. Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management Natural resources form a principal source of social well being and economic development in Malawi. However, these resources are under constant stress from climate change and unprecedented human, industrial and other developmental activities. To address this, Government will implement a number of strategies including: developing adaptation and mitigation measures to climate change related impacts; improving coordination of xxi environment and natural resource programmes; promoting bio-diversity conservation programs; promoting development and implementation of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) projects; promoting projects on waste management and air pollution and other environmentally friendly technologies and practices; and developing, conserving and protecting forest plantations and natural woodlands. MGDS II Assumptions The achievement of the above will be based on a number of assumptions including that the country: sustains and accelerates real GDP growth rates; continues to enjoy political stability; provides conducive macroeconomic environment; increases diversification and value addition of export commodities; provides effective aid and debt management; ensures availability of adequate resources and capacity; sustains good governance; and guarantees continued political will. Implementation Framework The MGDS II was formulated through a participatory process involving all stakeholders. This strategy represents views and ideas of various stakeholders on the path of development the country should follow in the next five years, 2011-2016. Implementation of this strategy will involve all stakeholders and government will align the national budget to this strategy. Other stakeholders including donors and cooperating partners will also align their programmes and support to the MGDS II. Monitoring and evaluation will be done through Sector Working Groups to ensure that it is inclusive and participatory. xxii CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Overview The Malawi Growth and Development Strategy II (MGDS II) is the overarching operational medium term strategy for Malawi for the next five years, 2011 to 2016. It is designed to attain the country‟s Vision 2020. The underlying philosophy of MGDS II is to continue creating wealth through sustainable economic growth and infrastructure development. It presents a policy framework that articulates issues related to both economic growth and social development. The MGDS II is meant to serve as a single reference document for policy makers in Government, the private sector, civil society, donors, the international community and co-operating partners on the country‟s socio-economic development priorities. The MGDS II is framed on six broad thematic areas namely; sustainable economic growth; social development; social support and disaster risk management; infrastructure development; improved governance; and cross cutting issues. The strategy recognizes that issues of gender, and capacity development are cross cutting and therefore have been addressed under a separate theme. To ascertain immediate economic benefits for the people of Malawi, the MGDS II will in the next five years focus on the following nine key priority areas: Agriculture and Food Security; Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port; Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism; Education, Science and Technology; Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV AND AIDS Management; Integrated Rural Development; Green Belt Irrigation, and Water Development; Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment; and Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management. Figure 1 is a schematic view of the relationship between themes and KPAs. 1 2

1.2 Main Assumptions of MGDS II The MGDS II is premised on the following assumptions:  The country sustains and accelerates real GDP growth rates to continue on its poverty reduction path;  Prudence in management of fiscal and monetary policies;  Continued political stability;  Conducive macroeconomic environment;  Increased diversification and value addition of export commodities to effectively drive the export led growth;  Effective aid management and further improvement in domestic debt management;  Adequate resources and capacity to implement MGDS II activities;  Good governance is entrenched and institutionalised to avoid wastage of scarce resources;  Effective social protection programmes are designed to mitigate negative side effects of growth and development; and  Continued political will.

1.3 MGDS II Outline The MGDS II is organized as follows: Chapter 1 is an introduction and presents an overview and main assumptions of the strategy. Chapter 2 presents the background and outlines past development policies; Chapter 3 summarizes the macroeconomic environment and expenditure framework within which the MGDS II will be implemented; Chapter 4 presents in detail the thematic areas of the MGDS II while Chapter 5 presents the key priority areas. Finally, Chapter 6 presents the implementation, monitoring and evaluation framework. 3 CHAPTER 2 BACKGROUND The MGDS II succeeds the MGDS as an overarching operational medium term national development strategy, designed to attain the nation‟s Vision 2020. It is a product of a highly consultative process involving a broad range of stakeholders. It therefore, represents a consensus on how Malawi can further accelerate the attainment of its development objectives. The MGDS II also incorporates lessons learnt from the implementation of the MGDS and simultaneously addresses the MDGs. The successful implementation of this strategy, therefore, requires commitment from all stakeholders. Government will spearhead the implementation of the MGDS II. However, all stakeholders including the private sector, civil society organizations, donors, cooperating development partners, and the general public have varying responsibilities in the implementation process to ensure the attainment of the set goals.

2.1 Overview of Development Policies Since the launch of the Malawi Vision 2020 on 31st March, 1998 Government has implemented two medium term national development strategies: Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy (MPRS) and MGDS. The MGDS II, therefore, becomes the third national development strategy. It translates the goals and objectives that emerged from a nation-wide consultation process as reflected in Vision 2020.

2.2 National Development Policies

2.2.1 Malawi Vision 2020 Vision 2020 is a policy framework that sets out a long-term development perspective for Malawi. It emphasizes long term strategic thinking, shared vision and visionary leadership, participation by the population, strategic management and national learning. The Vision 2020 states that “by the year 2020 Malawi as a God fearing nation, will be secure, democratically mature, environmentally sustainable, self-reliant with equal opportunities for and active participation by all, having social services, vibrant cultural and religious values and a technologically driven middle-income economy”. 4

2.2.2 Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy In May 2002, Government launched the MPRS which presented a first attempt to translate long-term vision into medium term focused action plans. The MPRS became the overarching medium term strategy of the Government for reducing poverty in the country. The goal of the MPRS was to achieve “sustainable poverty reduction through empowerment of the poor” . The MPRS was built around four strategic pillars namely: sustainable pro-poor growth; human capital development; improving the quality of life of the most vulnerable; and good governance. In addition, it had four key cross cutting issues namely: HIV and AIDS, gender, environment, science and technology. The implementation period for the MPRS was three years ending in the 2004/05 fiscal year. In the second half of 2005, the MPRS was reviewed to draw lessons from its implementation. The lessons are summarized in the report “Comprehensive Review of the MPRS 2005” and the findings informed the strategic direction of the MGDS. The notable achievement of the MPRS was the decline in poverty levels from 54.1 percent to 52.4 percent. Also important was the fact that Ministries and Departments implemented their activities in line with the MPRS framework. However, there were some short falls that hampered the implementation process. These included failure by Ministries and Departments to translate the activities into the budget and Medium Term Expenditure Framework (MTEF), slow implementation of the devolution process, and funding not based on priorities defined by MPRS.

2.2.3 Malawi Growth and Development Strategy Government launched the MGDS in 2007. It was designed as the overarching operational medium-term strategy for Malawi to attain the nation‟s Vision 2020 and the MDGs for the period 2006 to 2011. The main aim of the MGDS was to create wealth through sustainable economic growth and infrastructure development as a means of achieving poverty reduction. It presented a policy framework that balanced issues related to both economic growth and social development. To ascertain immediate economic benefits for the people of Malawi, the MGDS focused on the following six key priority areas: Agriculture and Food Security; Irrigation and Water Development; Transport Infrastructure Development; Energy Generation and Supply; Integrated Rural Development; and Prevention and Management of Nutrition Disorders, HIV 5 and AIDS. These key priority areas were also expected to accelerate the attainment of the MDGs in the areas of health, education, gender, environment, and governance. They were isolated from the MGDS five thematic areas namely; sustainable economic growth; social protection and disaster risk management; social development; infrastructure development and improving governance. The MGDS recognized that issues of HIV and AIDS, science and technology, gender, empowerment and environment were cross cutting and as such they were streamlined within the five thematic areas. Annual reviews were conducted throughout the period of MGDS to draw lessons from its implementation. These lessons, among other things, informed the strategic direction of the MGDS II.

2.2.4 International Development Commitments The MGDS II recognizes Government‟s commitment to several global agreements and declarations including the MDGs, and the Plan of Implementation of the World Summit on Sustainable Development. Government through the MGDS II is committed to the MDGs as internationally agreed targets for eradicating extreme poverty and hunger; achieving universal primary education; promoting gender equality and empowering women; reducing child mortality; improving maternal health; combating HIV and AIDS, malaria and other diseases; ensuring environment sustainability; and developing global partnership for development. The country has made progress on all its targets and is on track to attain five of the eight MDGs targets by the year 2015. On eradicating extreme poverty and hunger, the poverty headcount has declined from 50 percent in 2005 to 39 percent in 2010 while the proportion of population below minimum level of dietary energy requirement has decreased from about 22 percent in 2005 to 15 percent in 2009. Under universal primary education, there has been an increase in primary school net enrolment from 73 percent in 2006 to 83 percent in 2009 while youth literacy rate has increased from 74.9 percent in 2005 to about 84 percent in 2009. Progress has also been made on gender equality and empowerment of women. The ratio of girls to boys in primary school has increased from 0.95 in 2005 to 1.03 in 2009. The proportion of seats held by women in Parliament has significantly improved from 14 percent in 2004 to 22 percent in 2009 ( Malawi MDG Report, 2010). 6 In addition, progress has also been made on reducing child mortality and improving maternal health. Infant mortality rate has declined from 76 deaths per 1,000 live births in 2004 to 66 per 1,000 live births in 2010, while under-five mortality rate has declined from 133 deaths per 1,000 live births in 2004 to 112 deaths per 1,000 live births in 2010. Maternal mortality rate has declined from 984 births per 100,000 live births in 2004 to 675 births per 100,000 live births in 2010. The HIV prevalence rate among pregnant women aged 15 to 24 years has declined from about 14.3 percent in 2005 to 12 percent in 2009, while deaths associated with tuberculosis cases has declined from 19 percent in 2005 to 8 percent in 2009 ( DHS Report, 2010). Although progress has been made in all the goals, Malawi is still lagging behind in achieving targets in three goals, namely; improve maternal health, achieve universal primary education and promote gender equality and women empowerment. In this respect, efforts will be made to achieve all the MDG targets during the implementation of this strategy.

2.3 Situation Analysis The economy of Malawi is dependent on agriculture. The sector remains the country‟s main foreign exchange earner with tobacco, sugar, tea, coffee and cotton as major export products followed by manufacturing and tourism. The country‟s dependence on this sector renders its economy vulnerable to shocks hence the need to diversify. In recent years, efforts have been made to diversify the economy to other sectors such as mining, tourism and service sectors. Consequently, the contribution of other sectors including mining to GDP has increased over the years with agriculture declining from about 38 percent in 1994 to about 27 percent in 2010. Prior to MGDS implementation (2002 to 2005), GDP growth rate averaged 3.5 percent against the target of 5.2 percent. On the other hand, during the implementation period of the MGDS (2006 to 2010), the economy performed remarkably well, with an average real GDP growth rate of 7.1 per cent compared to a target of 6 percent. During the same period, inflation rate declined to single digit levels, and bank lending rate also declined. Over the past years, there has been significant reduction in the number of people living in poverty from 52 percent in 2004 to 39 percent in 2010. In addition the country has seen significant improvement in infrastructure development in the transport, health and education 7 sectors. Consequently, there has been an increase in the provision of and access to social services. The proportion of the population with access to safe potable water and basic sanitation increased from 73 percent and 84 percent in 2005 to 80 and 93 percent, respectively, in 2010. HIV prevalence declined from 14 percent in 2005 to 12 percent in 2010. In the health sector, birth attended by skilled personnel increased from 38 percent in 2005 to 58 percent in 2010 and maternal mortality and infant mortality declined from 984 per 100,000 live births and 76 per 1,000 births to 675 deaths and 72 deaths, respectively during the same period. Life expectancy also increased from 40 years in 2005 to 49 years in 2010 (DHS, 2010). Although Malawi has improved the welfare of its citizens, the country still faces a number of challenges including: insufficient energy generation and supply; high transportation costs; inadequate skilled human resource; inadequate financial resources; narrow export base; inadequate diversification; high illiteracy levels; high population growth; over dependence on rain-fed agriculture and HIV and AIDS pandemic. In addition, Malawi has challenges to meet some of the MDGs namely: improving maternal health, achieving universal primary education and promoting gender equality and empowering women. The themes and key priority areas in this strategy, therefore, aim to address the above challenges while consolidating the achievements attained during the MGDS implementation.

2.4 Overview of MGDS Implementation The MGDS has generally been effective as an instrument of achieving the country‟s developmental goals. Having experienced stagnant and at times negative growth spanning over 15 years prior to the implementation of the MGDS, poverty had increased significantly; incomes dwindled; and the livelihoods of the majority of Malawians adversely impacted upon. The introduction of MGDS has reversed some of these challenges. Although still not sufficient, Malawi has begun to record positive economic growth as well as impressive results on many MDGs indicators.

2.4.1 Aid Effectiveness At the start of the MGDS, Malawi received significant debt cancellations under the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) Initiative and the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative (MDRI) 8 in 2006 when the outstanding external debt stock was reduced from US$2.97 billion as of end 2005 to US$0.52 billion in August 2006. This debt relief led to increased fiscal space arising from the debt service savings, thus permitting increased Government spending on priority areas. The debt relief led to improved debt indicators thereby increasing the scope for the Government to acquire more external aid in the form of concessional loans. Aid disbursement remained stable over the last three fiscal years of MGDS implementation, 2007/08 to 2009/10. Traditional donors continued to provide the majority of the aid support with EU contributing the largest disbursements in 2009/10 Fiscal Year (FY) followed by World Bank and DfID. Other key donors were USAID, Norway and AfDB. During the same period, new donors like the Peoples Republic of China and the Republic of India began to play an increasingly important role. However, aid has been concentrated in a small number of sectors with Economic Governance being the largest recipient sector of overall donor support followed by Health; Agriculture; Education; and Water and Sanitation in that order in 2009/10 Fiscal Year. In contrast, the 5 smallest recipient sectors were Public Administration; Tourism, Wildlife and Culture; Energy and Mining; Gender, Youth Development and Sports; and Trade, Industry and Private Sector Development. During the same period, aid predictability was high but undermined by a couple of key donors with aid disbursement modalities shifting from Pooled Sector Support to General Budget Support. Budget Support increased to 30 percent in 2009/10 FY from 21 percent in 2008/09 FY of total donor receipts by Government while Pooled Sector Support declined from 24 percent in 2008/09 FY to 17 percent in 2009/10 FY. In this regard, Government will assume that external resources will be forthcoming to support the MGDS II activities following international commitments made by the G8 Nations at the Gleneagles Summit in 2005 as well as similar commitments by both bilateral and multilateral donors.

2.4.2 Macroeconomic Performance MGDS projected a 6 percent annual GDP growth rate as the level at which meaningful poverty reduction would be achieved. The economy performed well as GDP growth rate averaged 7.1 percent at the end of the five year period. The above average growth rate emanated from good performance in strategic sectors such as agriculture, construction, 9 mining and services. During MGDS implementation, domestic resource mobilisation increased as a share of GDP from 17.5 percent of GDP in 2006 to 22.6 percent of GDP in 2010 while expenditure averaged 35 percent of GDP. Expenditures throughout the period were within their MGDS target of 39 percent of GDP. Consequently, fiscal balances significantly improved to -2.9 percent of GDP. Within the same period, monetary policy was geared towards achieving price stability whilst providing sufficient room for private sector activity. Reserve money continued to be the nominal anchor for prices and money supply and its growth was programmed to expand at about the pace of nominal GDP to contain inflationary pressures and manage domestic demand. Subsequently, inflation declined from 10.1 percent in December 2006 to 6.3 percent in December 2010.

2.4.3 Sector Performance Agriculture: The country‟s introduction of the Farm Input Subsidy Programme (FISP) to smallholder farmers in the year 2005/06 has demonstrated the importance and value of investing in food crops as a step towards sustained economic growth and poverty reduction. The 2010 MDG Report attributed the country‟s sharp decline in poverty levels between 2005 and 2010 to FISP. Welfare Monitoring Survey1 reports indicate that the number of Malawians at risk of hunger has been decreasing overtime due to FISP. In the period before 2005 about 5 million Malawians were at risk of hunger. This reduced to about 500,000 in year 2008. Furthermore, maize production increased from 1.22 million metric tons in 2005 to 3.4 million metric tons in 2010 (Economic Report, 2011). Energy Sector: During the implementation of MGDS, the sector registered a number of achievements including establishment of the Malawi Energy Regulatory Authority (MERA) in 2007; rehabilitation of Tedzani I & II in which 40MW of installed capacity was restored. In addition, there has been an increase in the percentage of households with access to electricity from 4 in 2005 to 9 in 2010. This is partly due to successful implementation of rural electrification program which has increased the number of trading centres connected to electricity from 45 in 2005 to 182 in 2010. Furthermore, there has been a decline in the proportion of population using solid fuels from 94.8 percent in 2005 to 78 percent in 2010. 1 WMS reports (2007-2009) 10 Education: Government implemented a number of programmes in the education sector leading to the following achievements: primary school net enrolment increased from 73 percent in 2006 to 83 percent in 2009. The proportion of pupils starting grade one who reach grade five increased from 69 percent in 2000 to 76 percent in 2008 (UNDP, 2010). Completion rate in primary school has improved from 26.8 percent in 2005 to 53 percent in 2008. Primary school dropout rate has declined from 22 percent in 2005 to 5 percent in 2008. Health: The sector registered a number of achievements including reduction in infant mortality rate from 76 per 1,000 in 2004 to 66 per 1,000 in 2010; reduction in under-five mortality rate from 133 per 1,000 in 2004 to 112 per 1,000 in 2010; reduction in maternal mortality rate from 984 per 100,000 in 2004 to 675 per 100,000 in 2010; reduction in the prevalence of HIV among 15-24 year old pregnant women attending antenatal care from 14 percent in 2004 to 12 percent in 2009; reduction in malaria in-patient case fatality rate from 7 percent in 2004 to 3.2 percent in 2010 and increase in proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel from 38 percent in 2004 to 75 percent in 2009 (DHS, 2010). Nutrition: A number of interventions were implemented to improve nutrition. The interventions include school health and nutrition programmes; vitamin A supplementations; and nutrition support programmes. These interventions have resulted in improvement of nutrition indicators. For instance, the percentage of underweight children decreased from 22 percent in 2004 to 13 percent in 2010 (DHS, 2010). Mining: During the implementation of MGDS, contribution of mining to GDP rose from 3 percent in 2005 to 10.8 percent in 2010 partly attributed to the Kayelekera Uranium Mine (Annual Economic Report, 2010). Transport Sector: The transport sector carried out a number of interventions aimed at improving the quality of infrastructure. Some of the recent achievements include an increase in paved road network from 3,663 km in 2004 to 4,073 km in 2010; 215 km of the paved road network rehabilitated out of the 293 km during the same period (RA, 2011). The preparation of the Transport Sector Investment Plan (TSIP) will bring about coordinated and competitive development of all transport modes and enhancement of intermodal transport along the corridors. In addition, in the roads subsector Government has adopted the Road Sector Programme (RSP) to guide both the medium and long term investment programmes in 11 the subsector. Water Development: The sector made notable achievements and these include increased adoption of improved irrigation technologies, construction of dams, rehabilitation of irrigation schemes and promotion of Water and Sanitation Hygiene (WASH). The country‟s proportion of the population with access to basic sanitation increased from 84 percent in 2005 to 93 percent in 2009. There was an increased percentage of the population with access to safe potable water from 73 percent in 2005 to 84 percent in 2009 (WMS, 2009). Natural Resources and Environmental Management: The sector registered remarkable progress in a number of areas including compliance with the Environmental Management Plans (EMP) of development projects and programs; setting standards on pollution control and waste management; increased public awareness on environment and natural resources management; increased land area under industrial plantations; improved protection of river catchment areas, increased land area under industrial plantations from 1609 ha in 2005 to 5784 ha in 2010; reduced tonnage of ozone depleting substances such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) from 5.9 tonnes in 2005 to almost zero in 2010; and increased customary land area planted with trees from 77,810 ha in 2005 with 194,524,672 trees to 187,791 ha with about 275 million trees planted in 2010 (Department of Forestry, 2010). Tourism: To improve tourism, Government undertook a number of development projects that transformed the tourism landscape. These include construction of access roads to tourist sites in Mangochi; improvement of airports and airstrips and construction of Mpale Cultural Village. In addition, Government started constructing a 1500-seater International Conference Centre which is expected to boost the tourism potential of the country. Private Sector Development, Industry and Trade: A number of reforms were undertaken including establishment of a commercial court and simplification of trade regime. These reforms coupled with macroeconomic and political stability led to attraction of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI). According to the Reserve Bank of Malawi, FDI in 2010 amounted to USD 9.2 million. Science and Technology: During implementation of MGDS, Government carried out a number of reforms aimed at improving research and development and application of science 12 and technology in the country. These reforms include establishment of the National Commission for Science and Technology as an apex body in all matters of research, science and technology; and review of the National Science, Technology and Innovation Policy; and development of the National Intellectual Property Policy. Rural Development: On rural development, a number of interventions were made to assist rural communities. These include community development programmes; subsidized farm inputs; rural industrialization; public works programme; construction of school buildings, teacher‟s houses and clinics; water supply schemes; and improvement of other rural social infrastructure. Wildlife and Culture: The sector registered a number of achievements and these include improved quality and standards of tourism units; improved wildlife conservation; animal translocation and restocking; construction and rehabilitation of national monuments and other cultural infrastructure; and research on national heritage. Land: Government implemented a number of initiatives including re-allocation of land to poor households largely through the Community Based Rural Land Development Project (CBRLDP) and introduction of land administration and management courses at tertiary level. The sector also embarked on design and implementation of a computerized title deed registration system. Population: Under this sub-sector, there was an increased provision of sexual and reproductive health services which raised awareness and contributed to a high proportion of the population using contraceptives. During the same period there was an increase in primary school girls‟ completion rate. These contributed to a reduction in the fertility rate from 6.0 in 2005 to 5.7 in 2010 (DHS, 2005; 2010). Child Development and Protection: A number of initiatives were implemented to address some of the challenges faced by children. Achievements include increased number of early child development centres from 5,945 in 2005 to 8,933 in 2010; increased primary school net enrolment; increased number of girls accessing primary level education thereby helping to achieve gender parity; and decreased infant mortality and child mortality rates. In addition, regulatory and policy framework for the protection of children has been put in place. 13 Youth Development and Empowerment: Achievements under this sub-sector include; increased access to capital through the establishment of the Youth Enterprise Development Fund; expansion of the university student intake; construction of secondary school boarding facilities for girls; improving access to sexual and reproductive health, HIV and AIDS services; and establishment of information centres. Social Support and Disaster Risk Management: A number of initiatives were implemented aimed at fighting poverty. These resulted in the decline of poverty incidence from 52 percent in 2004 to 39 percent in 2009. This trend was accompanied by a reduction in ultra-poverty from 22 percent in 2005 to 15 percent in 2009. This achievement is largely attributed to agricultural farm inputs subsidy programme which on average benefited 1.3 million Malawians per year since 2005. In addition, Government implemented Targeted Support to School Meals; Public Works programme; Village Savings and Lending; and Microcredit programmes. Government also continued piloting the Social Cash Transfer (SCT) programme. Information and Communication: A number of achievements were made including connection to the optic fibre cable resulting in improved delivery of telecommunication services; increased mobile phone coverage; increased provision of broadcasting services; increased postal and courier service and automation of some of Government‟s operations and services. Housing and Urban Development: Achievements registered under this sub-sector include the following: maintained houses under government lease, constructed Government Offices; conducted quinquennial valuations and supplementary valuation rolls; decentralized the Rural Housing Programme; commenced a National Slum Upgrading Programme; and developed Guidelines on Safer House Construction. In addition, Malawi Housing Corporation (MHC) continued to construct houses. Economic Governance: Malawi experienced a stable macroeconomic environment characterized by a high GDP growth rate, low inflation rate, a stable exchange rate, and sustainable levels of both domestic and foreign debt. The challenge is therefore to sustain and accelerate the positive economic growth and continue with a stable macroeconomic environment. 14 Democratic Governance: The country experienced positive developments including successful presidential and parliamentary elections; a motivated civil service; a growing number of civil society and non-governmental organizations; and deepening constitutionalism. On justice and the rule of law a number of legal and policy reforms were carried out. These included legal and policy reforms, and the strengthening of some of the key institutions of governance that led to increased access to legal system. Gender: Achievements made under gender sector include increased proportion of women in the National Assembly from 14 percent in 2004 to 22 percent in 2009; increased number of women in decision making positions in public service; establishment of victim support units; and achievement of gender parity at primary school level. Capacity Development: Initiatives implemented in the public sector have had a number of positive results. These include an increased number of trained personnel in key sectors including health and education, institutional development of ministries, departments and organizations; establishment of Leadership Development Framework and implementation of the Public Sector reform program. HIV and AIDS Management: Prevalence of HIV and AIDS among pregnant women within the age group of 15 to 24 years has declined from 15 percent in 2005 to 12 percent in 2009. Factors contributing to this positive development include increased awareness programmes in HIV prevention and behavioural change, increased access to a number of preventive interventions, increased access to HIV and AIDS Testing and Counselling (HTC) sites, and the PMTCT programme. Challenges Despite the achievements outlined above, the country still faces a number of challenges which MGDS II endeavours to address. The specific challenges are covered in the relevant sections of the strategy.

2.5 Lessons Learnt from Implementation of MGDS The following lessons from MGDS will strengthen the implementation of MGDS II:  Successful implementation of any national development strategy requires 15 commitment from all stakeholders;  A strong indicator framework is critical for measuring progress towards defined goals, outcomes and targets;  Availability of data is crucial for monitoring progress of MGDS implementation;  Strengthened human and financial capacity is crucial for successful implementation of the MGDS;  Alignment of the national budget and sector strategies to the national development strategy; and  Alignment of donor support to the national development strategy.

2.6 The MGDS II Formulation Process Stakeholders Consultations: Just like its predecessor, the MGDS II is a product of a highly consultative and participatory process that identified specific themes and confirmed strategies to be employed. It is also acknowledged that successful implementation of the MGDS II requires commitment from all stakeholders including the public and private sectors, civil society organizations (CSOs), development partners, the international community, donors and the general public. To facilitate the formulation, Government established structures to guide and oversee the MGDS II formulation process. These structures include a ministerial committee to provide political guidance; a steering committee to provide policy guidance; and a core drafting team to provide technical expertise to the process. A number of consultative meetings and workshops were held with all stakeholders to seek their input in the strategy. The consultative meetings and workshops targeted all district councils, Government Ministries and Departments, civil society organizations and non-governmental organizations, the private sector, development partners, the academia, the youth, children and chairpersons and vice- chairpersons of parliamentary committees, and all the sixteen Sector Working Groups (SWGs). The MGDS II, therefore, represents the aspirations of all Malawians. However, it should be clear to all stakeholders that the real challenges lie in realizing MGDS II objectives and targets. Unless the strategies contained in this document are implemented, the country‟s efforts in realizing its vision will have been wasted. Government is committed to ensuring the 16 implementation of the MGDS II, using the Budget as the key tool and expects that all stakeholders will play their part in implementation as was the case at formulation stage. 17 CHAPTER 3 MACROECONOMIC FRAMEWORK

3.1 Introduction Malawi has since 2000 implemented two medium term national development strategies to address developmental challenges of the country. These strategies are the Malawi Poverty Reduction Strategy (MPRS) implemented from 2002 to 2005 and the Malawi Growth and Development Strategy (MGDS) from 2006 to 2011. From 2011 to 2016, Malawi will be guided by the MGDS II. This chapter lays out the macroeconomic framework for the MGDS II. The projections are primarily based on output from macroeconomic model for Malawi 2. The overall goal of the MPRS was to achieve sustainable poverty reduction through empowerment of the poor. During the implementation of this strategy, GDP growth averaged 3.5 percent against the target of 5.2 percent. The main thrust of the MGDS was to reduce poverty through sustained economic growth and infrastructure development. During the implementation of this strategy, GDP growth averaged 7.1 percent against the target of 6 percent. This high growth rate emanated from agriculture, distribution, construction, mining and services sectors. Table 3.1 below compares the performance of the two strategies. Table 3.1: Real GDP Growth and Inflation Target Achievement MPRS (2002-2005) Real GDP 5.2 3.5 Inflation (end period) <10 16.9 MGDS (2006-2011) Real GDP 6.0 7.1 Inflation (end period) <10 6.33 During the MGDS implementation, fiscal balances averaged -2.9 percent of GDP due to improved fiscal management. Domestic resource mobilisation as a share of GDP increased from 17.5 percent in 2006 to 22.6 percent in 2010. Expenditures throughout the 2 MalawiMod is the macroeconomic model for Malawi used for the projections and is implemented by MDPC. 3 Actual inflation achievement at December 2010. 18 implementation period averaged 35 percent of GDP thus staying within the target of 39 percent of GDP. In addition, Government‟s domestic debt dropped to 16 percent of GDP from 25 percent of GDP registered at the beginning of MGDS. Over the same period, monetary policy was geared towards achieving price stability whilst providing sufficient room for private sector activity. Reserve money continued to be the nominal anchor for prices and money supply growth was programmed to expand at about the same pace of nominal GDP to contain inflationary pressures and manage domestic demand. Consequently, inflation eased significantly from 10.1 percent in December 2006 to 6.3 percent in December 2010. Monetary policy was largely accommodative to stimulate demand hence the bank rate was adjusted downwards by 2.0 percentage points in August 2010 from 15.0 percent to 13.0 percent.

3.2 Medium Term Macroeconomic Prospects The medium term projections for MGDS II are aimed at consolidating the gains achieved during the implementation of the previous strategy. Government will continue to pursue sound economic policies geared at increasing and sustaining economic growth, maintaining inflation rate at single digit, maintaining flexible exchange rate and improving foreign reserve position. [During the implementation period of the MGDS II, the economy is expected to achieve an average GDP growth rate of 7.2 percent]. The following sections provide the macroeconomic assumptions and projections employed to drive the economy during the MGDS II implementation. Table 3.2 below shows a summary of projections for key selected indicators. 19 Table 3.2: Summary of Selected Indicators, 2011-2016 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 OUTPUT AND PRICES (percentage growth) GDP at Constant Prices 6.9 7.1 7.4 7.3 7.4 7.3 GDP deflator 8.6 7.9 7.5 6.9 6.4 6.2 Inflation (annual average) 8.7 7.9 7.4 6.8 6.1 5.9 FISCAL OPERATIONS\1 (percent of GDP) Total revenue and Grants 32.1 29.8 28.3 27.7 27.2 26.8 Tax and non-tax revenue 24.2 24.1 24.2 24.1 24.0 24.0 Grants 7.9 5.7 4.2 3.6 3.2 2.8 Total expenditure 31.9 29.2 26.8 25.8 25.0 24.3 Overall balance 0.2 0.6 1.5 1.9 2.2 2.5 EXTERNAL SECTOR (percent of GDP) Exports of goods and services 22.8 23.2 23.7 24.1 24.6 25.0 Imports of goods and services 38.8 38.3 37.8 37.3 36.8 36.3 Current account balance -18.8 -17.3 -15.7 -14.4 -13.0 -11.7 Overall balance -7.8 -9.5 -10.0 -9.5 -8.8 -8.0 Source: Ministry of Development Planning & Cooperation, MalawiMod. \1 Fiscal numbers are reported on calendar basis.

3.2.1 Output and Prices The prospects for high growth in GDP are premised on the gains from MGDS and are projected to be largely driven by agriculture, mining, distribution, construction and services sectors. Consequently, private consumption is projected to increase by 6.7 percent due to improvements in real disposable income. Consumption in the smallholder sector is expected to grow significantly by 5.0 percent annually over the MGDS II period. An increase in national investment will be a catalyst for the projected growth which in turn will create broad based employment. Investment will be built on foundations laid in the previous strategy with emphasis in areas of infrastructure development, such as electricity generation and supply, transportation and irrigation. During the MGDS II implementation period, average annual inflation is expected to decline from 8.7 percent to 5.9 percent. Despite the risk of an increase in international commodity prices, domestic prices will be suppressed due to availability of domestically produced food 20 stuff on the market as a result of continued policy on farm input subsidy program.

3.2.2 Fiscal Operations Fiscal policy in MGDS II will largely aim at restricting the growth of fiscal deficits. Government will endeavour to boost domestic resource mobilization, consequently reducing domestic borrowing. Increased public investment will be geared towards supporting export diversification and economic growth. Accordingly, during the implementation period, fiscal performance is expected to remain solid with overall fiscal balance for the period averaging a surplus of 1.5 percent of GDP. Total revenue and grants are projected to average 28.7 percent of GDP against an average total expenditure projection of 27.2 percent of GDP. On the other hand, domestic resources are expected to average 24.1 percent of GDP. Financing for MGDS II key priorities and themes will be through the national budget in the context of a three year Medium Term Expenditure Framework (MTEF). However, the budgetary resources fall short of the needs-based resource requirements for the country to achieve all its objectives. It is expected that the resource gap will be complemented by the private sector and other stakeholders. The budgetary allocation to the key priorities and themes are presented in chapter six on the Implementation Framework while Annex 3 gives detailed needs-based resource requirement for MGDS II.

3.2.3 External Sector and Monetary Operations During the MGDS II implementation period, the goal will be to improve the current account position. Emphasis will be on pursuit of an export led growth with major investments in agriculture, manufacturing, mining, and tourism sectors. Within the agricultural sector the objective will be to increase the country‟s market share in traditional agricultural products such as sugar, cotton, coffee and tea as well as diversifying away from tobacco into wheat, cassava, macadamia nuts, fruits, pulses and vegetable commodities among others. This will also aim at increasing value addition on mining and tourism products. Monetary policy will continue to gear towards achieving price stability but at the same time giving sufficient room for private sector activity. Resonating around the projected strong economic growth, broadly defined money supply is expected to grow at a pace consistent 21 with nominal GDP in a bid to contain inflationary pressures. Domestic credit will be expected to pick up in the medium term to support private activities and investment. Foreign direct investment will also be encouraged in the mining, tourism and manufacturing sectors to boost investment in the country. Private sector credit is envisaged to remain strong. It is expected that private sector growth will take advantage of a conducive macroeconomic climate projected in the MGDS II period. Over the same period, the exchange rate will continue to be market determined.

3.4 Challenges and Risks While the economy will be on a trajectory for growth over the period, there are several factors that may pose challenges and risks in attaining the growth rates projected in the strategy. Major risks include: (i) Unstable world economic output and commodity prices coupled with deteriorating terms of trade; (ii) Unpredictable and unreliable aid flows which can affect implementation of the fiscal policy; and (iii) Unfavorable weather conditions and natural calamities of disasters that can derail agricultural production in the country. 22 CHAPTER 4 THEMATIC AREAS The MGDS II rests on six thematic areas that are covered in this chapter. These themes holistically address all the needs of the country to achieve sustainable socio-economic development, but also attain the MDGs. It is believed that effective implementation of the strategies therein will take the Malawi economy to a higher level of development. It is, however, recognized that the resource envelope to finance the requisite activities is limited and hence the need to prioritise. The priorities within priorities which this strategy has identified emanate from these six themes. The six themes are: Sustainable Economic Growth; Social Development; Social Support and Disaster Risk Management; Infrastructure Development; Improved Governance; and Cross-Cutting Issues. THEME 1: SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH Sustainable economic growth is key to poverty reduction and improvements in the living standards of Malawians. Over the past five years, Malawi's economic growth has continued to exceed expectations with an annual growth rate averaging 7.1 percent compared to the projected 6 percent. During the same period, poverty levels declined from 50 percent to 39 percent4. This is attributed to sound macroeconomic policies and a stable political environment. During the implementation of MGDS, Malawi also experienced strong donor support, increased foreign direct investment and transformation in infrastructure, among other developments. However, the country still faces a number of challenges such as inadequate energy supply, narrow export base, climate change, environmental degradation, and unemployment. To address these challenges, the Government through MGDS II will continue implementing interventions aimed at ensuring sustainable economic growth. These require action on multiple fronts to deliver on inclusive growth. In this respect, emphasis will be to maximize the contribution of potential growth sectors such as agriculture; tourism; and mining while creating an enabling environment for private sector participation and development; fostering job creation; empowering rural communities; ensuring equitable access to land; and 4 This figure 50 percent is for the year 2005 while 39 percent is for 2009. 23 promoting sustainable use of the environment. The Sustainable Economic Growth thematic area comprises eight sub-themes namely: agriculture; mining; natural resources and environmental management; industry, trade and private sector development; rural development; tourism; labour and employment; and land. Table 4.1 presents a summary of the long-term goals and medium-term expected outcomes of each of the sub-themes. Table 4.1: Sustainable Economic Growth Theme Sub Theme Goal Medium-Term Outcomes 1. Agriculture-refer to Key Priority Area (KPA) Chapter 2. Natural Resources Enhance sustainable  Increased forest cover; and and Environmental management of forest  Increased incomes from Management resources and their forestry products and services. contribution to national economy. 3. Mining- refer to KPA Chapter 4. Private Sector Develop and promote a  Improved environment for Development, conducive environment domestic and foreign Industry and Trade that will enhance investments created; inclusive private sector  Increased investments by both growth and local and foreign competitiveness. entrepreneurs; and  Improved productivity and market access of enterprises. 5. Rural Development

5.1 Decentralization Enhance decision-  Empowered local government making and structures; participation of local  Enhanced participation and communities in ownership of the development development planning programmes by local and implementation. communities; and  Improved coordination at district level. 24

5.2 Rural Improve living  Enhanced product Industrialization standards of rural diversification; communities through  Reduced rural-urban enhanced rural migration; industrialization.  Reduced poverty among rural communities; and  Increased employment for rural population. 6. Tourism, Wildlife and Culture

6.1 Wildlife Conserve and manage  Improved wildlife wildlife in both management; and protected areas and  Improved institutional and natural habitats. regulatory framework.

6.2 Culture Uphold and promote  Improved preservation of national heritage for Malawi‟s cultural heritage and identity, posterity and values; and development.  Increased promotion and development of Malawi‟s culture. 7. Labour and Stimulate and ensure  Improved labour productivity; Employment productive and decent  Increased gainful and decent employment for better employment for all; standards of living.  Strengthened legal, regulatory and institutional reforms;  Eliminated worst forms of child labour; and  Improved labour statistics. 8. Land Ensure equitable access  Improved equitable access to to land and tenure land and tenure security; security; efficient  Improved land planning, management and ecologically balanced land use administration system, and management; and and ecologically  Improved provision of balanced use of land and geospatial information. land-based resources. 25 Sub-Theme 1: Agriculture The agriculture sector remains the main driver of economic growth in Malawi. It employs about 80 percent of the total workforce, contributes about 75 percent to foreign exchange earnings, and approximately 30 percent of gross domestic product (GDP). The sector contributes significantly to national and household food security. It is, therefore, evident that investing in agriculture will foster economic growth and development and assist in attaining the aspirations of Malawians as stipulated in the country‟s Vision 2020. Recognizing the importance of the sector in fostering economic growth for the country, the Government of Malawi has been allocating substantial resources during the implementation of the MGDS as compared to the period prior to the MGDS. The average sector‟s budget has been around 16 percent of the national budget for the five years of the MGDS implementation as compared to an average of 6.1 percent during the period before the MGDS. Average per capita spending on agriculture rose significantly from US$3.21 during the MPRSP period (2000-2005) to about US$16.25 during the MGDS period ( 2006- 2009).With the increased resources, the sector implemented a number of interventions in land resource conservation, research, extension, crops and livestock development and capacity building to improve productivity and enhance its contribution to the country‟s economic growth and contribute to the attainment of the MDGs of eradicating poverty and hunger by the year 2015. The country‟s introduction of the FISP to smallholder farmers in the year 2005/06 has demonstrated the importance and value of investing in food crops as a step towards sustained economic growth and poverty reduction. In the last six years to 2010, increased food production has contributed substantially to reduction of poverty and eradication of hunger in the country. Welfare Monitoring Survey5 reports indicate that the number of Malawians at risk of hunger has been decreasing overtime due to FISP. In the period before 2005 about 5 million Malawians were at risk of hunger. This number dropped to about 500,000 in 2008. Furthermore, maize production increased from 1.22 million metric tons in 2005 to 3.4 million metric tons in 2010. This high production partly contributed to the sector‟s average growth of 6.4 percent per annum in recent years which is above the Comprehensive African Agriculture Development Programme‟s (CAADP) target of 6 percent. Government is therefore 5 WMS reports (2007-2009) 26 committed to enhance efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability in implementing FISP. Although there has been an increase in maize production and productivity, the sector still faces a number of challenges including low productivity, over dependence on rain-fed farming, low level of irrigation development, and low uptake of improved farm inputs. Furthermore, there are high transport costs, inadequate farmer organizations, insufficient extension services, inadequate markets and market information, limited access to agricultural credit, inefficient input and output markets and low technology development and transfer. To attain the sector‟s objectives and consolidate its contribution to economic growth, the sector has embarked on a coordinated approach to the implementation of programmes as outlined in Agricultural Sector Wide Approach (ASWAp). Focus areas are food security and risk management, agri-business and market development and sustainable land and water management. Other key areas include technology generation and dissemination and institutional strengthening and capacity building. Agriculture and food security is one of the Key Priority Areas and with details on goals, expected outcome and strategies in the next chapter. Sub Theme 2: Natural Resources and Environmental Management Natural resources form a principal source of social well being and economic development in Malawi. However, these resources are under constant stress from unprecedented human, industrial and other developmental activities which if not curbed might generate irreversible outcomes in the long-term. The Malawi UNCA Report (2010) estimates that unsustainable natural resource use cost Malawi about US$ 191 million, or 5.3 percent of GDP in 2010. These activities have resulted into a reduction in the proportion of land under forest cover from 41 percent in 1990 to 35 percent in 2008 (MDGs Annual Report, 2009). This is compounded by increased climate variations experienced in the form of prolonged dry spells, droughts, floods and temperature variability, which in turn have negatively affected the performance of sectors such as agriculture, natural resources, irrigation and water development, and energy. During the past five years, the sector registered remarkable progress in a number of areas including compliance to the EMPs of development projects and programs; setting standards 27 on pollution control and waste management; increased public awareness on environment and natural resources management; enhanced early warning; improved weather information systems; increased land area under industrial plantations from 1,609 ha in 2005 to 5,784 ha in 2010; and increased customary land area planted with trees from 77,810 ha in 2005 with 194,524,672 trees to 187,791 ha with about 275 million trees planted in 2010. Despite the above achievements, the sector still faces a number of challenges which require immediate attention for the country to sustain the development achieved so far. Some of these challenges include climate variability, weak institutional capacity for managing climate change, inadequate mainstreaming of climate change issues; weak enforcement capacity of laws and regulations; accelerated deforestation and poor land use management practices. In Malawi, forestry resources form a principal part of natural resources and contribute significantly to the socioeconomic development of the country. They provide forest goods and services such as catchment conservation, employment, industrial poles, timber for construction, fruits, mushroom and grass for thatching houses, medicine and herbs among others. In view of this, Government through MGDS II will implement a number of interventions in the forestry subsector to sustain the country‟s development. Climate change, natural resources and environmental management are a key priority area with details in the next chapter. The following are the goal, expected outcomes and key strategies for the forestry sub-sector. Goal The goal is to enhance sustainable management of forest resources and their contribution to national economy. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Increased forest cover; and  Increased incomes from forestry products and services. Key Strategies 28  Developing, conserving and protecting forest plantations, customary estates and natural woodlands;  Strengthening institutional capacity of the sector;  Improving forestry extension services, research, and information management;  Enforcing and ensuring compliance with agreed national, regional, and international obligations and legislation; and  Promoting large, medium and small scale forest enterprises. Sub Theme 3: Mining Malawi has rich mineral resources that if sustainably exploited would significantly contribute towards economic growth and development. These resources include coal, uranium, gemstone, limestone, dimension stones, gypsum and rock aggregates. It is expected that exploration activities currently going on will also reveal a lot of other mineral deposits. For example, recent discoveries indicate that the country has substantial deposits of Niobium, uranium and Zircon at Kanyika in Mzimba. Government recognises that development of the mining industry can significantly boost economic growth of the country through employment creation and generation of foreign exchange. During the implementation of MGDS, contribution of mining to GDP rose from 3 percent to 10 percent due to the opening of the Kayelekera Uranium Mine in 2009. The sector currently employs over 21,000 people. The overall value of all mineral exports improved from MK43 million in 2006 to over MK17.7 billion in 2010. This resulted in over MK2 billion in revenue generated by government in 2010. The sector increased its ability to supply mineral raw materials to industries by developing capacity of both small scale and large scale miners. However, the sector faces numerous challenges including inadequate institutional capacity, outdated policies, low investment and non existence of a corporate entity to look at government and local Malawian shareholding in mining ventures. It is for this reason that Government, through the MGDS II will continue to create an enabling environment to attract more investments into the subsector. Mining is a key priority area with details on goal, outcome and strategies in the next chapter. 29 Sub Theme 4: Private Sector Development, Industry and Trade The private sector is the engine for economic growth and wealth creation. Government will continue to ensure creation of a conducive environment for private sector participation in industrial development and trade promotion. Increased industrial activities are critical for generating employment opportunities, expanded manufacturing base, enhancing value addition and diversifying exports. Besides enhancing foreign exchange earnings, trade promotion assists industries to benefit from economies of scale through expanded markets. In the past five years, the country has undertaken a number of reforms including the establishment of a commercial court and simplification of trade regime. These reforms coupled with macroeconomic and political stability have led to an increased in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI). Despite these achievements, the sector still faces a number of challenges including inadequate energy supply, weak institutional and regulatory framework, insufficient supportive infrastructure, narrow export base, inability to meet standards, limited information about trade opportunities, high cost of doing business, limited value addition, and limited credit facilities. Government, through MGDS II will continue implementing interventions in the sector. Trade and industrial development are key priority areas with details in the next chapter. The following are goal, expected outcomes and key strategies for private sector development. Goal The goal is to develop and promote a conducive environment that will enhance inclusive private sector growth and competitiveness. Medium Term Expected Outcomes  Improved environment for domestic and foreign investments created;  Increased investments by both local and foreign entrepreneurs; and  Improved productivity and market access of enterprises. Key Strategies 30 The main strategies will include:  Fostering pro-business legal and regulatory reforms;  Providing supportive infrastructure and services for both start-ups and expanding enterprises;  Promoting growth of local MSMEs;  Promoting private sector investment in rural areas;  Strengthening the capacity of private sector supporting institutions and PPPs;  Enhancing dissemination of business information;  Promoting adoption of modern and appropriate technologies;  Establishing a national investment company; and  Promoting and strengthening the development of cooperatives. Sub-Theme 5: Rural Development Malawi‟s population is primarily rural based. It is estimated that 84.7 percent of the country‟s population lives in rural areas and is involved in smallholder agriculture with limited access to basic needs such as health, education and transport infrastructure. Government has prioritised decentralisation as a mechanism for improving rural livelihoods. The process provides people at district, and local levels with the ability to effectively plan and prioritise implementation of activities and democratically elect their local representatives. Furthermore, decentralization has offered a better mechanism for reducing bureaucracy; ensuring quality, timely and equitable provision of services; and enhancing transparency and accountability. During the past five years efforts have been made to assist rural communities by implementing a number of programmes including community development programmes; FISP, rural industrialization with One Village One Product (OVOP) initiative as one of the major components; public works programme through which construction of some school buildings was carried out; construction of teacher‟s houses and clinics; provision of water supply schemes; and improvement of other rural social infrastructure. However, there is a need to continue implementing programmes to improve livelihoods of the rural communities and generate sustainable long term economic growth. Emphasis will be on 31 fostering participation, ownership, and empowerment of rural communities. In this respect Government through MGDS II will continue promoting decentralisation in the provision of services to rural communities. With decentralization at the core, an integrated approach to rural development will be pursued. Integrated Rural Development is thus one of the key priority areas to be covered in details in the next chapter. In this section, goal, expected outcomes and key strategies for decentralization and rural industrialization will be covered. Decentralization Decentralization is the process of devolving some of the government functions from central government (line ministries) to the local government (local authorities). With decentralization, implementation of programmes is improved since the local population is encouraged to actively participate at all levels of decision making. This in turn helps to promote transparency and accountability at the local level. Goal The goal is to enhance decision-making and participation of local communities in development planning and implementation. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Empowered local government structures;  Enhanced participation and ownership of the development programmes by local communities; and  Improved coordination at district level. Key Strategies  Enhancing implementation of the decentralization process;  Strengthening community participation in development;  Strengthening coordination of local government systems;  Institutionalising the policy and oversight functions of the sectors that have devolved functions to the councils;  Promoting fiscal devolution and good financial management;  Strengthening the M&E system; and  Strengthening capacity of local government structures and stakeholders. 32 Rural industrialization Most industries in Malawi are in urban areas due to lack of supportive infrastructure in rural areas. This has exacerbated rural unemployment, rural-urban migration, skewed development and poverty. Therefore, to foster balanced development, curb rural-urban migration and create employment for the rural population, government has been implementing rural industrialization. Goal The goal is to improve living standards of rural communities through enhanced rural industrialization. Medium Term Expected Outcomes  Enhanced product diversification;  Reduced rural-urban migration;  Reduced poverty among rural communities; and  Increased employment for rural population. Key Strategies  Promoting industrial projects in rural areas;  Promoting equal access to credit;  Strengthening and expanding OVOP initiatives in rural areas;  Promoting development of supportive infrastructure; and  Building capacity in product diversification, business management, and production processes. Sub-Theme 6: Tourism, Wildlife and Culture Tourism, wildlife and culture sector is one of the emerging sectors in Malawi with a potential to significantly contribute towards the country‟s socio-economic development. Overall, the sector estimates that the contribution of tourism to the economy has grown steadily over the years. The sector has the potential to generate revenue; create employment; and promote MSMEs, among others. In Malawi, the physical environment (including lakes, wildlife, and mountains) and culture are an integral part of the tourism industry as they are a source of tourist attraction and can positively contribute to eco-tourism development of the country. 33 Lake Malawi and the beautiful mountains throughout the country are major tourist attractions. Sustainable management of biodiversity, natural resources and preservation of cultural values alongside development of appropriate infrastructure have potential to boost the tourism industry. The sector registered a number of achievements during implementation of MGDS. These include improved quality and standards of tourism units; improved wildlife conservation; construction and rehabilitation of national monuments and other cultural infrastructure; research on national heritage; and animal translocation and restocking. For example, through the restocking programme, the number of animals moved to various protected areas increased from about 100 in 2005 to 283 in 2010 (Department of National Parks and Wildlife). Despite these achievements, the sector encountered a number of challenges such as inadequate supporting infrastructure; inadequate marketing of Malawi‟s tourism products and services; human-animal conflicts; inadequate conservation and awareness; and lack of purpose-built cultural infrastructure. Therefore, Government through MGDS II will continue implementing interventions in this sub-sector. Tourism is one of the key priority areas with details in the next chapter. Following are goals, expected outcomes and key strategies for wildlife and culture. Wildlife Tourism in Malawi is overwhelmingly wildlife and nature. It generates foreign exchange and contributes to economic growth. However, wildlife faces a number of challenges including poaching, low populations of animals in some protected areas; poor supporting infrastructure; low community participation in wildlife conservation; and insufficient institutional capacity. Goal The goal is to conserve and manage wildlife in both protected areas and natural habitats. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Improved wildlife management; and  Improved institutional and regulatory framework. 34 Key Strategies  Strengthening institutional capacity to manage protected areas and ecosystems;  Improving law enforcement and effectiveness;  Reducing human – animal conflicts;  Promoting alternative livelihood sources for communities living around protected areas;  Promoting and regulating wildlife farming, utilization and trade;  Encouraging community wildlife conservation and monitoring;  Enhancing wildlife IEC programmes; and  Developing a database to monitor wildlife population trends. Culture Culture is another important aspect for tourism development. Malawi is endowed with a rich and diverse culture. The major challenge in the sub-sector is lack of purpose-built cultural infrastructure such as museums, arts centres and national archives buildings. Government, through MGDS II will therefore undertake a number of initiatives to promote Malawi‟s culture as outlined below. Goal The goal is to uphold and promote national heritage for identity, posterity and development. Medium-term Expected Outcomes  Improved preservation of Malawi‟s cultural heritage and values; and  Increased promotion and development of Malawi's culture. Key Strategies  Preserve historical artefacts and upgrade retrieval system;  Preserve and construct national monuments;  Promote establishment of cultural centres;  Create public awareness on national heritage programs;  Promote and preserve local cultural diversity;  Promote research and documentation of Malawi‟s cultural and natural heritage; and  Enhance the sub-sector‟s institutional capacity. 35 Sub-Theme 7: Labour and Employment Labour as a factor of production is a key component of growth. A skilled and productive labour force contributes meaningfully to economic growth and improved living standards. Earnings from employment drive consumption as well as investment which helps a country to realize sustained growth. Equal opportunity to employment is a right for all productive age- groups. In the last 5 years, the economy grew by an average of 7.1 per cent, and invariably creating employment. Robust labour statistics is needed to determine the number, level and type of employment created during these years. This is one of the challenges to be addressed by the strategy. It should be noted, however, that according to the Annual Economic Business Survey, private sector formal employment rose from 709,118 in 2005 to 897,277 in 2010. Other challenges in this sub-sector include low labour productivity, weak institutional and regulatory framework, inadequate skills development and lack of adherence to occupational safety and health standards. Recognizing that employment is cross-cutting, this strategy will emphasize labour intensive investments across all sectors to enhance employment generation and improve labour productivity. To achieve this, the strategy will pursue the following goal, medium term expected outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to stimulate and ensure productive and decent employment for improved standards of living. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Improved labour productivity;  Increased gainful and decent employment for all;  Strengthened legal, regulatory and institutional reforms;  Eliminated worst forms of child labour; and  Improved labour statistics. Key Strategies  Establishing an effective and efficient labour market information (LMI) system; 36  Promoting occupational safety and health;  Integrating child labour issues into development initiatives and interventions;  Integrating gender specific issues in all labour initiatives and interventions;  Reviewing, harmonizing and enforcing existing legislation on child labour;  Promoting labour intensive investments in the productive and service sectors;  Reducing all forms of discrimination in the labour market;  Promoting skills development, testing and certification; and  Promoting labour administration systems. Sub Theme 8: Land There are three legally recognized types of land tenure in Malawi: customary, public and private with customary land tenure being the most widespread category. Land is a basic factor of production and an important source of livelihood. It is a source of income, nation‟s wealth, and provides cultural identity and shelter. Appropriate land interventions can therefore yield multiplier effects to the entire economy. Such interventions include formulation and implementation of appropriate land management and administration policies. Over the past five years, Government implemented a number of initiatives including re- allocation of land to poor households largely through the Community Based Rural Land Development Project (CBRLDP) and introduction of land administration and management courses at tertiary level. The sector also embarked on designing and implementing a computerized title deed registration system. The major challenge facing the sector is increased demand for land emanating from rapid population growth, high rate of urbanization and improved economic growth. Other challenges include low institutional capacity, poor land practices, and insufficient public awareness on land laws. Goal The goal is to ensure equitable access to land and tenure security; efficient management and administration system; and ecologically balanced use of land and land-based resources. Medium Term Expected Outcomes 37  Improved equitable access to land and tenure security;  Improved land planning, ecologically balanced land use and management; and  Improved provision of geospatial information. Key Strategies  Promoting land ownership and title registration;  Providing physical development planning standards, management guidelines and legal framework;  Decentralizing land administration and management functions;  Developing a geospatial database and establishing a national Spatial Data Centre;  Preparing a National Spatial Framework for Strategic Physical Development Planning and Management;  Raising public awareness on land related laws, policies, and procedures; and  Developing mechanism for widespread dissemination of geographic information and digital mapping services. THEME 2: SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT Social development is a major pillar for improving the well-being of Malawians. It contributes to reduction of poverty and plays a key role in raising economic productivity of the country. To achieve socio-economic development, Malawi requires a healthy and educated population that grows at a sustainable rate. High rates of population growth have far reaching implications on social and economic development of a country. Provision of social services such as health and education in the country is greatly affected by the prevailing population dynamics. Thus fertility, mortality and migration affect the population size, age- sex structure, life expectancy, dependency ratio and spatial distribution which in turn determine resource allocation. Over the last five years, Government has significantly improved the provision of social services in health, education, child development and protection, youth development, nutrition and HIV and AIDS management. In addition, the country‟s fertility rate has dropped from 6.0 in 2005 to 5.7 in 2010 (DHS 2005, 2010). However, the fertility rate is still high and remains a challenge to socio-economic development of the country. Recognizing the interrelated nature of population and socio-economic development, Government through this strategy will 38 implement interventions focusing on population, education, health, child development and protection, youth development and nutrition. Table 4.2: Summary of Social Development Theme Sub-theme Goal Medium Term Expected Outcomes 1. Population Manage population  Reduced fertility rate; and growth for sustainable  Well managed migration. socio-economic development. 2. Health – refer to KPA chapter 3. Education– refer to KPA chapter 4. Child Development and Protection – refer to KPA chapter 5. Youth Development– refer to KPA chapter 6. Nutrition A well nourished  Reduced prevalence rate of nutrition population that disorders effectively contributes to economic growth. Sub-Theme 1: Population Population influences all aspects of socio-economic development. Due to high fertility rate, Malawi‟s population is growing rapidly at 2.8 percent per annum (PHC, 2008). This high population growth exerts pressure on provision of social services especially schools and health facilities and environment among others, resulting in decreased welfare of the average Malawian. During MGDS implementation, Government increased the provision of sexual and reproductive health services which raised awareness and contributed to an increase in the proportion of the population using contraceptives. During the same period there was an increase in primary school girls‟ completion rate. These have contributed to a reduction in the fertility rate from 6.0 in 2005 to 5.7 in 2010 (DHS 2005, 2010). The slight reduction in fertility rate underlines the major challenges that exist. These challenges include relatively low access to contraceptives, low women empowerment, high dropout rate amongst school going girls and early marriages. To address the above challenges, Government through this strategy will pursue the following 39 goal, outcomes and key strategies. Goal The goal is to manage population growth for sustainable socio-economic development. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes Medium term expected outcomes include the following:  Reduced fertility rate; and  Well managed migration. Key Strategies In responding to challenges posed by demographic dynamics, Government will implement the following strategies:  Enhancing the provision, access, delivery and utilization of SRH services to all including the vulnerable and disadvantaged groups;  Advocating girls‟ education and delayed marriage;  Promoting the small family concept;  Providing SRH education for both in- and out-of-school sexually active population;  Strengthening migration and national vital registration systems; and  Addressing the vulnerabilities caused by population ageing, migration and rapid urbanization, and the interdependence of population and the environment. Sub-Theme 2: Health A healthy population is key to increased productivity and sustainable economic growth. There is a strong correlation between health status and level of development. In general poor health is costly to households and the economy. In particular, access to health care is low among the rural poor and the cost of maintaining better health is high. The country‟s health indicators show that there are a number of challenges including high prevalence of preventable diseases, high mortality rates, high prevalence of HIV, high incidence of malaria cases, high incidence of TB cases, limited access to maternal health services, low institutional capacity, inadequate supply of essential drugs and inadequate health infrastructure. 40 During the implementation of MGDS, the country registered a number of achievements including reduction in infant mortality rate from 76 per 1,000 in 2004 to 66 per 1,000 in 2010; under five mortality rate from 133 per 1,000 in 2004 to 112 per 1,000 in 2010; maternal mortality rate from 984 per 100,000 in 2004 to 675 per 100,000 in 2010; and HIV prevalence from 11.8 percent in 2004 to 10.6 percent in 2010 (DHS, 2004 and 2010). In addition there has been a reduction in malaria in-patient case fatality rate from 7 percent in 2004 to 3.2 percent in 2010 (Malaria Indicator Survey, 2010); increase in TB cure rate from 74 percent in 2004 to 88 percent in 2010 (Health Sector Annual Report, 2010) and increase in proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel from 38 percent in 2004 to 75 percent in 2009 (WMS, 2009). Despite these achievements, the country still faces a number of challenges including high prevalence of diseases, high mortality rates, high prevalence of HIV, high incidence of malaria cases, limited access to maternal health services, low institutional capacity, inequitable access and utilization of EHP services, inefficiency of health care system, high prevalence of health risk factors, inadequate supply of essential drugs, and inadequate health infrastructure. To adequately address health challenges and to raise the health status of all Malawians, Government has identified Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management as key priority areas. Details of the goals, outcomes and strategies of the health sub-theme are presented in the next chapter. Sub-Theme 3: Education Education is essential for social-economic development and industrial growth. It is an instrument for empowering the poor, the weak and the voiceless as it provides them with equal opportunity to participate in local and national development. It is through education that group solidarity, national consciousness and tolerance of diversity is enhanced. In essence, Government wishes to ensure better access and equity, relevance and quality, good governance and efficient management in all education sub-sectors. The sector is directly linked to the two MDGs namely 1) achieve universal primary education, and 2) promote gender equality and empower women. During the last five years, Government carried out a number of initiatives aimed at improving 41 quality and relevance of education as well as access to education. Within this period primary school curriculum was revised and new teaching and learning materials procured and distributed. Teacher training was expanded using Teacher Training Colleges (TTCs) and Open Distance Learning (ODL). Primary school net enrolment increased from 73 percent in 2006 to 83 percent in 2009. According to the Education Management Information System (EMIS 2010), dropout rate at standard one declined from 23 percent in 2005 to 12.7 percent in 2010. Survival rate at standard eight improved from 26.1 percent in 2005 to 48.8 percent in 2010. In addition, 17 girls‟ hostels each of a maximum capacity of 224 beds were constructed. Furthermore, enrolment in public technical colleges increased from 800 students in 2005 to 1,326 in 2010. Despite these achievements, the country is still constrained by a number of challenges which render the education system inefficient and inequitable. Some of the challenges include: high illiteracy rate; limited integration of students with special needs; shortage of qualified teachers; inadequate and inferior physical learning infrastructure; poor participation of school committees and their communities in school management; inadequate teaching and learning resources such as libraries; laboratories and computers; low enrolment of girls in technical institutions; relatively high unit cost of training a student in the public universities and technical colleges; and limited human capacity and material resources. Recognizing the important role education plays in the country‟s development, Government has identified education as one of the key priorities. Key outcomes and strategies are discussed in detail in the next chapter under Education Science and Technology key priority area. Sub-Theme 4: Child Development and Protection Children are the future of every nation. In Malawi children, aged 0 to 9 years, constitute a significant proportion of the population. Investing in child development guarantees future human capital and productivity. Children are vulnerable to abuse, violence, neglect, malnutrition and subject to harmful cultural practices. The AIDS pandemic has hit children hard by creating a growing number of orphans and making them destitute. They therefore need special protection so that they grow into productive and responsible citizens. Over the past five years, progress was made in addressing some of the challenges faced by 42 children. For example, Early Child Development Centres were increased from 5,945 in 2005 to 8,933 in 2010 (Ministry of Women, Children and Community Development). In addition, primary school net enrolment increased; the number of girls accessing primary level education rose to almost achieving gender parity; and infant and child mortality rates decreased. Regulatory and policy framework for the protection of children was also put in place. Nevertheless, children in Malawi still face a number of challenges which are of social, economic, political and cultural in nature. These threaten their individual potential and the future of the nation in general. It is in this context that addressing child issues is one of the priorities of Government‟s development agenda. Key outcomes and strategies are discussed in detail in the next chapter under child development, youth development and youth empowerment key priority area. Sub-Theme 5: Youth Development The youth, aged 10 to 29 years, constitutes a significant and growing labour force for the country. They provide a vast human resource potential, which, if properly nurtured can greatly contribute to sustainable economic growth and development. The youth are energetic, industrious, and willing to learn and adopt new innovations. Over the past five years some progress has been made in addressing challenges faced by the youth. These include increased access to capital through the establishment of the Youth Enterprise Development Fund; expansion of the university student intake; improved technical and vocational training, construction of secondary school boarding facilities for girls; improving access to sexual and reproductive health, HIV and AIDS services; and establishment of information centres. Nonetheless, there still exists a number of social, cultural and economic factors that limit the youth‟s contribution to sustainable economic growth and development. Some of these limiting factors include high illiteracy and innumeracy levels; inadequate technical, vocational and entrepreneurial skills; limited access to credit facilities; high unemployment rate; poor access to guidance and counselling services; poverty and deprivation; marginalization in decision making processes; early marriages and teenage pregnancies. High prevalence of HIV and AIDS and limited access to SRH services further compounds the 43 ability of the youth to meaningfully contribute to socio-economic development of the country. Recognizing the potential that the youth have in fostering the growth of the economy, Government has included Youth Development and Empowerment as a key priority area in this development strategy. Sub-Theme 6: Nutrition Adequate nutrition is a prerequisite for human development. It is critical for one‟s physical and intellectual development, and work productivity hence an integral element for the socio- economic development. It is also important in the attainment of most MDGs particularly those related to hunger and poverty, education, child and maternal health, and mitigation of HIV and AIDS. Government having recognized that malnutrition is a silent crisis and is characterized by high levels of nutrition disorders such as stunting, wasting and underweight, included prevention and management of nutrition disorders amongst the priority intervention areas. Sufficient nutrition is crucial for building and maintaining the immune system to enable it fight infections. In the absence of adequate nutrition, the body‟s immune system is weak and vulnerable to attack by various infections. This affects one‟s productivity and quality of life. One such infection is HIV and AIDS. The interaction between HIV and AIDS and nutrition will be discussed in detail under Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management key priority area in the next chapter. During the last five years, Government implemented a number of interventions to improve nutrition. The interventions included school health and nutrition programmes; vitamin A supplementations; and nutrition support programmes. These interventions have resulted in improvement of nutrition indicators. For instance, the percentage of underweight children decreased from 22 percent in 2004 to 13 percent, in 2010 (DHS, 2010). In addition, iodine status improved among school aged children and women. Outcomes of severely malnourished children also improved as a result of early case detection and timely treatment. However, the country still faces a number of challenges mainly emanating from the underlying causes of under-nutrition. These include low household incomes, poor child 44 feeding and care practices, inadequate education and lack of knowledge which lead to poor food processing and utilization and sometimes cultural beliefs which deny women and children consumption of high nutritive value foods. Other constraints include low institutional capacity and inadequate mainstreaming of nutrition in sectoral programmes. To address these challenges, Government will continue to place nutrition issues on its development agenda. Goal The goal is to have a well nourished population that effectively contributes to development of the country. Medium-Term Expected Outcome In the medium term, it is expected that there will be reduced prevalence of nutrition disorders. Key Strategies Key strategies include:  Promoting exclusive breastfeeding practices for children aged 0-6 months;  Promoting optimal feeding practices for children aged 6-24 months and beyond;  Promoting optimal feeding of a sick child during and after illness;  Promoting the prevention, control and treatment of micronutrient deficiency disorders, particularly those caused by vitamin A, Iodine and Iron deficiencies, including food fortification;  Improving access to nutrition supplements for malnourished children, expectant, lactating mothers, the elderly and physically challenged;  Promoting access to at least one nutritious meal and related health and nutrition services for the school-going children;  Strengthening capacities for households and communities to attain adequate nutrition;  Preventing and controlling nutrition related non-communicable and other diseases;  Scaling up innovative interventions in quality management of malnutrition among the various population groups;  Strengthening institutional and human capacities for the effective delivery of nutrition services; 45  Promoting health lifestyles; and  Promoting production and access to high nutritive value foods for diversified and nutritious diets. THEME 3: SOCIAL SUPPORT AND DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT Poverty headcount and extreme poverty levels have declined significantly since 2005. The country has also experienced improved economic growth averaging 7.1 percent per year. However, despite the reduction in poverty levels and impressive economic growth, there are still sections of the population in extreme poverty that still require social support. In addition, the country has been experiencing a number of disasters that have negatively affected national development and led to loss of lives due to inadequate early warning infrastructure and mitigation measures. Despite the food surplus the country enjoyed during the last five years, natural disasters such as drought led to food insecurity in selected districts which required humanitarian assistance. This theme is therefore aimed at continued provision of social support to the vulnerable and strengthening disaster risk management. Over the last five years, a number of initiatives were implemented aimed at fighting poverty. These resulted in the decline of poverty incidence from 50 percent in 2005 to 39 percent in 2009. This trend was accompanied by a reduction in ultra-poverty from 22 percent in 2005 to 15 percent in 2009. This achievement is largely attributed to agricultural FISP which on average benefited 1.3 million Malawians per year since 2005. In addition, the government implemented Targeted Support to School Meals, Public Works Programme, Village Savings and Lending and Microcredit programmes and continued piloting the SCT programme. Table 4.3: Summary of Social Support and Disaster Risk Management Theme Sub-theme Goal Medium Term Expected Outcomes 1. Supporting the Improve resilience and  Improved asset base and productive Vulnerable quality of life for the capacity of the poor; and poor to move out of  Improved social security interventions. poverty and vulnerability. 2. Disaster Risk Reduce the social,  Strengthened capacity for effective Management economic and preparedness, response and recovery. environmental impact of disasters. 46 Sub-Theme 1: Supporting the Vulnerable Vulnerability is defined as people‟s inability to meet their basic needs due to exposure to a hazard and lack of resilience. In Malawi, the most vulnerable include the elderly, the chronically sick, orphans and other vulnerable children, persons with disabilities, and destitute families. These categories of people are vulnerable to risk and lack resilience, which constrains them from engaging in higher economic return activities to enable them move out of chronic poverty and ultimately above the poverty line. During the last five years, implementation of the SCT managed to increase the assets of the poor while the School Meals programme resulted in an upsurge in primary school attendance and retention. In all, the proportion of the disadvantaged receiving conditional and unconditional cash transfer increased from 4 percent in 2005 to 37 percent in 2010. At the same time the Public Works Program increased its coverage from 130,000 people in 2009 to 335,225 in 2010. The government also developed National Social Support framework to guide the design and implementation of social support interventions. Despite these achievements, social support activities continue to face challenges. These challenges include, unavailability of regulatory instruments for programme implementation which compromise beneficiary targeting, financial sustainability and continuity of programmes. In addition, direct assistance and social transfers were limited in coverage, largely due to financial constraints. In the next five years, the government intends to refocus its attention on productivity enhancement interventions that are developmental in nature as well as provision of welfare support to improve social economic status of the vulnerable section of the population. Goal The goal is to improve resilience and quality of life for the poor to move them out of poverty and vulnerability. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium-term, it is expected that Malawi will have attained:  Improved asset base and productive capacity for the poor; and 47  Improved social security interventions. Key Strategies The expected outcomes above will be achieved through implementation of the following key strategies:  Enhancing and promoting predictable transfers to the most vulnerable and the ultra poor households;  Promoting longer term, skills oriented and asset enhancing interventions;  Establishing coherent and progressive social support synergies;  Promoting existing livelihood activities for the poor;  Promoting village savings and loans programmes; and  Improving and scaling up the Social Cash Transfer Programmes. Sub-Theme 2: Disaster Risk Management Malawi faces a number of disasters, both natural and manmade which include floods, drought, strong winds, hailstorms, landslides, earthquakes, pest infestations, disease outbreaks, fire, accidents, refugee influx and civil strife. The magnitude, frequency and impact of disasters have been increasing, in light of climate change, population growth and environmental degradation. Disasters disrupt people‟s livelihoods, endanger human lives and food security, damage infrastructure and hinder economic growth and development among others. Disasters also increase poverty of rural and urban households and erode the ability of the national economy to invest in key social sectors which are important to reducing poverty. Poor households, particularly female headed are more vulnerable to disasters since women tend to be more reliant on the environment than men for food and are primary gatherers of water and firewood. It is, therefore, important to address disaster risks for the socio-economic development of the country. Currently the DRM is facing a number of challenges which include, lack of policy and strategy to effectively coordinate DRM activities; inadequate institutional capacity both at local and national levels to effectively carryout DRM activities; insufficient coverage and depth of disaster reduction activities; lack of an updated and upgraded risk assessment system for early warning; limited investment in knowledge and education for disaster risk reduction; and non-existence of a multi stakeholder forum for coordination of disaster risk management 48 activities. In the next five years, Government will implement a number of activities aimed at improving preparedness, response and recovery from disaster, and risk management. Goal The goal is to reduce social, economic and environmental impact of disasters. Medium-Term Expected Outcome In the medium term, it is expected that Malawi will have attained strengthened capacity for effective preparedness, response and recovery. Key Strategies In responding to the challenges faced within the DRM, government will implement the following strategies:  Developing and strengthening DRM policy and institutional frameworks;  Mainstreaming DRM into policies, strategies and programmes;  Strengthening DRM coordination mechanisms among stakeholders;  Enhancing capacity on the use of GIS and other remote sensing technologies;  Developing an integrated national EWS;  Implementing mitigation measures in disaster prone areas;  Promoting awareness, access, distribution and utilization of reliable and relevant DRM information; and  Incorporating DRM in all school curricula. THEME 4: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT Infrastructure is one of the key prerequisites for economic growth. It is a key component for creating an enabling environment for private sector driven growth and provision of timely and quality social services. Government has singled out energy, transport and water development as some of the key priority areas for the MGDS II. It is envisaged that development of the prioritized infrastructure will contribute to the realization of sustained economic development for Malawi. 49 There are five sub themes under infrastructure development, namely: Energy, Transport; Water Development; Information and Communication; and Housing and Urban Development. Out of these, energy, transport and water development will be discussed in detail in the chapter on key priority areas. Table 4.4: Summary of Infrastructure Development Theme Sub-theme Goals Medium Term Expected Outcomes 1. Energy-refer to KPA 2. Transport

2.1. Air Ensure a safe, efficient and  Improved safety and management in transport competitive aviation accordance with international standards; industry.  Improved reliability and competitiveness;  Improved regulatory and institutional framework; and  Improved security in airports. 3. Water Development -refer to KPA 4. Information and Communication 4.1.Information Increase utilization of ICT,  Improved ICT broadband infrastructure; and ensure universal access to  Increased usage and access to communication ICT products and services to information, communication services; improve service delivery in  Improved postal and broadcasting both public and private services; sectors.  Improved ICT governance; and  Enhanced ICT capacity for the general public.

4.2. Media and Ensure that the population  Increased access to information. communication has access to timely and relevant information, and increase popular participation of citizens in development, governance and democratic processes. 5. Housing and Urban Development

5.1. Housing Increase access to decent  Increased availability of affordable and housing with particular decent houses. 50 attention to low income households. 5.2.Urban Create a sustainable,  Improved and sustainable urbanization development economically and socially system with a view to reducing slums. integrated urbanizing system. Sub -Theme 1: Energy A well-developed and efficient energy system is vital for socio-economic development. In this respect, increasing generation capacity, improving transmission, distribution and supply of electricity will contribute to an efficient energy system in the economy. Improving the distribution and supply of other energy sources will complement an efficient energy system. During the implementation of the MGDS, the energy sector registered a number of achievements including establishment of the Malawi Energy Regulatory Authority (MERA) in 2007; pre-feasibility study on construction of an Oil Pipe line from Beira to Nsanje which revealed viability of the Oil Pipe line project; rehabilitation of Tedzani I & II in which 40MW of installed capacity was restored; training of 400 biomass briquette producers, 100 briquette stove producers, 230 ceramic liner producers, and establishment of 20 briquette production centres, 24 briquettes stove production centres and 7 ceramic liner production centers in the cities as alternative energy sources to reduce dependence on charcoal and firewood. As a result of promotion of use of alternative sources of energy, there has been a decline in the proportion of the population using solid fuels from 94.8 percent in 2005 to 78 percent in 2010. In addition, there has been an increase in the percentage of households with access to electricity from 4 in 2005 to 9 in 2010. This is partly due to successful implementation of rural electrification program which has increased the number of trading centres connected to electricity from 45 in 2005 to 182 in 2010. Furthermore, within the same period, 6 villages were energized with Solar/wind hybrid systems and this too has contributed to the increased access to electricity. Despite these achievements, energy generation capacity in Malawi is low and has often been cited as one of the major constraints to industrial development. Recognizing the importance of energy in the economic development of the country, Government has put energy as one of 51 the key priority areas in this development strategy. Sub-Theme 2: Transport Efficient transportation system provides better connectivity to local, regional and international markets. This reduces cost of production and marketing of goods and services through, among other things, reduction in lead times. Thus investment in the transport system plays a major role in socio-economic development. This investment involves the development of infrastructure and provision of services in all modes of transport, namely road, rail, air and water. Furthermore, the provision of high quality and affordable transport infrastructure improves access to social services such as education, health, markets and communication facilities. During the implementation of the MGDS, the transport sector carried out a number of interventions aimed at improving the quality of infrastructure. The paved road network increased from 3,663 km in 2004 to 4,073 km in 2010; 215 km of the paved road network was rehabilitated out of the 293 km during the same period. Fuel levy now meets all the country‟s routine road maintenance requirements. Other interventions included the preparation of the Transport Sector Investment Plan (TSIP) that will bring about coordinated and competitive development of all transport modes and enhancement of intermodal transport along the corridors. In addition, in the roads subsector Government has adopted the RSP to guide both the medium and long term investment programmes in the road transport subsector. However, there are critical issues that are negatively impacting on the performance of the transport sector, which include: high construction costs; limited absorptive capacity of the available resources in the road sub-sector; lack of balanced competition and connectivity among the modes; limited supply of skilled artisans; inadequate investment in construction machinery; poor condition of most ports; and old navigation aids. Government recognizes that improved transport infrastructure and services are crucial for economic development and has included road, rail and water transport as focus areas within Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port key priority area. This key priority area is covered in detail in the next chapter. Air transport is discussed below. 52 Air Transport Air transport is the most efficient and effective means of transportation. It has the potential to promote tourism and enhance prospects for economic growth. Government recognizes that there is need to continuously improve air transport infrastructure and services to enhance trade, tourism and investment. To ensure air transport efficiency, Government will pursue the following goal; medium term expected outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to ensure a safe, efficient and competitive aviation industry. Medium Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term it is expected that Malawi will have attained:  Improved safety and management in accordance with international standards;  Improved reliability and competitiveness;  Improved regulatory and institutional framework; and  Improved security in airports. Key Strategies Main strategies include:  Promoting and facilitating a competitive and efficient air transport industry;  Providing safe, efficient, reliable aviation infrastructure and services;  Strengthening legislative and regulatory frameworks;  Promoting effective safety and security oversight systems;  Undertaking reforms in the aviation sector;  Strengthening institutional capacity;  Implementing environmental protection measures; and  Promoting PPPs to facilitate private investment. Sub-Theme 3: Water Development Water development is key to the socio-economic development of the country. It has direct linkages with sectors such as agriculture, industry, natural resources, health, tourism, energy and fisheries. Water is a fundamental catalyst for energy, transport, health, agriculture and biodiversity. Water development will also facilitate GBI development to increase agricultural 53 production and productivity. Furthermore, improved water supply services have direct impact on lives of women and children by reducing the burden of water carriage for households. Water, sanitation and hygiene services also make a significant contribution to public health and alleviation of the burden on curative health services by reducing disease transmission. Improved water supply, sanitation and hygiene facilities in schools significantly contribute to the quality of education by reducing disease burden among children and staff, improving school attendance and retention particularly among girls, improving attraction and retention of teachers and provides more effective learning through a safe and conducive environment. The sector made notable progress during the implementation of MGDS. These include increased adoption of improved irrigation technologies, construction of dams, and rehabilitation of irrigation schemes and promotion of WASH. The country‟s proportion of population with access to basic sanitation increased from 84 percent in 2005 to 93 percent in 2009. There was an increased percentage of population with access to safe potable water from 73 percent in 2005 to 84 percent in 2009 (WMS, 2009). The water sector is facing challenges which include: degradation of water resources; vandalism of water facilities; limited access to potable water hence women walking long distances to fetch the water; inadequate promotion of hygiene and sanitation; inadequate water reservoirs; inadequate capacity of contractors and consultants; and poor state of suitable infrastructure for the effective management, treatment and disposal of solid and liquid waste. Due to the importance of water development, sanitation and greenbelt irrigation, Government has included them within key priority areas detailed in the next chapter. Sub-Theme 4: Information and Communication Information is a vital resource for all human kind throughout all stages of life. It is therefore important that information should be made available in a form that is applicable and usable, and at the right time. Use of ICT enhances the production, transportation and provision of information to the general public for human development as well as for making informed decisions. This sub-theme comprises ICT, and Media and Communication. During the implementation of the MGDS, the sector made a number of achievements including connection to the optic fibre cable resulting in improved delivery of 54 telecommunication services; increased mobile phone coverage; increased provision of broadcasting services; increased postal and courier service and automation of some of Government‟s operations and services. Despite these achievements the sector still faces a number of challenges. These include: low usage and adoption of electronic and online services; lack of effective regulatory frameworks; high communication costs; high printing costs; lack of coordination and collaboration on ICT infrastructure development; intermittent availability of service, low geographic coverage; low local content in terms of provision of information; inadequate institutional and human capacity and low usage of modern broadcasting technology. Goal The goal is to ensure better access to information. Information and Communication Technology Well developed information and communication technology system, is essential for the development of a country. Malawi‟s ICT is still underdeveloped. In this respect Government will implement ICT strategies that will facilitate e-services, increase public sector efficiency, grant citizens access to public services by making them available online (e-government). It will also promote production of exportable ICT products and services, encourage economic diversification, in areas such as tourism, financial services, medical research, and telecommunication and create new jobs. Improvement of network connectivity will reduce communication costs thereby increasing access to information by majority of people living in the country. Goal The goal is to increase utilization of ICT, ensure universal access to ICT products and services to improve service delivery in both public and private sectors. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The expected medium term outcomes include:  Improved ICT broadband infrastructure;  Increased usage and access to information and communication services; 55  Improved postal and broadcasting services;  Improved ICT governance; and  Enhanced ICT capacity for the general public. Key Strategies  Developing a reliable, fast, adaptive and robust national ICT infrastructure that feeds into international networks;  Mainstreaming ICT into sector policies and strategies and operations;  Improving ICT service access by rural and underserved communities;  Promoting the participation of private ICT service providers;  Promoting information, education and communication on ICT;  Improving efficiency in delivering postal services;  Migrating from analogue to digital television broadcasting;  Improving the regulatory framework for the sector;  Developing a comprehensive national database; and  Developing public online services. Media and Communication Media and communication is an important tool in promoting mass participation in decision making as well as in developmental processes. Media and communication provide alternatives to the public to express their developmental aspirations and priorities, and in shaping the public perception on a variety of important issues. Thus, the availability of a vibrant media and communication sub sector is a prerequisite to development. Goal The goal is to ensure that the population has access to timely and relevant information, and increase popular participation of citizens in development, governance and democratic processes. Medium Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term, it is expected that there will be increased access to information. Key Strategies 56  Promoting distribution of publications;  Promoting screening of developmental video documentaries to communities;  Strengthening regulatory framework to facilitate free flow of information;  Abridging, translating and distributing policies and other important documents into major vernacular languages;  Strengthening IEC on topical issues;  Promoting discussion forums on topical issues; and  Enhancing skills capacity of media personnel. Sub-Theme 5: Housing and Urban Development Housing and urban development is crucial in the development of the country. Adequate and quality housing is one of the key indicators of development as it relates to basic needs and is crucial in assessing living conditions of a population. Currently Malawi has a high rate of urbanization estimated at 6.3 percent. Proper housing and structured urbanization reduces the rise in unplanned settlements, crime and the strain on government capacity to provide adequate security and social services. Regularization and titling of land is expected to facilitate use of land and property thereon, as collateral to obtain credit from financial institutions for investment. During the implementation of MGDS , achievements registered include the following: maintained houses under government lease, constructed Government Offices, conducted quinquennial valuations and supplementary valuation rolls, decentralized the Rural Housing Programme, commenced a National Slum Upgrading Programme, developed Guidelines on Safer House Construction and continued construction of houses by the Malawi Housing Corporation. Despite these achievements, the sub-sector still faces a number of challenges. These include: outdated and inadequate legislation and related procedures; high investment costs; inadequate capacity; lack of housing finance, particularly for low-income households; unclear mandate of local authorities in relation to housing delivery and involvement of traditional leaders in land delivery for housing development within urban areas; limited access to land for housing development; and development of unplanned settlements. 57 Goal The goal is to increase access to decent housing and provide guidelines for infrastructure development.

5.1 Housing Good housing contributes to economic growth and poverty reduction. It adds to the reduction of the health burden from infectious and parasitic diseases and accidents. It also provides security and is a large asset base and a source of income. The nation has a large housing deficit. The 2008 Population and Housing Census indicates that out of 2,869,933 houses, 21.4 percent were permanent, 34.18 percent were semi- permanent while 44.42 percent were classified as traditional. The Malawi Urban Housing Profile of 2009 revealed that to meet the housing demands in the urban areas, there is a need to construct 21,000 houses per year for a period of ten years. This, therefore, means that the majority of Malawians are living in houses that are not decent. Goal The goal is to increase access to decent housing with particular attention to low income households. Medium Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term, it is expected that there will be increased availability of affordable and decent houses. Key Strategies  Strengthening institutional, legal and regulatory framework;  Strengthening capacity for decentralized housing delivery;  Promoting PPPs in housing delivery;  Scaling up the provision of basic infrastructure and services particularly in informal settlements;  Promoting national housing financing mechanisms;  Promoting planning to improve quality of rural and urban housing and settlement patterns;  Providing safe and adequate space to public institutions and officers; and 58  Developing and promoting the use of local building materials.

5.2 Urban Development Malawi‟s urbanization is growing at 6.3 percent per annum. The growth of urbanization in Malawi is exacerbated by high rural-urban migration and population growth. The result is increasing urban poverty whose most visible manifestations are the slums which continue to develop in and around the cities and towns in Malawi. These settlements are characterized by poor access to physical infrastructure such as roads, electricity and poor access to social services such as education, health, insecure tenure and poor housing conditions. It is therefore important that the focus should be to provide proper plans for urban areas and emerging towns. Goal The goal is to create a sustainable, economically and socially integrated urbanizing system. Medium-Term Expected Outcome In the medium term it is expected that there will be improved and sustainable urbanization system with a view to reduce slums. Key Strategies The key strategies include:  Providing support to processes of urban renewal and slum upgrading;  Supporting the development of utilities, mechanisms and structures in local authorities and urbanizing systems for the provision of critical urban infrastructure;  Enforcing rules and regulations on land use and physical plans;  Promoting PPPs in the development of urban infrastructure; and  Improving infrastructure facilities in slum areas and restrict the formation of new slums. THEME 5: IMPROVED GOVERNANCE Malawi Government recognizes that the successful implementation of its development strategy depends on the prevalence of good governance. Good governance implies the 59 provision of an efficient regulatory regime that ensures the absence of corruption; promulgation of consistent policies to eradicate poverty and the provision of appropriate institutions to support human existence. Good governance keeps in check distortionary incentives and ensures equitable allocation and distribution of public resources. It enhances public security and safety, and guarantees property and personal rights, which in turn creates a conducive environment for private sector investment. In this respect, Government has put in place mechanisms to manage societal affairs in accordance with democratic principles. In the last five years, progress was made in improving governance as manifested by ongoing legal and economic policy reforms, coupled with the establishment and strengthening of key institutions of governance. In line with the Malawi constitution which guarantees human rights, including the right to economic activity, the strategy will, among other things, continue to address issues related to access to economic opportunity, private sector participation, efficient stewardship of public resources, promotion of democratic governance institutions and justice and the rule of law. There are four sub-themes under improved governance, namely economic governance, corporate governance, democratic governance and public sector management. Government realizes that corruption is cross cutting in nature and affects all elements of governance and that it retards growth and development activities, increases the gap between the rich and the poor, and discourages investments. In this respect, it will continue pursuing strategies aimed at promoting integrity, transparency and accountability with the ultimate goal of curbing corruption and fraud at all levels. In the past five years, Malawi registered a number of achievements including a rise in Malawi‟s corruption perception index, reduced average time taken to complete and prosecute corruption cases and increased public awareness. According to a report from the Transparency International, corruption in Malawi is on the decline. To sustain these achievements and to further curb corruption and fraud Government will implement the following strategies: mainstreaming anti-corruption strategies in all institutions; promoting prevention of corruption; enhancing investigation of all suspected 60 corrupt practices; promoting prosecution of all offenders; fostering public support in the fight against corruption; promoting IEC on corruption; strengthening capacity and partnerships for all institutions dealing with corruption; implementing National Anti Corruption Strategy and Promoting independence of all institutions dealing with corruption. Table 4.5: Summary of Improved Governance Theme Sub-theme Goal Medium Term Expected Outcomes 1. Economic Sustain and accelerate  Strengthened evidence-based planning and Governance the positive economic macroeconomic policy formulation; growth within a stable  Improved resource mobilization, macroeconomic allocation, and use of public resources; environment.  Strengthened aid management systems; and  Improved access to financial services. 2. Corporate Ensure well regulated,  Improved and effective regulatory Governance transparent, framework for the corporate world; accountable and  Improved investors‟ perception of the efficient business country; systems.  Improved efficiency in service delivery;  Reduced corruption and fraud; and  Increased corporate social responsibility. 3. Democratic Governance

3.1. Justice and Ensure access to justice  Improved and effective judicial system; Rule of Law and entrenched rule of  Enhanced transparency, accountability and law. efficiency of legal institutions. 3.2.Human Promote and protect  Enhanced awareness and practice of Rights rights and freedoms as human rights and responsibilities; enshrined in the  Improved respect for human dignity and constitution of Malawi. choice; and  Enhanced equitable access to opportunities.

3.3. Elections Promote free and fair  Transparent and democratic electoral elections process; and  Political parties with clear ideologies and functional internal democracy. 3.4.Peace and Make a secure and  Improved methods of promoting national 61 Security peaceful nation. security and public order; and  Improved partnership and participation of all members of the public on issues of peace and security. 4. Public Sector Deliver services to the  Enhanced public service leadership; Management public in an efficient,  Improved performance and service demand driven and delivery in the public service; effective manner.  Harmonized and evidence based policies developed; and  Enhance implementation of Public Sector Reform Programmes. Sub-Theme 1: Economic Governance A stable macroeconomic environment is vital for economic growth and is a catalyst for investment and industrial development. In the past five years, Malawi experienced a stable macroeconomic environment characterized by a high GDP growth rate, low inflation rate, a stable exchange rate, and sustainable levels of both domestic and foreign debt. This is partly attributed to the Public Finance and Economic Management (PFEM) reforms that were undertaken to ensure financial prudence. However, the economy is still facing a number of challenges including high interest rate, limited coverage of banking services and low access to credit especially in the rural areas. MGDS II will endeavour to sustain and accelerate the positive economic growth and continue with a stable macroeconomic environment as well as continue to support reforms under PFEM programmes. Goal The goal is to sustain and accelerate the positive economic growth within a stable macroeconomic environment. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term, it is expected that there will be:  Strengthened evidence-based planning and macroeconomic policy formulation;  Improved resource mobilization, allocation, and use of public resources; 62  Strengthened aid management systems; and  Improved access to financial services. Key Strategies  Harmonizing the national budget and priorities in the national development strategy;  Diversifying sources of government revenue;  Improving revenue collection and administration system at both national and local government levels;  Pursuing sound macroeconomic policies;  Ensuring that external support is aligned to the national development strategy;  Ensuring that sectoral and local plans are aligned to the national development strategy;  Improving management of financial and non financial assets;  Expanding and improving financial services to MSMEs;  Strengthening monitoring and evaluation of the implementation of national development strategies and programmes;  Enhancing evidence based public policy formulation;  Improving national procurement, audit and reporting systems at all levels;  Enhancing international cooperation and development diplomacy;  Developing capacity for negotiating bilateral and multilateral agreements; and  Improving legal and regulatory framework of the financial sector. Sub-Theme 2: Corporate Governance Good corporate governance is an important element in the creation of an enabling environment for rapid and sustainable private sector development. Strengthening good corporate governance and implementation of the code of best practices is expected to enhance private sector performance through reduced corruption and fraud within the public and private sector and improve investors‟ perception of Malawi. This in turn will lead to increased levels of domestic and foreign direct investment. Goal The goal is to ensure well regulated, transparent, accountable and efficient business systems. 63 Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The expected outcomes include:  Improved and effective regulatory framework for the corporate world;  Improved investors‟ perception of the country;  Improved efficiency in service delivery;  Reduced corruption and fraud; and  Increased corporate social responsibility. Key Strategies  Improving and strengthening business regulatory framework and developing a clear regulatory regime for parastatals;  Promoting the adoption of good corporate governance code of conduct;  Strengthening the Institute of Directors; and  Promoting zero tolerance to corruption. Sub-Theme 3: Democratic Governance Malawi Government recognizes that broad based growth and improvement in the quality of life and social wellbeing can take place if good democratic governance prevails at all levels. Good governance can therefore foster economic growth and aid the attainment of the National and Millennium Development goals. Equally important in the attainment of national development goals is good local governance. Local governance entails creation of a democratic environment and institutions at district and community levels, promotion of accountability, encouraging local participation in decision making and mobilizing masses for socio-economic development in their respective areas. Decentralization is one of the implementing tools for local governance. In the past five years, democratic governance has improved in Malawi. The country experienced positive developments that included successful presidential and parliamentary elections, growing civil society and non-governmental organizations, and deepening constitutionalism.

5.3.1 Justice and Rule of Law Malawi Government recognizes that adherence to a strong justice system and rule of law is 64 an important factor that guarantees an enabling legal and regulatory framework and encourages the achievement of sustainable economic growth and development. The Malawi constitution also reaffirms Malawi‟s commitment to the rule of law. To enhance this, the Government of Malawi established oversight institutions to promote transparency, accountability and integrity. In the past five years, a number of positive developments were registered. These included legal and policy reforms, and the strengthening of some of the key institutions of governance that resulted in an increased access to legal system. Despite the above achievements, a number of challenges remain. These include low institutional capacity, inadequate infrastructure, poor protection of vulnerable groups like women and children, high costs of legal services and shortage of legal experts. In addition, the vulnerable and marginalized are not fully empowered to seek and demand their rights. Goal The goal is to ensure access to justice and entrenched rule of law. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term it is expected that there will be:  Improved and effective judicial system; and  Enhanced transparency, accountability and efficiency of oversight institutions. Key Strategies  Fostering independence and credibility of the judicial system;  Promoting supremacy and respect for the constitution;  Strengthening capacity of sector institutions;  Promoting law reforms to consolidate democracy and human rights;  Increasing citizen awareness of the country‟s laws, procedures and institutions;  Enhancing consistency of domestic laws with international standards;  Promoting a justice and legal system that is responsive to marginalized groups; and  Promoting a people-centred, accessible, affordable, and expeditious justice system. 65

5.3.2 Human Rights The Malawi Government recognizes that good governance hinges on the respect for human rights. The observance of human rights allows for equity in terms of participation in the development process and a fair distribution of development gains by all. In the past five years a number of achievements were made including the development of a legislative framework for protection of the human rights, and increased awareness of basic human rights. However, there are a number of challenges facing the subsector. These include limited coverage of human rights messages especially to the most vulnerable, low capacity of government institutions that deal with human rights, poor conditions in the country‟s prisons and a rise in domestic violence and rape. Goal The goal is to promote and protect human rights and freedoms as enshrined in the constitution of Malawi. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term it is expected that there will be:  Enhanced awareness and practice of human rights and responsibilities;  Improved respect for human dignity and choice; and  Enhanced equitable access to opportunities. Key Strategies  Enhancing human rights awareness and education;  Promoting equitable access to economic, political and social opportunities;  Strengthening legal protection and equitable treatment for marginalized populations, women and children;  Ensuring respect for prisoners‟ rights;  Eliminating all forms of discrimination; and  Strengthening capacity of human rights institutions. 66

5.3.3 Elections The Malawi Government recognizes the importance of free and fair elections to allow the people to freely choose public office holders. In the recent past, Malawi has progressed in ensuring free and fair elections, especially for the president and parliamentarians. The successful 2009 Presidential and Parliamentary Elections was a manifestation of maturing democracy in the country. However, inadequate public awareness of the electoral processes and logistical problems remain some of the main challenges. Goal The goal is to promote free and fair elections. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term it is expected that there will be:  Transparent and democratic electoral processes; and  Political parties with clear ideologies and functioning internal democracy. Key Strategies  Enhancing credibility, management and accountability of electoral processes;  Improving governance in political parties;  Enhancing implementation of law reforms to facilitate free and fair elections at national and local levels;  Enhancing independence of elections governing bodies; and  Fostering informed and active participation in local governance.

5.3.4 Peace and Security Peace and security are essential preconditions which must be guarded for the nation to achieve social, economic and political prosperity. Furthermore, common experience has shown that nations in conflict always tend to lose their grip and fail to concentrate on national growth and development policies. To this end, peace and security arrangements need to address a wide range of issues aimed at safeguarding the nation‟s sovereignty, territorial integrity and national interests. This entails ensuring efficient and effective security mechanisms for defence, public and state sectors all 67 of which must be coordinated in a manner that reflects Government‟s growth and development strategies. Consequently,, there is a need for adequate personnel, equipment and infrastructure to address all cross-cutting issues affecting peace and security. Goal The goal is to continue to make Malawi a secure and peaceful nation Medium-Term Expected Outcomes Medium term expected outcomes include:  Improved methods of promoting national security and public order; and  Improved partnership and participation of all members of the public on issues of peace and security. Key Strategies  Improving the responsiveness of all security sectors to communities‟ security needs;  Strengthening partnership for risk management between the private and security sectors;  Improving the responsiveness of all security sectors;  Enhancing community integration and participation in promoting a secure, peaceful and crime free environment;  Ensuring safe and secure borders;  Rehabilitating and expanding security establishments; and  Improving infrastructure for development and expansion of security establishments. Sub-Theme4: Public Sector Management Effective public sector management is necessary for the creation of a conducive environment for efficient delivery of public goods and services at central and local levels. The Malawi public sector has generally been disciplined and hard working. This is attributable to a number of factors, including an upward salary adjustment in the past five years and an improvement in conditions of service especially in some of the strategic sectors of the civil service. The public sector, however, is faced with a number of challenges that include salary levels 68 that do not meet basic living conditions especially for the lower grades. This, compounded by slow promotion, slow recruitment and insufficient resources and equipment leads to low morale in the civil service. Goal The goal is to deliver services to the public in an efficient, demand driven and effective manner. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term, it is expected that the following will be achieved:  Enhanced public service leadership;  Improved performance and service delivery in the public service;  Harmonized and evidence based policies developed; and  Enhanced implementation of Public Sector Reform programmes. Key Strategies  Developing and strengthening leadership capacities for effective management of the public service;  Ensuring an effective and functional public service commission;  Improving conditions of service for public service employees;  Enhancing evidence-based policy making;  Promoting participatory public policy formulation;  Strengthening mechanisms for coordination and utilization of resources;  Developing capacity to implement public sector reforms; and  Strengthening equal participation of women and men in leadership and management positions. THEME 6: CROSS-CUTTING ISSUES Gender, capacity development, and research and development, HIV and AIDS, nutrition, environment, climate change, population and science and technology are critical issues that cut across and impact all sectors of the economy. This thematic area will, however, focus on gender and capacity development as the other issues are discussed in the key priority areas. 69 In terms of gender, there has been little success in the systematic mainstreaming in sector programs. In the area of capacity development there have been improvements, but there is still a lot that needs to be done across the public and private sectors. Table 4.6: Summary of Cross-cutting Theme Sub-theme Goal Medium Term Expected Outcomes 1. Gender Reduce gender  Increased meaningful participation of inequalities and all gender groups in decision making; enhance participation wealth creation and poverty reduction; of all gender groups in  Reduced gender based violence at all socio-economic levels; and development.  Enhanced gender mainstreaming across all sectors. 2. Capacity Develop a productive  Enhanced workforce capacities and Development and efficient supportive systems; workforce with  Improved functioning of local training necessary supporting institutions; and equipment and  Improved administration, management infrastructure. and performance across all sectors. Sub-Theme 1: Gender Gender implies attributes, roles, activities, responsibilities and potentialities associated with men and women, girls and boys. In Malawi boys and girls, men and women assume culturally different identities and traits. The status is worse among females as compared to their male counterparts. For instance, a female headed household has 14 percent less consumption per capita than a male headed household mainly due to gender based differences in access and control over resources (UN Malawi, 2010). In addition, girls and boys experience some form of GBV during their life time. For example, Burton (2005) showed that 65 percent of girls and 35 percent of boys were subjected to GBV. The experience of violence increases the risk of HIV and other sexually transmitted diseases. This could probably explain the fact that HIV prevalence among women and girls is still disproportionately higher at 12.9 percent than the national average of 10.6 percent while that of their male counterparts is at 8.1 percent (DHS, 2010). Evidence has shown that the MDGs targets that are lagging behind have very pronounced 70 gender connotations. This could be evidence of a policy and implementation gap in gender that a number of consecutive National Plans of Action have not been able to address effectively (UN Malawi, 2010). Most sector plans are not clear on strategies to address gender disparities although this is recognized as being critical. Lack of gender disaggregated data, poor commitment to resource allocation towards gender mainstreaming and institutional capacity to analyze and systematically mainstream gender in all sectors remain the major challenges. In addition, other challenges include high incidences of HIV and AIDS prevalence and poverty among women and girls, increased GBV including intimate partner violence, sexual violence, human trafficking and harmful traditional and cultural practices. Despite these challenges, a number of achievements were made during implementation of the MGDS which this development strategy will sustain and improve upon. The achievements include: increase in the proportion of women in the National Assembly from 14 percent in 2004 to 22 percent in 2009, increased number of women in decision making position in public service, establishment of victim support units, and achievement of gender parity at primary school. Goal: To reduce gender inequalities and enhance participation of all gender groups in socio- economic development. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Increased meaningful participation of all gender groups in decision making; wealth creation and poverty reduction;  Reduced gender based violence at all levels; and  Enhanced gender mainstreaming across all sectors. Key Strategies  Promoting women entrepreneurship and involvement in cooperatives;  Promoting equal access to appropriate technologies and micro-finance schemes;  Advocating for affirmative action to increase representation of women in politics and 71 decision making positions;  Enhancing awareness on GBV;  Strengthening GBV service delivery systems;  Strengthening legal and regulatory framework;  Mainstreaming gender at all levels;  Promoting access to quality education for girls; and  Strengthening gender disaggregated research and documentation. Sub-Theme 2: Capacity Development For any country to develop it requires skilled and knowledgeable work force with the appropriate supporting infrastructure and equipment, and proper institutional arrangement. Government recognizes the need to develop capacity at all levels for a successful implementation of its development programmes. This entails change of mind set, orientation of skills, work processes re-engineering, improvement of institutional set up and provision of appropriate supporting equipment. Initiatives implemented in the public sector have had a number of positive results. These include an increased number of trained personnel in key sectors including health and education, institutional development of ministries and departments, establishment of Leadership Development Framework and implementation of the Public Sector Reform Program. Despite these achievements, there has been lack of an enabling policy framework to co- ordinate various capacity development initiatives. There are also concerns that the country‟s local institutions of higher learning do not adequately support the needs of the economy. Furthermore, there is inadequate investment in supporting infrastructure and equipment by both the public and private sectors. Government will therefore reorient and expand existing investment in infrastructure and equipment through, among other initiatives, PPPs. It will also provide a conducive environment for the development of skills and knowledge to respond to the needs of the economy. 72 Goal The goal is to develop a productive and efficient workforce with necessary supporting equipment and infrastructure. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The sector‟s overall medium term expected outcomes include the following:  Enhanced workforce capacities and supportive systems;  Improved functioning of local training institutions; and  Improved administration, management and performance across all sectors. Key Strategies The key strategies include:  Developing and strengthening human and institutional capacities;  Mainstreaming capacity development in all sectors;  Promoting effective performance management systems;  Promoting capacity development at all levels;  Enhancing coordination in resource mobilization and utilization;  Promoting and establishing professional and skills development centres;  Enhancing investments in infrastructure and equipment;  Promoting PPPs; and  Strengthening academic institutions to respond to the needs of the economy. CHAPTER 5 KEY PRIORITY AREAS MGDS II identifies nine Key Priority Areas (KPAs) which have been drawn from the six thematic areas discussed in the previous chapter. The (KPAs) have been isolated with the view to accelerate the development that has been achieved over the years. In this respect, Government will concentrate its efforts on these key priority areas in the medium-term in order to achieve its overall policy objective of economic growth as a means of reducing poverty in the country. The Key Priority Areas are: Agriculture and Food Security; Transport 73 Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port; Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism; Education, Science and Technology; Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management; Integrated Rural Development; Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development; Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment; and Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management. Table 5.1 at the end of this chapter summarizes these key priority areas.

1.0 Agriculture and Food Security Agriculture is key to food security, economic growth and wealth creation. However, the sector faces a number of challenges including over dependence on rain-fed farming, low absorption of improved technologies, poor support infrastructure, inadequate markets, weak private sector participation, low level of irrigation development, and lack of investment in mechanization. As a key priority area, the main focus is to increase agricultural productivity and diversification for sustainable economic growth. Furthermore, the strategic link between agriculture and other sectors will be strengthened to ensure accelerated growth and development.

1.1 Agricultural Productivity and Diversification The agriculture sector has been experiencing growth in productivity of maize and tobacco. However, this growth has been slow and below the expected potential. The sector therefore is still characterized by low productivity levels. The major contributing factors affecting productivity in the smallholder farming sub-sector in Malawi is low input use, over-reliance on rain-fed agriculture, inadequate access to agricultural credit, inadequate access to output and input markets, and failures in technology development and transfer. This is further exacerbated by climate change effects such as erratic rains and droughts. The dominance of tobacco and maize in the agriculture sector has limited the potential of other crops, hence the need for the country to develop an agricultural diversification policy. The policy will intensify diversification of traditional and non traditional crops and animals for both domestic and export markets. Efforts will therefore focus on improving access to credit, land, markets and research and development among others. The diversification policy will, among other things, endeavour to move away from tobacco. 74 Goal The goal is to increase agriculture productivity and diversification. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The medium-term expected outcomes include  Increased smallholder farmers‟ output per unit area;  Increased agricultural diversification;  Increased production of high value agricultural commodities including cotton, wheat and macadamia for exports;  Improved agricultural research, technology generation and dissemination;  Increased livestock and fish production; and  Reduced land degradation. Key Strategies Key strategies include:  Providing effective extension services;  Strengthening linkages of farmers to input and output markets;  Enhancing livestock and fisheries productivity;  Promoting appropriate technology development, transfer and absorption;  Improving access to inputs;  Promoting contract farming arrangements;  Promoting irrigation farming;  Promoting production of non traditional crops;  Improving agricultural production for both domestic and export markets;  Strengthening farmer institutions; and  Promoting soil and water conservation techniques.

1.2 Food Security Maize has remained the main staple food for Malawians hence national food security has mainly been defined in terms of access to maize. The country‟s self sufficiency in food has been premised on the implementation of the Farm Inputs Subsidy Programme (FISP). Other food crops such as rice, cassava, sorghum, and potatoes are alternatives to maize in many 75 parts of the country. Furthermore, these are complemented by livestock and fish products. Therefore, this strategy will have a holistic approach to food security taking into account access to a diversified range of food products. Goal The goal is to ensure sustained availability and accessibility of food to all Malawians at all times at affordable prices. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The medium term expected outcomes include  Food self-sufficiency at household and national levels;  Increased and sustained food availability and accessibility; and  Enhanced agricultural risk management. Key Strategies  Improving the functioning of agricultural markets;  Ensuring an effective early warning system;  Promoting income generating activities;  Increasing national food storage capacity;  Promoting dietary diversification;  Improving agricultural market systems;  Improving coordination and management of food aid and imports;  Implementing policies to reduce dependency on food aid;  Strengthening and scaling-up market based risk management initiatives;  Reducing post harvest losses;  Strengthening PPPs in agriculture;  Providing technical and regulatory services; and  Strengthening farmer-led extension and training services. The agriculture sector is dominated by tobacco, tea and sugar as the major foreign exchange earners. During the implementation of this development strategy, the country will diversify by promoting wheat, cotton, and coffee and production of fruits and vegetables. In this regard, government will deploy policies to promote diversification in the agriculture sector. 76

2.0 Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism Energy, industrial development, mining and tourism have the potential to contribute towards wealth creation, foreign exchange generation, and job creation thereby improving living standards and accelerating national economic growth and development. A well-developed and efficient energy system is vital for industrial, mining, tourism and integrated rural development. Increasing generation, transmission and distribution of electricity and other energy sources will lead to improved service delivery and increased output in the economy. However the country‟s energy generation and supply is inadequate to meet the current industrial, mining and tourism demands. This therefore calls for investment in the energy sector to realize potential in the industrial, mining and tourism sectors among other areas. Besides inadequate energy, there are a number of other constraints that negatively affect industrial development, mining and tourism. These include low compliance to standards, low investment, high transport costs and poor access to both domestic and foreign markets. Government will therefore work with the private sector to address these constraints.

2.1 Energy Malawi continues to face a number of challenges in the energy sector including inadequate capacity to generate electricity which results in frequent blackouts and brownouts. This lack of reliable power is a key constraint to development in Malawi. The current installed capacity of 283 Megawatts is far less than the estimated demand of 334 Megawatts. Unavailability of access to modern energy services contributes to low economic activity and productivity, lower quality of life and deters new investments across the country, in particular affecting key sectors of mining and manufacturing. The country is currently experiencing shortages of liquid and gas fuels due to logistical problems. Government will, therefore, continue to emphasize on improving and expanding electricity generation, supply and distribution systems. In addition, government will improve supply of liquid and gas fuels to meet the increasing demand. Goal The goal is to generate and distribute sufficient amount of energy to meet national socio economic demands. 77 Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term it is expected that there will be:  Improved capacity and efficiency in energy generation, transmission and distribution; and  Increased availability and access to energy. Key Strategies  Developing additional power stations;  Promoting the use of renewable sources of energy;  Improving management of energy generation, transmission, distribution and supply; • Enhancing urban and rural electrification; • Increasing liquid fuel stock-holding and distribution capacity; • Developing long-term systems of tapping and delivering liquid fuel; • Promoting public- private partnerships in energy generation and distribution; and • Improving regulatory environment.

2.2 Industrial Development The development of industries is an integral part of a nation‟s economic growth and development. It is key to attainment of the country‟s aspiration of transforming from predominantly importing and consuming to producing and exporting. Currently, manufacturing sector contributes about 11 percent to the GDP but has high potential of contributing more. An increase in industrial activities contributes to job creation which in turn expands the market base of the economy. Malawi‟s industry is facing a number of challenges such as lack of incentives, high interest rates, high transport costs, and unreliable energy supply. Consequently, there are low investments in the sub sector leading to low industrialization and exports of unprocessed products. Considering that Malawi‟s population is rural based and dependent on agriculture, special attention will be given to rural industrialization and agro-processing. Goal The goal is to develop and expand the industrial sector with emphasis on value addition and 78 employment creation. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes Medium term expected outcomes include:  Expanded industrial base;  Increased employment;  Increased industrial output; and  Increased value addition. Key Strategies  Promoting the use of modern environmentally friendly technologies in manufacturing;  Facilitating accreditation of quality assurance institutions and enhancing quality standards;  Enhancing backward and forward linkages in the industrial sector;  Undertaking industrial reforms;  Encouraging provision of infrastructure and support services for industrial development;  Promoting efficient safety management practices; and  Promoting value addition in existing and potential products.

2.2.1 Trade Trade plays an important role in economic growth and development. For a country like Malawi, trade is of particular significance in employment creation and poverty reduction. Trade encourages technology transfer, economies of scale and competition thereby enhancing productivity and welfare gains. Malawi is undertaking a number of trade reforms such as simplified trade regime, and one stop border posts. These reforms are aimed at improving both domestic and foreign trade. The country‟s major trading partners include EU, COMESA, SADC and other emerging economies. Over the years, the country has been involved in a number of bilateral and multilateral negotiations and agreements with the view to promote market access and expand the number of its trading partners. 79 The sub-sector faces a number of challenges such as high transportation cost, lack of market information, inadequate energy supply, narrow market base, lack of adherence to international standards and low levels of trade expertise. On the export market, the sub-sector is currently dominated by tobacco which is facing problems due to anti-smoking lobby. Within agriculture, it is therefore important for the country to diversify its export base away from tobacco. To address these challenges the country intends to pursue the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to increase supply of value-added goods and services for domestic and international markets while sustaining competitive advantage. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Enhanced production, diversification and competitiveness of tradable commodities;  Enhanced access to both traditional and emerging export markets;  Improved legal, regulatory and institutional framework; and  Increased domestic and international market share. Key Strategies  Simplifying and streamlining trade and customs procedures;  Promoting trade integration;  Promoting consumer loyalty to domestically produced goods;  Improving fair trading and intellectual property rights;  Promoting efficient and modernized boarder infrastructure to facilitate trade;  Promoting adherence to standards in tradable products;  Promoting exports;  Promoting trade in services;  Promoting product and market diversification;  Strengthening investment and export promoting institutions;  Improving coordination amongst private sector trade institutions; and  Improving trade network and information for exports. 80

2.2.2 Agro-Processing Agro-processing in Malawi has potential to contribute effectively to the country‟s economic growth. However, most of Malawi‟s agricultural products are mainly traded as primary commodities. This is partly due to poor and inadequate supportive infrastructure, low level of vocational skills, weak marketing and distribution systems and low investment in agro- processing. Considering that Malawi‟s economy is agro-based, government has in the past five years implemented a number of initiatives including the One Village One Product (OVOP) to add value to agricultural products. Government, therefore, will continue prioritizing industries that add value to agricultural products. Focus is on sugar, tea, cotton, wheat, coffee, honey, cassava, macadamia nuts, cashew nuts, soya beans, groundnuts and chillies. Goal The goal is to move up the value chain in key crops, and increase agro-processed products for both domestic and export markets. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Increased value addition to agricultural products; and  Diversified agro-processed products. Key Strategies  Improving supporting infrastructure for agro-processing;  Promoting investment in agro-processing with special focus on private sector participation;  Improving policy and regulatory frameworks impacting on agro-processing;  Promoting OVOP on agricultural products; and  Strengthening capacity for small and medium scale agro-processing enterprises.

2.3 Mining Malawi has abundant mineral resources that can be exploited. These resources include bauxite, heavy mineral sands, monazite, coal, uranium, precious and semi-precious stones, limestone, niobium, dimension stones and rock aggregates. Government recognises that the 81 development of the mining industry can significantly improve the country‟s foreign exchange earnings and contribute to economic growth and development. To derive maximum potential of the mining industry, Government will pursue the following goal, expected outcomes and key strategies. Goal The goal is to increase production and value addition of mineral resources. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The medium-term expected outcomes include the following:  Updated geological information system;  Increased exploration and mining;  Increased participation by small and medium miners; and  Improved legal and institutional framework. Key Strategies The following are the key strategies for realizing the sector‟s objectives:  Producing detailed geological map of Malawi;  Strengthening institutional capacity of the sector;  Developing an integrated data management system;  Strengthening seismic monitoring;  Promoting both local and foreign investment;  Enforcing environmental, occupational health and safety in the mining sector; and  Enforcing legislations on sustainable use and management of mineral resources.

2.4 Tourism Tourism is one of the merging sectors in Malawi. It has potential to generate revenue, employment, improve infrastructure, and promote MSMEs as well as conservation of wildlife and culture. The sector has direct linkages with other sectors of the economy. To improve tourism, Government has undertaken a number of development projects that have transformed the tourism landscape. These include construction of access roads to tourist sites, improvement of airports and airstrips and construction of Mpale Cultural Village. In addition, Government has constructed a 1500-seater International Conference Centre which is expected 82 to boost the tourism potential of the country. However, a number of challenges such as poor supporting infrastructure, poor service delivery, uncoordinated and insufficient marketing of tourism products and inadequate purpose-built cultural infrastructure impede attainment of the sector‟s full potential. To ensure a vibrant tourism industry, Government will pursue the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to develop and promote a vibrant tourism industry. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Increased contribution of the tourism industry to GDP;  Improved environment for doing business in tourism;  Increased number of tourists; and  Increased local participation in the tourism industry. Key Strategies  Providing infrastructure that is supportive to tourism development;  Promoting the development of high-quality tourism facilities in designated areas including Lake Malawi;  Enforcing tourism industry standards and planning controls;  Strengthening institutional capacity at all levels;  Promoting eco-tourism;  Promoting participation of local investors in the tourism industry; and  Enhancing marketing of Malawi‟s tourism products.

3.0 Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port An integrated transport system is a catalyst for development. Improved road, rail and inland water transport infrastructure is central for better domestic and international connectivity. A well developed transport infrastructure reduces lead time on imports and exports, costs of goods and services and improves access to markets and social services. 83 Government embarked on transport infrastructure maintenance, rehabilitation and upgrading programme during MGDS implementation. However, major focus was on road infrastructure as a result, other modes of transport infrastructure remain underdeveloped in the country. Government, therefore, will develop the other modes of transport along side road infrastructure. In this respect, Government will focus its attention on rail and water transport infrastructure while continuing with the improvement of road infrastructure. This is expected to reduce transportation costs and facilitate export-led growth.

3.1 Road Infrastructure Road transport is the dominant mode of transport in Malawi. In this respect, the country has over the years been constructing, rehabilitating, and upgrading road infrastructure. However, most feeder roads still remain in poor condition especially in rural areas. This has been compounded by the enormous backlog road maintenance that has led to high transportation costs in most parts of the country. Goal The goal is to ensure provision of a safe, affordable, accessible and high quality road transport system. Expected-Medium Term Outcomes In the medium-term improved road transportation is expected to contribute to:  Reduced lead times and cost on exports and imports; and  Improved domestic and cross border mobility and connectivity. Key Strategies  Ensuring comprehensive and coordinating planning of road and other modes of transport;  Providing adequate network of roads based on appropriate standards;  Enhancing routine road maintenance and upgrading;  Building technical and institutional capacity at all levels;  Promoting competition in the construction industry; 84  Improving management of road network throughout the country;  Enhancing axle load control;  Promoting high road safety standards and traffic management; and  Enhancing PPPs in the transport system.

3.2 Rail Transport Malawi recognizes that an efficient rail transport is relatively cheaper than road and air transport. Rail transport has potential to significantly reduce transport costs of goods and services because of its predominance in the transportation of bulk freight over long distances. The railway infrastructure in the country is in poor condition due to lack of maintenance and inadequate investment. A study6 commissioned to ascertain the investment required to revamp the rail transport sub sector revealed that there is need for an urgent financial injection into this sub-sector for emergency works before overhaul rehabilitation works can commerce. The poor state of the infrastructure has greatly compromised railway safety and efficiency. The sub-sector is greatly uncompetitive despite the fact that the rail freight cost is cheaper than road and air transport. Goal The goal is to develop an efficient and effective rail network. Medium-Term Expected-Outcomes  Improved regional and international connectivity;  Improved regulatory and institutional framework; and  Improved rail infrastructure and reliability. Key Strategies  Rehabilitating and expanding the railway line and related infrastructure;  Creating linkages to ports, industrial sites and regional and international markets;  Promoting railway safety and environmental protection; and  Improving operational efficiency and commercial viability of the existing railway 6 Source; Railways Study/GOPA Report, May 2009, Ministry of Transport and Public Infrastructure. 85 infrastructure and levels of service.

3.3 Inland Water Transport Infrastructure Water transport is relatively cheaper than any other mode of transport. It provides a better and cheaper alternative for transporting bulky and heavy goods domestically and internationally. Malawi has an advantage in water transport as it is endowed with lakes and navigable rivers. However, the country‟s water transport system is not fully developed and faces a number of challenges including dilapidated port infrastructure; ageing fleet of vessels; and capacity problems. Given the current transport constraints, this mode of transport has been prioritized to compliment other transport modes. Focus will be on the development of Nsanje world inland port and Shire-Zambezi Waterway, construction and rehabilitation of ports along Lake Malawi and acquisition of vessels. Goal The goal is to promote inland water transport system and improve access to the sea. Medium-Term Expected-Outcomes The medium term expected outcomes are:  Improved inland water transportation system;  Improved interface with rail; and road transport; and  Reduced transport costs. Key Strategies  Developing an efficient and productive maritime transport system;  Improving port infrastructure;  Opening up navigable rivers;  Promoting affordable and safe water transport system; and  Promoting Public Private Partnerships in the industry.

3.3.1 Nsanje World Inland Port During MGDS implementation, the country completed the initial phase of the Nsanje World Inland Port which included construction of port berth and formal demarcation of land for development. When fully developed, the Port will integrate the four modes of transportation 86 of road, rail, air and water into a multimodal transport system that will connect Malawi to other regional sea ports. The second phase will include construction and provision of related infrastructure and services which will eventually turn Nsanje District into a city. The port will have additional infrastructure such as an international airport that will connect the Shire Zambezi waterway to other domestic and regional airports. It will also have improved road and railway networks which will link the port to other markets and cities domestically and regionally. The goal is to open up the country to ports along the Indian Ocean and reduce costs of goods. The medium term expected outcomes will include reduced transport costs; reduced lead times on exports; and decreased cost of shipping, low costs of cross-border and transit trade, and lower cost to reach domestic, regional and international markets. Key activities will include dredging, acquiring vessels; constructing an international airport; maintaining and rehabilitating the railway network from Nsanje to other parts of the country; rehabilitating and constructing the road network to and from Nsanje; establishing port regulation and regulatory system; and developing social infrastructures such as schools, hospitals and markets.

4.0 Education, Science and Technology Education, science and technology are some of the major catalysts for socio-economic development. An educated and highly skilled population will help in accelerating economic growth and development. In addition, further developments in all sectors of the economy will require highly skilled and educated workforce and application of science and technologies. Government will continue to undertake reforms and strengthen education system, science, technology and innovation to enhance their contribution to the socio-economic development of the country.

4.1 Education The Government recognizes the role of an educated population as a necessity for sustainable development. It is through the provision of education that people acquire relevant knowledge, skills, expertise and competencies to actively participate in socio-economic activities. The education system in Malawi comprises three broad categories namely basic education; 87 secondary education; and tertiary and vocational education. Basic education includes Early Childhood Development (ECD) mainly implemented in Gender and Child Development and Community Development Ministry, Primary and Out-of-School Youth and Adult Literacy. Tertiary and vocational education encompasses Teacher Education, Higher Education, and Technical and Vocational Training. Government through this strategy will continue improving quality, equity, relevance, access and efficiency in education. In basic education, the aim will be to develop the child‟s full cognitive, emotional and physical potential through increased retention and completion rates. In complementing this, enrolment in secondary education will be increased, while focussing on upgrading quality, and on retention of girls. The main aim will be to provide the student with an enriched academic basis for gainful employment in the informal, private and public sectors. Tertiary and vocational education will play a vital role in complementing basic and secondary school education. The main focus at this level will be to produce high quality professionals with relevant knowledge and skills that meet demands of the economy. Access to higher education, technical and vocational training, teacher, and university education will be increased, and universities/colleges will be expanded and rehabilitated, among other initiatives. The education sector has embarked on a Sector Wide Approach (SWAp) to accelerate the achievement of sector outcomes. This approach aims at pulling together all stakeholders within the sector to work towards achieving similar goals and objectives. To enhance quality, equity, relevance, access, and efficiency of education at all levels, Government will pursue the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to improve access to quality and relevant education. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Expanded equitable access to education;  Improved quality and relevance of education; and  Improved management and governance of the education system. 88 Key Strategies  Accelerating rehabilitation of existing learning institutions and construction of additional education infrastructure at all levels;  Establishing new universities and colleges;  Training and recruiting additional teaching staff;  Scaling up school meals program;  Introducing standardized testing to measure and monitor quality of learning and teaching;  Reviewing and reforming school and college curricula to address national needs at all levels;  Providing adequate and relevant teaching and learning materials;  Strengthening the provision of technical and vocational training;  Providing a conducive environment for girls education including boarding facilities;  Providing a conducive environment for students with special education needs;  Promoting systematic and regular inspection of all learning institutions;  Decentralizing the management and financing of the education system;  Scaling up school health and nutrition, and HIV and AIDS programmes;  Strengthening coordination and provision of ECD and CBE;  Promoting the role of private sector and private financing in education system;  Promoting Public Private Partnerships in the provision of education infrastructure and services;  Strengthening education management and information systems;  Scaling up child friendly schools programmes; and  Increasing number of girls opting for mathematics and science subjects at all levels.

4.2 Science and Technology Science and technology is vital for national socio-economic development. Technology is generated through continuous research, hence a well-coordinated research and development is a basis for increasing the stock of knowledge to devise and apply new technologies. In addition, increased application of technology and innovation is the main route for the creation of additional wealth through increased productivity. Government recognizes the importance of this sub-sector and will continue implementing reforms aimed at enhancing contribution of 89 research, science and technology to economic development. During implementation of MGDS, Government carried out a number of reforms aimed at improving research and development and application of science and technology in the country. These reforms include establishment of the National Commission for Science and Technology as an apex body in all matters of research, science and technology; introduction of science and technology as a subject at primary school level; review of the National Science, Technology and Innovation policy; and the development of the National Intellectual Property Policy. However, the country continues to face a number of challenges and these include weak scientific and technological development and utilization; weak institutional capacity; weak linkages between research, science and technology institutions and users; limited number of institutions undertaking research and development; inadequate research and development infrastructure; lack of commercialization of results and information systems; and poor utilization of research results. To address these challenges, Government will therefore seek to create a conducive environment for research, science and technology development by pursuing the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to enhance the contribution of research, science and technology to national productivity and competitiveness. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Well coordinated science and technology generation and dissemination;  Improved operation of research and development institutions; and  Increased adoption of appropriate technologies. Key Strategies  Promoting adoption, transfer and utilization of appropriate technologies;  Promoting prioritized, focused and multi-disciplinary research and development; 90  Mainstreaming research, science and technology development across all sectors;  Enhancing linkages between research, science and technology institutions and users;  Strengthening institutional and regulatory framework including protection of intellectual property rights;  Strengthening capacity for research, science and technology institutions;  Promoting IEC on research, science and technology development;  Promoting PPPs in generating and disseminating appropriate technology; and  Improving scientific and technological infrastructure for research and development and innovation.

5.0 Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management Malawi Government recognizes that a healthy population is necessary to achieve sustainable economic growth and development. In 2004, the Government established a plan of action covering the period between 2004 and 2010, which was implemented using the Sector Wide Approach (SWAp). In the MGDS II, Government will introduce and implement the Malawi Health Sector Strategic Plan (MHSSP) which will focus attention on the provision of quality health services using cost effective strategies to reduce mortality and morbidity. Special focus will be given to health related Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) which are not on course for achievement. The 2010 Malawi MDG Report indicates that the country is likely to reduce child mortality (MDG 4) and reduce the spread of HIV and AIDS, Malaria and TB (MDG 6) while targets for improving maternal health (MDG 5) are not on course. Malawi has relatively reduced maternal mortality from 984 deaths per 100,000 live births in 2004 to 675 in 2010. During the implementation of the MGDS II, efforts will be directed towards maternal health to meet the MDG target of 155 deaths per 100,000 live births by 2015. The disease burden due to malaria and HIV and AIDS is still high and special attention will also be directed to them. The strategy includes most cost-effective interventions for non-communicable diseases such as cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, mental health interventions, and provision of surgical services in rural and district hospitals. 91 To support this, the sector will direct its efforts in implementing programmes that target public health (including maternal and child health), sanitation, malaria, and HIV and AIDS management.

5.1 Public Health Public health in Malawi mainly focuses on prevention of diseases to prolong life. It constitutes promoting good health practices and life styles through information, education and communication; controlling and preventing diseases; tackling hygiene and the broader determinants of health; and screening for diseases. Since public health interventions target communities, their delivery maximizes benefits and yield significant positive externalities in terms of individuals who do not fall sick as a result of others receiving primary and secondary prevention interventions. This reduces the burden on curative health. Although Malawi has made progress in a number of areas in the health sector, the country continues to face a number of challenges in public health. These include high prevalence of HIV and AIDS, high incidence of malaria, Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTDs), and relatively high maternal and child mortality rates. Other challenges include emerging public health concerns such as lifestyle related diseases,7 and Multi Drug Resistant (MDR) tuberculosis and TB/HIV co-infection. Government will, therefore, continue to promote and support public health programmes in the country. Goal The goal is to control and prevent occurrence and spread of diseases. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The medium term outcomes will include:-  Reduced incidence and prevalence of diseases;  Improved maternal and child health; 7 Lifestyle diseases include some types of cancer ,diabetes and cardiovascular. 92  Increased and sustained coverage of high quality EHP services;  Reduced health risk factors among the population;  Improved equity and efficiency in the delivery of EHP; and  Strengthened performance of health support systems. Key Strategies Effective delivery of quality public health service requires multi-dimensional approach including the provision, strengthening and coordination of the various health care service institutions. Main strategies will include:-  Increasing geographical access to EHP services;  Improving availability of essential drugs and medical supplies;  Building human resource capacity at all levels;  Strengthening health support system;  Increasing availability of health technologies for prevention, screening, diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation;  Improving the quality of diagnosis and treatment of communicable and non communicable diseases;  Strengthening health policies, legal and regulatory framework;  Implementing integrated vector control management;  Promoting water and food safety;  Improving the capacity of the health sector to respond to emergencies;  Exploring and implementing alternative health financing mechanisms;  Promoting community participation in the design and implementation of health services;  Strengthening community health service delivery system;  Strengthening availability and utilization of quality integrated family planning services;  Improving availability and utilization of quality integrated maternal and neonatal care services;  Strengthening and promoting initiatives to improve prevention, diagnosis and treatment of emerging diseases such as cancer, and high blood pressure; and  Promoting health enhancing behavior and life styles. 93

5.2 Sanitation Sanitation and good hygiene practices contribute to the reduction of water borne and other related diseases. A clean and healthy environment is not only essential, but also a prerequisite for a healthy and productive society. Compared to many other sub-Saharan countries, Malawi has made tremendous progress in achieving universal access to basic sanitation. Overall access to improved latrine is estimated at 46 percent; with 43 percent in rural areas and 65 percent in urban areas. During the implementation of MGDS, the country made progress in the area of sanitation and hygiene. These include improved access to potable water from 73 percent in 2005 to 84 percent in 2009 and improved access to basic sanitation from 84 percent in 2005 to 93 percent in 2009 (WMS, 2009). Malawi still faces a number of challenges in the area of sanitation and hygiene. These include relatively low access to improved sanitation, low access to running water, inadequate sewer facilities, unsystematic disposal of liquid, solid and other forms of waste, inadequate capacity to manage sewer facilities and inability to separate organic and inorganic components of waste to facilitate composting. Considering the above challenges and the role sanitation plays to improve the health of the population, Government through this strategy will pursue the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to ensure use of improved sanitation facilities and adoption of safe hygiene practices. Medium-Term Expected Outcome In the medium term, it is expected that there will be:  Improved hygiene practices;  Increased access and usage of improved sanitation facilities; and  Improved management and disposal of waste. 94 Key Strategies The key strategies include:  Promoting utilization of improved sanitation facilities;  Providing improved sanitation facilities in schools, health care centers, community based child care centers, markets and all other public places;  Promoting adoption of safe hygiene practices;  Improving management and disposal of both liquid and solid waste;  Enhancing information, education and communication on sanitation and hygiene;  Promoting research waste management;  Promoting private sector participation in the provision of sanitation and hygiene services;  Enhancing institutional capacity; and  Strengthening regulatory frameworks.

5.3 Malaria Malaria is endemic and continues to be a major public health problem in Malawi. It is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in under-five children and pregnant women. It is estimated that the number of presumptive cases of malaria increased from 3.7 million in 2005 to 6.1 million in 2009. Therefore, Government has prioritized reduction of malaria cases in line with MDG8 commitment. During the implementation of MGDS Government undertook a number of initiatives to combat malaria. These included distributions of insecticide treated mosquito nets (ITNs), piloted indoor residual spraying and changed the primary anti-malaria treatment from Sulphadoxine- pyremethamine (SP) to Artemether-lumefantrine (LA). Consequently, health facility in-patient death rates due to malaria have decreased from 5.6 percent to 3.4 percent in 2004 and 2009, respectively. ITNs ownership improved from 38 8 MDG 6 include malaria, TB and HIV and AIDS. 95 percent in 2006 to 60 percent in 2010. In addition, it is estimated that in 2010, 56 percent of children under five years of age sleep under an ITN up from the 25 percent in 2006. Realizing that Malaria is still a challenge in Malawi, Government will pursue the following goal, medium term expected outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to reduce malaria-related morbidity and mortality. Medium Term Expected Outcomes  Reduced incidence of malaria;  Increased coverage of malaria prevention; and  Increased access to appropriate malaria treatment. Key Strategies  Promoting directly observed treatment;  Developing capacity of community health workers in malaria case management;  Scaling up distribution of Long Lasting Insecticide Nets (LLINs);  Promoting draining of mosquito breeding sites and larviciding;  Scaling up the delivery of Indoor Residual Spraying (IRS) services to other high malaria transmission districts; and  Increasing the number of health facilities providing parasitological diagnosis of malaria.

5.4 HIV/AIDS Management Malawi has been negatively affected by the spread of HIV and AIDS pandemic. The pandemic has increased the incidence of other opportunistic diseases such as Tuberculosis and cancer. HIV and AIDS and the resulting opportunistic diseases have affected the quality of human capital, and have increased the burden on health service delivery system. There is a strong correlation between HIV and AIDS and nutrition status of individuals. Good nutrition is crucial for building and maintaining the immune system to enable it fight infections. In the absence of good nutrition, the body‟s immune system is weak and 96 vulnerable to attack by various infections which affect ones quality of life. One such infection is HIV and AIDS. When the body is malnourished, an individual‟s immune system is compromised. In addition, Anti-retroviral drug‟s effectiveness in undernourished HIV and AIDS patient is decreased and toxicity increased. Malnutrition also accelerates the onset of AIDS and gives rise to other related illnesses. The HIV and AIDS pandemic has worsened the dual burden of malnutrition and disease. Adult HIV prevalence decreased slightly between 2004 and 2010, from 11.8 to 10.6 percent, respectively. Factors contributing to this positive development include increased awareness programmes in HIV prevention and behavioral change, increased access to a number of preventive interventions, increased access to HIV and AIDS Testing and Counseling (HTC) sites, and the Prevention of Mother to Child Transmission (PMTCT) programme. Despite the successes registered, combating HIV and AIDS remains a major challenge for Malawi. For instance, the disease has rendered 12 percent of children aged 0-17 orphaned and 7 percent vulnerable, according to the 2006 Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS). In addition, there is still low uptake of PMTCT services among pregnant women and low uptake of Anti-Retroviral Therapy (ART) among children and continued prevalence of cultural practices that enhance HIV transmission. In this regard, Government will implement strategies that are aimed at promoting prevention of new infections. Goal The goal is to prevent spread of HIV infection and mitigate the health, socio-economic and psychosocial impact of HIV and AIDS. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes The expected outcomes include:  Reduced HIV infection and transmission rate;  Improved quality of lives of People Living with HIV (PLHIVs), OVCs and affected individuals and households; and  Improved dietary practices of PLHIVs, OVCs and affected individuals and households. 97 Key Strategies The expected outcomes above will be achieved through implementation of the following key strategies.  Promoting interventions that reduce HIV transmission;  Promoting HIV Testing and Counselling;  Promoting Prevention of Mother-to-Child Transmission of HIV;  Enhancing capacity of health care delivery system to manage HIV and related illnesses;  Promoting access to continuum of HIV treatment and care services;  Promoting access to quality Community Home Based Care (CHBC), palliative care and other support services;  Promoting support to PLHIVs, OVCs and affected individuals and households;  Promoting mainstreaming of HIV and AIDS;  Promoting effective coordination and management of the national HIV and AIDS response;  Promoting food and nutrition security among HIV and AIDS affected households;  Promoting reintegration of eligible PLHIV into economic activities; and  Promoting HIV and AIDS advocacy and awareness campaigns.

6.0 Integrated Rural Development Malawi‟s population is rural-based, with the majority depending on rain-fed agriculture and lacking access to basic amenities such as roads, health facilities, schools, markets, power supply, and water and communication infrastructure. Thus improving access to basic amenities is critical to improving living standards of rural communities and national development. Considering the need to improve the livelihoods of the rural communities, government will use an IRD approach. In this regard, initiatives like One Village One Product (OVOP), Malawi Rural Development Fund (MARDEF), Youth Enterprise Development Fund (YEDEF) and Local Development Fund (LDF) will play a crucial role in improving rural livelihoods. IRD aims at resuscitating rural economies and transforming them into potential drivers of 98 economic growth and development. Furthermore, it sets a platform for empowering rural people to exploit socio-economic opportunities and tackle challenges for securing their livelihoods. Poverty in Malawi is pervasive in rural areas with the latest Welfare Monitoring Survey putting the national poverty incidence at 39 percent in 2009. The persistence of rural poverty has moved government to a new consensus on addressing poverty reduction with the aim of leading rural areas to more efficient ways of tapping into development potential to improve their livelihood. Efforts made to assist the poorest citizens of the country include community development programmes, FISP and a nationwide public works programme for „cash transfer safety net activities‟. Development projects included the construction of school buildings; teacher‟s houses and clinics; water supply schemes; subsidy programmes and the improvement of other rural social infrastructure. However, these programmes alone cannot achieve sustainable improvements in the livelihoods of the poor, nor generate sustainable long term economic growth due to lack of coordination, harmonization, resources and weak financial management systems. Government, therefore, through this strategy will pursue the following goal, expected outcomes, and strategies. Goal The goal is to improve rural livelihoods. Medium Term Expected Outcomes  Improved local governance systems and structures;  Well coordinated local development planning;  Improved investment in rural areas;  Increased rural incomes;  Strengthened rural participation in development programmes; and  Reduced rural-urban migration. Key Strategies  Promoting income generating programmes; 99  Improving access to basic amenities;  Ensuring equal access to socio-economic opportunities;  Strengthening local institutional capacity;  Strengthening capacity of rural households to exploit income generating opportunities;  Promoting local economic development;  Promoting conducive environment for private sector investment;  Promoting the establishment of rural growth centres and satellite model villages; and  Promoting rural electrification programme.

7.0 Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development Malawi depends on rain-fed agriculture to achieve food security, increased incomes and sustainable economic growth. Over-dependence on rain fed agriculture has led to low agricultural production and productivity due to weather shocks and natural disasters. Conversely, Malawi is endowed with vast water resources covering about 30 percent of the country. A well developed water system is therefore critical for irrigation intensification, potable water accessibility and sanitation. Government, through this strategy, will therefore prioritise Green Belt Irrigation (GBI) and water development.

7.1 Green Belt Irrigation Green Belt Irrigation has the potential to increase agricultural production and productivity through intensified farming. Green Belt Irrigation will utilize the available abundant water resources in the country and increase area under irrigation from 90, 000 hectares to 400,000 hectares out of the potential 1,000,000 hectares. This will improve food security and rural livelihoods; promote agricultural diversification and value addition; reduce rural-urban migration; and contribute to sustainable economic growth and development. Government through this strategy has prioritized Green Belt Irrigation by pursuing the following goal, expected outcomes, and key strategies. Goal The goal is to increase agricultural production and productivity through intensification of irrigation. 100 Expected-Medium Term Outcome The expected medium term outcomes include:  Increased land under irrigation;  Reduced dependence on rain-fed agriculture;  Increased agricultural production and productivity; and  Increased household income levels. Key Strategies The following are the key strategies to be pursued:  Promoting development of areas with irrigation potential;  Promoting rehabilitation of irrigation infrastructure;  Promoting research and use of appropriate technologies in irrigation;  Enhancing IEC on irrigation;  Enhancing technical and administrative capacities in irrigated agriculture; and  Promoting the establishment of a well coordinated marketing system for products from irrigation farming.

7.2 Water Development Water is an important resource for life, agriculture and industrial development. Recent economic developments and population growth in Malawi have increased the demand for water in both rural and urban areas. Government has, therefore, put high priority on water resources management and development. In recent years, access to potable water has improved throughout the country. Statistics show that total water supply coverage has increased from 58 percent in 2004 to 76 percent in 2009. In 2008 water supply coverage in rural areas of Malawi was at 64 percent from 58 percent in 2004. Despite these achievements, there are considerable challenges facing the country in the water sector. These include relatively low access to potable water, aging infrastructure, inadequate maintenance capacity, theft and vandalism resulting in more than 30 percent non- functionality of the infrastructure. In this respect, Government will continue developing the water sector. Focus will include 101 construction of dams, establishment of piped water systems and drilling of boreholes where gravity fed systems cannot work. Goal The goal is to improve access to water through an integrated water management system. Expected-Medium Term Outcome  Well developed and managed water resources; and  Increased access to safe water points within 500m distance. Key Strategies  Promoting development of potential multi-purpose dam sites and groundwater resources;  Improving existing water infrastructure;  Enhancing water resources monitoring, preservation, development and management;  Promoting user friendly technologies for water resources conservation and utilization;  Promoting the empowerment of local communities in water resources development and management;  Strengthening research in water resources development and management;  Increasing number of people connected to piped water supply systems in both urban and rural areas;  Strengthening institutionalization of practical operations and maintenance framework at all levels;  Strengthening and institutionalizing monitoring and evaluation system for water services;  Enhancing information, education and communication;  Promoting private sector participation in the provision of water services;  Promoting equitable distribution of water points to rural areas through GPS mapping; and  Enhancing institutional capacity at all levels.

8.0 Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment About 54 per cent of the total population in Malawi is younger than 18 years (PHC, 102 2008). With such a young population, dependence ratio in the country is high. This places heavy economic burden on the working population and puts pressure on the provision of basic needs and social services. The country‟s young population is characterized by high incidences of poverty, violence, HIV and AIDS, malnutrition, abuse, poor health, high illiteracy rates and psychological disorders. In order to protect and harness potential of young people, Government has included Child Development and Youth Development and Empowerment as a priority in this development strategy. Focus will be on the following social support; early childhood development; child protection; child survival and development; child and youth participation; economic empowerment; youth health; HIV prevention among youth and adolescents; institutional capacity development and infrastructure development.

8.1 Child Development In Malawi, children aged 0 to 9 years constitute the majority of the total population. According to the 2008 Population and Housing Census, approximately 4.3 million persons of the total population of 13.1million were children. Children are directly affected by problems stemming from poverty. This is manifested through child labour, high illiteracy rates, poor health, high incidence of malnutrition, high levels of child abuse and neglect. To address these challenges, Government will establish a National Plan of Action for children and will pursue the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The Goal is to ensure that children grow into productive and responsible citizens. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term, it is expected that Malawi will have attained:  Improved equitable access to quality child development services;  Reduced number of children living below the poverty line; and  Strengthened national child protection systems to reduce children‟s vulnerability to violence, abuse, and exploitation. 103 Key Strategies In responding to the challenges being faced, government will implement the following strategies:  Protecting children against abuse, exploitation, neglect and violence;  Eliminating harmful cultural practices;  Promoting access to education, nutrition, health, counselling and HIV prevention services;  Reducing the adverse effects of poverty on children;  Promoting early childhood development and pre-primary education;  Establishing a legal and institutional framework for the promotion of early childhood development services;  Promoting the integration of child issues in sectoral policies and strategies;  Strengthening inter-sectoral coordination and capacity of all stakeholders;  Strengthening support to children infected and/or affected by HIV and AIDS;  Strengthening advocacy and awareness on child issues;  Establishing a system for timely birth registration for children;  Promoting exclusive breastfeeding practices for children aged 0-6 months;  Promoting optimal feeding practices for children aged 6-24 months and beyond; and  Promoting alternative care systems for vulnerable children.

8.2 Youth Development and Empowerment The youth constitute a significant proportion of Malawi‟s population. The 2008 Population and Housing Census reports that 40 percent of the population is young aged 10 to 29 years. With time, the youth population has been growing and this has implications on the socio- economic development of the country. Investments in the current generation of young people will among other things improve productivity, reduce health costs and enhance social capital. The youth constitute a growing labour force of the country; failure to respond to their needs further aggravates poverty levels. Therefore Government, through this strategy, will pursue the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to enhance effective youth participation in economic activities. 104 Medium-Term Expected Outcomes In the medium term, it is expected that Malawi will have attained:  Increased absorption of skills, technology and innovations by the youth;  Increased youth participation in decision making processes; and  Improved coordination of youth programs. Key Strategies The expected outcomes above will be achieved through implementation of the following key strategies:  Improving youth‟s technical, vocational, entrepreneurial and life skills;  Improving youth‟s access to credit facilities for entrepreneurship;  Promoting youth participation in the decision making processes; Constructing and rehabilitating sports infrastructure;  Building and strengthening the capacity of institutions that are responsible for coordination and delivery of youth development and sports services;  Strengthening and establishing youth development centres; and  Improving access to Youth Friendly SRH, HIV and AIDS services; and  Eliminating GBV, harmful cultural practices, abuse and trafficking.

9.0 Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management Natural resources form a principal source of social well being and economic development in Malawi. However, these resources are under constant stress from unprecedented human, industrial and other developmental activities which if not curbed might generate serious long- term impacts. The Malawi UNCA Report (2010) estimates that unsustainable natural resource use cost Malawi about US$ 191 million, or 5.3 percent of GDP in 2010.. These activities have resulted into a reduction in the proportion of land under forest cover from 41 percent in 1990 to 34.5 percent in 2010 (MDGs Annual Report, 2010). This is compounded by increased climate variations experienced in the form of prolonged dry spells, droughts, intense rainfall, floods and temperature variability. This has in turn negatively affected the performance of sectors such as agriculture, natural resources, forestry, water and irrigation, energy, infrastructure, manufacturing, transport, tourism, and trade, among others. 105 During the implementation of the MGDS, various achievements were realized including enhanced early warning and improved weather information systems; increased land area under industrial plantations from 1,609 ha in 2005 to 5,784 ha in 2010; reduction in tonnage of ozone depleting substances such as CFC from 5.9 tonnes in 2005 to almost zero in 2009 and increased public awareness on environment and natural resources management. Despite the achievements highlighted above, a number of challenges still exist which include: accelerated deforestation and poor land use and management practices; depletion and degradation of land and water based resources; weak information management systems; weak regulation enforcement mechanism; and inadequate mainstreaming of climate change issues in government policies and programs. The focus will be in the areas of climate change, natural resources and environment.

9.1 Climate Change Management Malawi experiences a number of adverse climatic hazards such as prolonged dry spells, droughts, unpredictable rainfall patterns, floods and increased temperatures. Recently, these have increased in frequency, intensity and magnitude. This is partly attributed to effects of climate change and in all likelihood will worsen in the future. Climate change effects also result in loss of human and animal life; compromised water quality leading to diseases such as diarrhoea, cholera and malaria and infrastructure loss. In addition, effects of climate change have adverse impacts on agriculture, fisheries, wildlife, gender, energy, education, health, and forestry sectors. Numerous reports on Climate change indicate that disasters related to climate change have escalated with time. Between 1970 and 2006, Malawi experienced over 40 weather related disasters most of which occurred in the late 1990s. It is estimated that the 1992 drought reduced the country‟s maize production by 60 percent of its normal year production bringing about a 10 percent reduction in the country‟s GDP (NAPA, 2006). It is therefore, necessary for the country to mainstream climate change mitigation and adaptation measures in all sectors for improved resilience and sustainable development. Malawi, just like many developing countries, is vulnerable to effects of climate change. In recognition of this, Government has accorded special attention to climate change in this 106 national development strategy. On its path towards climate resilient growth, Malawi, therefore aims at pursuing the following goal, outcomes and strategies. Goal The goal is to enhance resilience to climate change risks and impacts. Medium-Term Expected Outcome The medium term expected outcome is improved climate change mitigation and adaptation measures. Key Strategies  Improving weather and climate monitoring, prediction systems, and information and knowledge management systems;  Promoting dissemination of climate change information for early warning, preparedness and response;  Developing and harmonizing climate change related strategies, policies and legislation;  Mainstreaming climate change issues in sectoral policies, plans and programmes;  Promoting climate change related education, training, awareness and capacity building;  Enhancing implementation of climate change mitigation and adaptation programmes;  Implementing a comprehensive national climate change investment plan;  Enhancing cross sectoral co-ordination of climate change programmes;  Enhancing legal and regulatory framework on climate change; and  Developing and implementing appropriate green house gas mitigation programmes and actions.

9.2 Natural Resources and Environmental Management Malawi is endowed with a diversity of natural resources including fertile soils, forests, abundant water, diverse flora and fauna. Approximately 80 percent of the country‟s population depends on natural resources for their subsistence and household income. Natural resources and environment play a significant role in influencing social and economic development in Malawi. However, increasing population growth coupled with high poverty 107 levels have led to an increase in exploitation of natural resources. Inadequate alternative livelihoods, unaffordable energy technologies and uncoordinated policies have exacerbated environmental degradation leading to social and economic consequences. Government will therefore implement the following goal, outcomes and strategies to address the above challenges. Goal The goal is to ensure sustainable management and utilization of the environment and natural resources. Medium-Term Expected Outcomes  Improved regulatory framework for harmonized environmental and natural resource management; and  Improved environmental and natural resource management; and  Reduced environmental pollution and degradation. Key Strategies  Improving coordination of environment and natural resource programmes;  Developing capacity for Environment and Natural Resource Management (ENRM);  Enforcing compliance to environmental and natural resource management legislation;  Enhancing mainstreaming of environment and natural resource management issues in sectoral policies and programmes at national and local levels;  Promoting biodiversity conservation programs;  Promoting development and implementation of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), voluntary carbon markets and Reduced Emissions from Deforestation and Degradation of Forest (REDD) projects;  Promoting projects on waste management;  Harmonizing environment and natural resources management policies and legislation;  Strengthening education and public awareness programmes on environment and natural resources management;  Promoting use of environmentally friendly technologies and practices; and  Enhancing environmental protection, restoration and rehabilitation. 108 The following Table 5.1 shows the key priority areas, goals and medium term expected outcomes. Table 5.1: Summary of Key Priority Areas Key Priority Area Goal Medium Term Expected Outcomes 1.Agriculture and Food Security

1.1 Agricultural Increase agricultural  Increased smallholder farmers‟ output per Productivity and productivity and unit area; Diversification diversification.  Increased agricultural diversification;  Increased production of high value agricultural commodities for exports;  Improved agricultural research, technology generation and dissemination;  Increased livestock and fish production; and  Reduced land degradation.

1.2 Food Security Ensure sustained  Food self – sufficiency at household and availability of food to national levels; all Malawians at all  Increased and sustained food accessibility; times at affordable and prices.  Enhanced agricultural risk management. 2. Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism

2.1 Energy Generate and distribute  Improved capacity and efficiency in sufficient amount of energy generation, transmission and energy to meet national distribution; and socio economic  Increased availability and access to demands energy.

2.2 Industrial Develop and expand  Expanded industrial base; Development industrial sector with  Increased employment; emphasis on value  Increased industrial output; and addition and  Increased value addition. employment creation

2.2.1 Trade Increase supply of  Enhanced production, diversification and value-added goods and competitiveness of tradable services for domestic commodities; and international  Enhanced access to both traditional and market while emerging export markets; 109 sustaining competitive  Improved legal, regulatory and advantage. institutional framework, and  Increased domestic and international market share.

2.2.2 Agro- Move up the value  Increased value addition to agricultural Processing chain in key crops, and products; and increase agro-  Diversified agro-processed products. processed products for both domestic and export markets.

2.3 Mining Increase production  Updated geological information system; and value addition of  Increased exploration and mining; mineral resources.  Increased participation by small and medium miners; and  Improved legal and institutional framework.

2.4 Tourism Develop and promote a  Increased contribution of the tourism vibrant tourism industry to GDP; industry.  Improved environment for doing business in tourism;  Increased number of tourists; and  Increased local participation in the tourism industry.

3.0 Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port

3.1 Road Ensure provision of  Reduced lead times and cost on exports Infrastructure safe, affordable, and imports; and accessible and high  Improved domestic and cross border quality road transport mobility and connectivity. system.

3.2 Rail Transport Develop an efficient  Improved regional and international and effective rail connectivity; network.  Improved regulatory and institutional framework; and  Improved rail infrastructure and reliability.

3.3 Inland Water Promote inland water  Improved inland water transportation Transport transport system and system; Infrastructure improve access to the  Improved interface with rail and road 110 sea. transport; and  Reduced transport costs.

3.3.1 Nsanje World Open up the country to  Reduced transport costs; Inland Port ports along the Indian  Reduced lead times on exports, and Ocean and reduce costs  Decreased cost of shipping, low costs of of goods. cross-border and transit trade, and lower cost to reach domestic, regional and international markets.

4.0 Education, Science and Technology

4.1 Education Improve access to  Expanded equitable access to education; quality and relevant  Improved quality and relevance of education. education; and  Improved management and governance of the education system. 4.2.Science and Enhance the  Well-coordinated science and technology Technology contribution of generation and dissemination; research, science and  Improved operation of Research and technology to national Development institutions; and productivity and  Increased adoption of appropriate competiveness. technologies.

5.0 Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management

5.1 Public Health Control and prevent  Reduced incidence and prevalence of occurrence and spread diseases; of diseases.  Improved maternal and child health;  Increased and sustained coverage of high quality EHP services;  Reduced health risk factors among the population;  Improved equity and efficiency in the delivery of EHP; and  Strengthened performance of health support systems.

5.2 Sanitation Ensure use of  Improved hygiene practices; improved sanitation  Increased access and usage of improved facilities and adoption sanitation facilities; and of safe hygiene  Improved management and disposal of practices. waste.

5.3 Malaria Reduce malaria-related  Reduced incidence of malaria; 111 morbidity and  Increased coverage of malaria prevention; mortality. and  Increased access to appropriate malaria treatment.

5.4 HIV and AIDS Prevent spread of HIV  Reduced HIV infection and transmission Management infection and mitigate rate; the health, socio-  Improved quality of lives of People Living economic and with HIV (PLHIVs), OVCs and affected psychosocial impact of individuals and households; and HIV and AIDS.  Improved dietary practices of PLHIVs, OVCs and affected individuals and households.

6.0 Integrated Improve rural  Improved local governance systems and Rural Development livelihoods. structures;  Well coordinated local development planning;  Improved investment in rural areas;  Increased rural incomes;  Strengthened rural participation in development programmes; and  Reduced rural-urban migration.

7.0 Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development

7.1 Green Belt Increase agricultural  Increased land under irrigation; Irrigation production and  Reduced dependence on rain-fed productivity through agriculture; intensification of  Increased agricultural production and irrigation productivity; and  Increased household income levels.

7.2 Water Improve access to  Well developed and managed water Development water through an resources; and integrated water  Increased access to safe water points management system within 500m distance.

8.0 Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment

8.1 Child Ensure that children  Improved equitable access to quality Development grow into productive child development services; and responsible  Reduced number of children living below citizens. the poverty line; and 112  Strengthened national child protection systems to reduce children‟s vulnerability to violence, abuse, and exploitation.

8.2 Youth Enhance effective  Increased absorption of skills, technology Development youth participation in and innovations by the youth; and economic activities.  Increased youth participation in decision Empowerment making processes; and  Improved coordination of youth programs.

9.0 Climate Change, Natural Resources and Environmental Management

9.1 Climate Enhance resilience to  Improved climate change mitigation and Change climate change risks adaptation measures. Management and impacts.

9.2 Natural Ensure sustainable  Improved environmental and natural Resources and management and resource management; Environmental utilization of the  Improved regulatory framework for Management environment and harmonized environmental and natural natural resources. resource management;  Reduced environmental pollution and degradation. 113 CHAPTER 6 IMPLEMENTATION FRAMEWORK

6.1 Implementation Modalities The MGDS II has been developed to allow all stakeholders to participate in the development of the country. Its implementation will, therefore, involve all stakeholders, including the three arms of Government: the Executive, Parliament, and Judiciary; and civil society and Faith Based Organizations (FBOs); private sector and the general public. Government will lead the implementation process through technical coordination and its consolidated national budget. It is expected that all stakeholder institutions including donors, development and co-operating partners will continue to align their activities and support to this national development agenda, MGDS II. The alignment to the budget will be critical for its successful implementation. The Ministry of Development Planning and Cooperation and the Ministry of Finance will facilitate and ensure that all ministries and departments align their sectoral plans, activities and budgets to the development strategy. Wherever sectoral plans do not exist, efforts should be made to develop them. Budget submissions, therefore, will be expected to include only activities that are aligned to this national strategy. To ensure that the MGDS II is formulated, implemented and monitored with full participation of all stakeholders, Government instituted Sector Working Groups (SWGs). Membership of the SWGs is diverse and includes line Ministry clusters, civil society, private sector, non- government organizations, donors and cooperating partners. The private sector was included as an active partner in all the Sector Working Groups to enhance dialogue between Government and the private sector led growth. A summary operational table is presented in Annex 1 to guide the implementation of the MGDS II. This table represents strategies, actions and expected outcomes of the MGDS II. As conditions change during implementation, progress made against the activities, outputs and medium term expected outcomes will be assessed to make necessary adjustments. Such assessment will be made based on information coming from sector ministries as well as other 114 stakeholders. MGDS II has identified six thematic areas from which the nine key priority areas have been isolated. The following have been identified as critical issues that must be pursued to achieve the set goals and targets of the MGDS II:  Political will and change of the mind set;  Government and Parliament will play their constitutional roles in ensuring that the ultimate objective of MGDS II is achieved thereby taking the country towards achieving the long-term goals;  Government will continue to improve donor coordination through the development and adherence to the Development Assistance Strategies (DAS);  Donors and co-operating partners will align their support and activities to the MGDS II. Government will lead the dialogue with donors on this alignment and seek to ensure that aid flows are predictable. On its part, Government will seek to ensure that resources are disbursed in a timely manner;  There is need to develop a strong, motivated and committed civil service that will ensure that Government remains committed to its policies, targets and obligations; and  There is need to put in place mechanisms and modalities for implementing activities that require heavy financial investments. These include development of PPPs; and build, operate and transfer initiatives.

6.2 Roles of Key Stakeholders in the Implementation of the MGDS II Government: The main responsibility of Government shall be to provide public goods and services as well as regulatory framework. These include roads, railways, airports, education, health services, and social services among others. It shall also provide the necessary environment and incentives to promote private sector activities. Government shall safeguard the interests of all Malawians by correcting market failures through policy, legal and regulatory framework reviews. Parliament: The Parliament will continue to enhance Parliamentary oversight, transparency and accountability in the implementation of the MGDS II. This will be done 115 through members of parliament involvement in the scrutinisation, consideration and approval of Government budgets, reviewing and making laws. It shall ensure that the budget is being used to provide resources for the prioritised activities in the MGDS II. In this regard, the interests and priorities of Malawians shall be protected. Private Sector: The role of the private sector is to invest in both economic and social sectors to generate economic growth and create wealth. In this context, the private sector is expected to take up opportunities outlined in the MGDS II during its implementation. The scope of the private sector participation will be widened to involve them in the provision of other public goods and services through PPPs. Civil Society: The role of the civil society in the implementation of the MGDS II is to implement some specific activities in various sectors and to complement government‟s oversight and accountability functions to safeguard the interests of Malawians. Donors, Development and Co-operating Partners: The role of donors, development and co- operating partners shall be to assist across the board with financial and technical resources to implement the activities outline in the MGDS II. In doing so, they will be expected to support and align their activities with the MGDS II priorities. Community: The role of the community will be to ensure smooth implementation of development activities through participatory planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation. In addition, the community will contribute in kind towards some development activities.

6.3 Monitoring and Evaluation Effective monitoring and evaluation of the activities of the MGDS II are critical for realization of set goals and outcomes. First, the process provides essential data and insights for drawing lessons, priority setting and informed review of the MGDS II implementation processes. Second, the process offers the assurance that resources, including donor funds, are used for agreed purposes. Financial monitoring, through PETS, will track the financial information that relate to the strategy‟s resources with a view to maintaining an account of how and where these are applied. Good quality financial monitoring is critical to the effective implementation of the MGDS II and to accountability in the use of resources. Equally 116 noteworthy, the integrity of the Government‟s financial monitoring and reporting has a bearing on the degree to which stakeholders may have faith in the system before they can consider providing increased support. During the implementation of MGDS, the M & E system was strengthened through the district and community level monitoring mechanism. This development strategy incorporates a system to monitor inputs, outcomes and impacts so that resources can be strategically managed and progress tracked. This process helps to distinguish the MGDS II monitoring from traditional project monitoring. The monitoring system will feed information back into the processes of governing and decision-making, making it a vital public management tool. To enable regular and quality reporting, key performance indicators have been identified for each sector. These indicators will help to focus efforts and resources for evaluating sector performance. To strengthen this, outcome and output indicators have clearly been separated to track every level of progress in the implementation process. The monitoring of MGDS II will be in accordance with Monitoring and Evaluation Master Plan developed by the Ministry of Development Planning and Cooperation, the Ministry of Finance, the Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development and the NSO. The stakeholders will align indicators in accordance with the MGDS II themes and key priority areas. A set of impact level monitoring indicators has been developed and is presented in Annexes. The summary operational matrix provides a summary of objectives that can also be monitored by line ministries. This will be used in the budget discussion processes and reviews of the MGDS II to track progress toward the impact indicators during implementation.

6.4 National M&E Framework The implementation framework for MGDS II has taken into account all players who participate in the decision making for the development of the country (Figure 2). 117 Figure 2: Implementation Framework for MGDS II At the Cabinet level the MGDS II will be chaired by the President. The Cabinet will review 118 the annual progress in the implementation of the MGDS II. It is expected that various ministries will brief the Cabinet based on reports on the actual outputs and outcomes of the implementation of the strategy. Meanwhile the Minister of Development Planning and Cooperation will have a detailed report on the progress of the implementation that will act as a back up to sectoral presentations. Prior to the budget session of Parliament, all parliamentarians will comment on the progress of the implementation of the strategy. The Parliament will base their debates from the mid- year development reports as well as annual development reports produced by Ministry of Development Planning and Cooperation. The development report will articulate all issues outlined in the budget that are in line with the MGDS II. The Secretary for Development Planning and Cooperation will present the progress report of the implementation to the entire meeting of the Principal Secretaries chaired by Chief Secretary. The Principal Secretaries as Controlling Officers are supposed to take necessary measures regarding issues raised in the mid-year and annual development reports. There will be a technical committee in place and it will consist of development partners, senior civil servants, civil society and private sector. The committee will be chaired by Director of Monitoring and Evaluation in the Ministry of Development Planning and Cooperation. The Chair will prepare documentation for the Principal Secretaries‟ meetings. In order to improve monitoring of the implementation of the MGDS II, Government will develop a vibrant monitoring and evaluation system with a view to producing brief quarterly monitoring and evaluation reports. The Government will continue to develop capacity at both sector and district levels to monitor the implementation process. The Government will also strengthen monitoring and evaluation capacity at the local authority levels. All monitoring and evaluation activities of the MGDS II will be coordinated by Ministry of Development Planning and Cooperation. The monitoring reports will be circulated widely for information sharing and advocacy. Ministry of Information and Civic Education will disseminate some of the information using different methods including the government website.

6.5 Financing and Budgetary Allocations The MGDS II will largely be financed through three sources, namely, domestic revenues; external grants; and borrowing (both internally and externally). Additionally, PPPs for infrastructure programmes shall be encouraged. Other likely sources of financing are regional 119 and international financing initiatives. A summary of the estimated budgetary allocation to the key priorities and thematic areas for are presented in table 6.1 below. Table 6.1: Estimated Budgetary Allocations to Themes and Key Priority Areas (Percentage of Planned Fiscal Expenditures) Themes 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 Sustainable 18.9 22.6 22.4 20.2 19.0 18.5 1 Economic Growth Social Support and Disaster Risk 0.2 0.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2 Management 3 Social Development 37.1 37.4 37.8 38.1 38.6 39.1 Infrastructure 19.5 16.0 17.8 18.5 19.2 19.3 4 Development Improving 24.1 23.5 21.0 22.0 22.0 21.0 5 Governance Cross cutting Issues 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 6 Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 Note: Out of the total for the Themes, an allocation of an average of 77 percent will be directed towards the KPAs over the Strategy period. Key Priority Areas 2010/11 (KPAs) 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 Agriculture and 13.8 14.5 14.3 13.0 11.6 10.9 1 Food Security Energy, Industrial Development, 1.7 2.8 4.0 4.3 4.8 4.4 2 Mining and Tourism Transport Infrastructure and 16.8 12.0 12.6 13.0 13.2 13.8 Nsanje World 3 Inland Port Education, Science 19.1 21.1 21.2 21.3 21.8 21.9 4 and Technology Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria 17.9 16.1 16.3 16.5 16.3 16.5 and HIV/AIDS 5 Management Integrated Rural 1.8 4.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.6 6 Development Green Belt Irrigation and Water 2.0 2.8 3.6 2.7 2.8 2.4 7 Development 120 Child Development, Youth Development 0.8 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.4 1.6 8 and Empowerment Climate Change, Natural Resources 1.8 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.1 and Environmental 9 Management Total 75.7 76.3 78.2 77.1 77.2 77.2 Note: 1. Expenditure proportion towards Agriculture will be not less than 10% as stipulated in the CAADP Agenda and shall gradually stabilize around the same as the country attains its self sufficiency levels and resources will be diverted to other KPAs 2. Energy has been isolated as a major constraint in development in the country. As such, expenditure towards the sector is expected to rise (for instance starting from 2011/12 budget where the 2.8% proportion includes the major investment of MK7bn meant for Kapichira Hydro Station - Turbines, Lower Fufu Station etc.). Thereafter, the allocation includes investment in industrialization, mining and tourism (promoting conducive environment). Increased investment in the liquid fuels through strategic fuel storage facilities in the country 3. Increased infrastructure development with more resources going towards road networks in country. New road construction are expected throughout the Strategy period. Similarly major investment will be in rail transport. From 2011/12 to 2012/13, resources towards Nsanje World In-Land port will be for the EIA (funded by AfDB through SADC regional program) 4. Education expenditure proportion shall be about 20% of the national budget based on the UNESCO Education for All (EFA) Dakar Declaration Framework for Action, 2000 5. Expenditure allocation in Public Health shall be around 15% as stipulated in the Paris Declaration and Accra Agenda of Action (AAA) 6. Integrated Rural Development will be enhanced with expenditure levels around 4% throughout the strategy period to achieve rural centres development 7. Increased investment in GBI as a national priority. This involves development of new areas for irrigation and rehabilitation of existing schemes in the country 8. Social expenditure shall continue on the same trend as Government's policy objective of balancing economic development with reasonable spending in social services to the population 9. Issues of climate change are mainly addressed in key sectors like agriculture, energy, mining, industrial development as well as tourism hence focus is on policy related matters in this KPA 10. Theme: Cross-cutting Issues also includes gender related matters and capacity development which are spread across and included in all the KPAs and themes 121

ANNEX 1: OPERATIONAL MATRIX BY THEME THEME ONE: SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC GROWTH Sub-Theme 2: Natural Resources and Environmental Management 2.1 Forestry Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome The goal is to Increased forest Developing, -Inadequate human -Replant and rehabilitate forest plantations enhance cover conserving and resource, equipment and- Rehabilitate bare and degraded areas on customary sustainable protecting infrastructure estate management of forest - Inadequate investment- Undertake natural woodland regeneration activities forest resources plantations, in human resources and on customary estate and their customary technologies -Undertake fire management activities in plantations contribution to estates and and forest reserves national natural - Undertake forest patrols economy woodlands - Implement forestry legislation -Undertake various silvicultural operations in plantations and forest reserves - Develop appropriate plans to conserve biodiversity - Conserve and protect all riverine vegetation Strengthening -Inadequate technical -Recruit human resource institutional and professional staff -Procure infrastructural development services capacity of the -Delays in issuing -Undertake various trainings sector letters of authority to - Operationalise the Natural Resources Sector and 122 recruit Technical Working groups -Inadequate resources - Undertake strategic planning -Weak management -Produce, implement, monitor and evaluate forestry systems operational plans -Undertake human resource activities -Undertake administrative activities -Undertake financial management activities Improving -Inadequate resources -Undertake tree planting campaigns forestry -Inadequate specialised -Undertake fire control campaigns extension human resource, -Undertake silviculture operation campaigns services, equipment and -Train communities in tree management and research, and infrastructure silviculture operations and information -Produce brochures and leaflets on forestry management management -Conduct forestry research -Collect and store tree germplasm -Establish a forestry database -Establish forestry information channels Enforcing and -Delays in funding -Review policies for the forestry sub sector ensuring approved annual work -Produce forestry products standards compliance plan -Review Forestry legislation with agreed -Weak enforcement -Develop forestry regulation strategy national, capacity -Disseminate forestry policy guidelines to regional, and stakeholders international -Sensitize stakeholders on forestry plans, policies and obligations and regulations legislation -Monitor compliance to forestry plans, policies and regulations -Facilitate legal action for non compliance to the set standards and Act -Participate in appeals tribunal 123 Increased Promoting -Delays in approving -Review forest royalties and fees incomes from large, medium and enforcing royalties - Gazette and implement revised royalties and fees forestry and small scale and fees -Undertake co-management in forest reserves products and forest -Facilitate formation of cooperatives and associations services enterprises - Monitor implementation of concessions -Provide technical support to entrepreneurs Sub-Theme 4: Private Sector Development, Industry And Trade Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to An enabling Fostering pro- -Poor regulatory -Review and formulation of business friendly laws develop and environment for business legal environment for and regulations promote a domestic and and regulatory businesses -Develop new competition policies and legislation conducive foreign reforms -Cumbersome and -Promote public private dialogue environment that investments overlapping business -Facilitate the negotiations of Investment Promotion will enhance created licensing regimes and Protection Agreements and Double Taxation inclusive private -Weak contract Agreements sector growth and enforcement and -Strengthen law enforcement and dispute resolution competitiveness limited access to mechanisms commercial justice 124 Providing -Weak policy analysis, -Automation and interconnection of business and supportive formulation and administrative processes infrastructure implementation - Training of staff and knowledge management and services for - Attachment of staff to similar institutions in other both start-ups countries and expanding -Study tours enterprises -Provision of enabling finances, resources and equipment Increased Promoting -Limited access to -Providing entrepreneurial development skills, and investments by growth of local finance for MSMEs human resource development both local and Micro, Small -Lack of information - Promotion of small enterprise and entrepreneurship foreign and Medium on MSMEs in schools entrepreneurs Enterprises -Lack of appropriate - Promotion of private sector investment in the SME (MSMEs) technologies for sector MSMEs - Promotion and development of co-operatives -Poor access to markets -Development of an information base and network on trade and industry that includes the MSME sector Promoting -Lack of entry of -Sub-contract the rural financial market lending private sector private financial function to private sector institutions investment in institutions into the low -Develop market structures in both rural and urban rural areas income, rural and areas agricultural markets in Malawi resulting in limited access to financial services 125 -High level of -Introduce modernized payment systems in rural government areas intervention in the - Develop a bond market mobilization of rural -Develop market structures savings with a market distorting lending practice Strengthening -Weak policy analysis, -Automation and interconnection of business and the capacity of formulation and administrative processes private sector implementation -Training of staff and knowledge management supporting - Attachment of staff to similar institutions in other institutions and countries Public Private - Study tours Partnerships -Provision of enabling finances, resources and equipment Improved Enhancing - Inadequate financial -Provide information centres productivity and dissemination and human resources market access of of business -Poor coordination enterprises information Promoting -Inadequate financial -Identify appropriate technologies adoption of and human resources -Promote access to appropriate technologies and modern and -Low literacy levels microfinance schemes appropriate -Limited access to technologies appropriate technologies 126 Establish a national investment company Promoting and -Inadequate financial -Encourage women entrepreneurship and strengthening and human resources involvement in cooperative the -Low literacy levels development of -cumbersome cooperatives procedures Sub-Theme 5: Rural Development 5.1 Decentralisation Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Empowered Enhancing -Lack of capacity at local -Build institutional capacity at the district level enhance local implementatio level -Harmonize decentralization policy and national decision-making government n of the -Inadequate funding policy frameworks and participation structures decentralizatio -Lack of coordination -Increase financial allocation to local authorities of local n process among stakeholders --Enhance stakeholder coordination at local levels communities in development planning and implementation. Enhanced Strengthening -Low literacy levels -Train communities for active participation in participation community -Inadequate local level development activities at the district level. and ownership participation institutional structures -Conduct awareness campaigns of the in -Define clear roles of all groups of stakeholders at 127 development development the district level. programmes by local communities; Improved Strengthening -Lack of coordination -Enhance stakeholder coordination at local levels coordination at coordination among stakeholders district level of local government systems Strengthening -Inadequate resources -Conduct needs assessment capacity of -High staff turnover -Train stakeholders, local -Procure equipment government -Improve infrastructure structures and -Promote women participation in decision-making stakeholders positions in local government structures Strengthening -High staff turnover -Create career path the M&E -Lack of career path -Recruit and train personnel system -Inadequate financial -Strengthen community monitoring and evaluation resources 5.2 Rural Industrialization Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome 128 The goal is to Enhanced Building -Limited technical -Identify alternative products improve living product capacity in capacity in product -Undertake research in appropriate technologies standards of rural diversification product diversification and -Develop technical capacity in product communities diversification, management diversification and management through enhanced business -Limited technology use -Conduct market research rural management, -Low literacy levels industrialization. and production processes. Strengthening -Inadequate financial -Procure and install equipment and expanding and human resources -Facilitate access to both local and international OVOP -Inadequate expertise markets initiatives in and equipment -Build capacity for cooperatives and SMEs rural areas -Donor dependence -Conduct awareness campaigns on OVOP initiatives Reduced rural- Promoting -Inadequate financial -Develop infrastructure in rural areas urban migration development of resources, -Encourage public private partnerships supportive -Inadequate capacity of -Develop secondary development centres infrastructure service providers -Establish rural skill development centres -Provide social amenities Reduced Promoting -Limited coverage of -Establish links between cooperatives and rural poverty among equal access to financial institutions financiers rural credit; -High interest rates -Conduct business development training communities Promoting -Low literacy level -Encourage financial institutions to open service industrial centres in rural areas projects in rural -Improve macroeconomic environment areas 129 Sub-Theme 6: Tourism, Wildlife and Culture 6.2 Wildlife Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome To conserve and Improved Reducing -Inadequate human and -Scale up capacity of the Department and manage wildlife wildlife human animal financial resources stakeholders to deal with problematic animals in both protected management conflicts; -Inadequate research and -Construct and maintain game proof solar powered areas and natural monitoring capacity electric fences habitats - Low population of -Conduct public awareness campaigns animals in protected areas -Inadequate publicity on the value of wildlife Promoting -Inadequate human and -Develop standards and guidelines for wildlife alternative financial resources farming, ranching and utilisation livelihood -Promote IGAs and implement benefit sharing in the sources for other PAs communities living around protected areas 130 Promoting -Inadequate human and -Support wildlife community conservation efforts community financial resources -Develop and implement a collaborative tsetse fly wildlife -Low literacy levels and trypanosomiasis control and monitoring conservation programme in the affected areas and monitoring -Facilitate formation of legally constituted CBOs & build capacity in existing CBOs -Review co-management agreements -Conduct awareness campaigns Developing a -Inadequate human and -Develop a monitoring and evaluation system database to financial resources -Conduct wildlife survey to feed into the database monitor -Inadequate equipment -Operationalise a data archival system wildlife -Recruit and train personnel population -Procure equipment trends; Improving law -Inadequate human and -Build capacity in law enforcement enforcement financial resources -Construct and maintain solar powered electric and -Inadequate equipment fences effectiveness -Inadequate infrastructure -Construct and rehabilitate infrastructure -Lack of awareness -Procure equipment -Recruit and train personnel -Conduct awareness campaigns Promoting and -Inadequate human and -Promote IGAs and implement benefit sharing in PAs regulating financial resources -Conduct awareness campaigns wildlife -Inadequate awareness -Construct and rehabilitate lodges in protected areas farming, -Identify new eco-lodge sites and procure new utilization and concessionaires trade -Translocate and introduce new animals to increase sightings -Monitor wildlife population trends 131 -Conduct economic analysis including product prices for wildlife -Promote community eco-lodges and joint ventures -Identify inventories -Map out eco-tourism attractions inside and outside PAs -Recruit and train personnel Enhancing -Inadequate human and -Carry out mass awareness campaigns wildlife IEC financial resources -Develop a PA marketing and communication plan programmes -Low literacy levels Improved Strengthening -Inadequate funding -Plan and implement human resource development institutional institutional -Inadequate human programmes and regulatory capacity to resources - Recruit and train personnel framework manage -Finalize and implement DNPW training plan and protected areas guidelines and -Accredit MCFW ecosystems 6.3 Culture Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome The goal is to Improved Preserve -Inadequate financial - Conduct trainings in indigenous skills; uphold and preservation of historical and human resources; -Develop and submit project proposals; promote Malawi‟s artifacts and -Inadequate trained -Carry out conservation and preservation national cultural upgrade retrieval personnel programmes heritage for heritage and system; -Lack of purpose built -Install smoke detectors and fire extinguishers, 132 identity, values -Preserve and museum storage dehumidifiers and hygrometers posterity and . construct national -Unavailability/ -Construct and rehabilitate monuments development monuments; inadequate information -Develop Electronic data base and website -Promote -Revive the Monument Advisory Council and declare establishment of monuments as protected national treasure cultural centres -Carry out research in archaeology, anthropology, -Promote and ethnography, geo-archaeology, paleontology, history preserve local and rock art cultural diversity -Carry out exhibitions -Rehabilitate museum buildings Increased Create public Inadequate financial Formulate management and marketing plans promotion and awareness on and human resources development national heritage and equipment and -Revive the Arts and Crafts Advisory Council of Malawi's programs; appropriate vehicles -Carry out research on the indigenous musical culture -Promote -Unwillingness and instruments, fine arts, performing arts and crafts research and lack of commitment -Children Traditional Games, Songs and Dance documentation of from stakeholders -Train artists and arts managers Malawi‟s cultural -Poor record -Procure costumes, props and protective clothes and natural management practices -Develop a directory of artists and works. heritage and absence of proper and updated schedules -Enhance the -Lack of purpose-built sub-sector‟s infrastructure institutional capacity Sub-Theme 7: Labour And Employment Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected 133 Outcome The goal is to Improved Promoting -Lack of knowledge on -Develop National OSH Policy, Programmes and stimulate and labour occupational OSH guidelines ensure productivity safety and -Non compliance -Review OSH Act and its supporting regulations productive and health(OSH) -Limited human and -Build technical and institutional capacity decent financial resources -Enforce OSH standards employment for -Weak institutional -Conduct OSH awareness campaigns better standards policy and legislation -Enhance information documentation and of living -Inadequate equipment dissemination for OSH -Mainstream OSH in workplaces -Construct OSH laboratory Promoting skills -Limited technical -Review curricula in line with the current labour development, expertise market demand testing and -Inadequate training -Construct and rehabilitate training and testing certification institutions institutions - Limited financial -Acquire modern training and testing equipment resources -Raise awareness on trade testing -Lack of trade testing -Recruit and train technical specialists in trade policy and law testing -Develop and adopt Trade Testing Policy and Law Increased Establishing an -Limited technical -Train key stakeholders in data collection, storage gainful and effective and capacity and analysis decent efficient labour -Inadequate equipment - Build capacity of officers on LMI system employment market - Strengthen institutional capacity for all information -Procure equipment (LMI) system -Conduct labour market research 134 Reducing all -Culture of silence -Conduct awareness campaigns on labour laws forms of - Introduce anonymous reporting system discrimination in the labour market Promoting labour -Lack of clear policy -Establish Labour Inspections Service Central Unit administration - Weak institutional and - Recruit and train Labour Inspectors systems regulatory framework -Build technical and institutional capacity -Inadequate financial -Develop Labour Inspection Guidelines resources -Review Labour policy and laws -Establish an independent mediation and conciliation system - Enhance coordination Eliminated Reviewing, -Inadequate human and - Review and harmonize the existing legislation worst forms harmonizing and financial resources - Enforce legislation of child enforcing existing - Conduct awareness campaigns labour legislation on - child labour Strengthened legal, regulatory and institutional reforms Integrate child -Inadequate financial -Develop and disseminate child labour policy and labour issues into resources national action plan development -Poor coordination - Mainstream child labour issues in sectoral plans initiatives and -Weak institutional - Strengthen institutional capacity including interventions capacity enforcement of agencies and social partners - Develop and implement child labour monitoring system - Develop prevention and rehabilitation programmes and facilities - Conduct a national child labour survey 135 -Conduct a survey and develop a periodic report on the share of women in wage employment in the non agriculture sector; -Conduct gender audit in the labour market -Train officers in the Ministry of Labour in Gender analysis and mainstreaming -Engender Labour laws Integrating gender specific issues in all labour initiatives and interventions Sub-theme 8: Land Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Improved Raising public -Lack of -Develop a communication strategy ensure equitable equitable access awareness on land communication -Develop IEC materials access to land and to land and related laws, strategy -Conduct public awareness campaigns tenure security; tenure security policies, and -Poor stakeholder - Conduct research and studies on land issues efficient procedures coordination management and administration system; and 136 ecologically balanced use of land and land- based resources. Improved Developing - Inadequate -Develop a communication strategy provision of mechanism for dissemination -Develop IEC materials geospatial widespread channels - Create website information dissemination of -Inadequate - Establish customer service centre geographic financial and information and human resources digital mapping services Improved land Promoting land -Weak institutional -Acquire land for redistribution planning, ownership and title capacity - Register acquired land ecologically registration - Land speculation -Conduct awareness campaigns balanced land - Encroachment -Establish computerized land registration systems use and and squatting -Train personnel management Providing physical -Inadequate human -Review physical development standards and development and financial management guidelines planning standards, capacity -Review and harmonize land legislation and management - High rural-urban policies guidelines and migration -Allocate serviced plots in urban and semi-urban legal framework areas Decentralizing land -Lack of - Strengthen institutional capacity at local authority administration and transparency and levels management accountability in - Transfer land related documents to local functions land administration authorities -Weak institutional -Devolve land administration and management structures functions 137 - Undertake fiscal decentralization THEME TWO: SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT Sub-Theme 1: Population Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes To manage -A reduced -Enhancing the -Inadequate human -Increasecommunity- based distribution population fertility rate provision, access, and financial programmes of contraceptives; growth for delivery and resource - Conduct advocacy forums with various sustainable socio- utilization of -Low literacy levels stakeholders economic sexual and -Inadequate youth -Train more family planning service providers development reproductive health friendly RHS -Expand coverage of youth friendly RHS services to all -Insufficient institutions including the institutions and -Conduct awareness campaigns vulnerable and outreach services disadvantaged groups -Advocating girls‟ -Inadequate -Advocate for girl retention in schools at all levels education and financial and human -Provide bursaries for needy girls delayed marriage resources -Advocate for delayed marriage -Prohibitive cultural -Train more women in professional skills and traditional -Advocate for affirmative action in recruiting practices women in senior positions -Girl-child -Establish income generating activities in rural unfriendly areas 138 infrastructure -Provide girl-child friendly infrastructure -High poverty levels -Promoting the -Inadequate human -Train community workers on small family concept small family resource to -Support IEC and advocacy campaigns on the concept undertake advocacy importance of having small family size -Individual -Advocate for male participation in family planning perception -Encourage use of modern family planning methods -Low literacy levels -Provide modern family planning services -High poverty levels -Lack of community awareness -Providing sexual -Low human -Provide more reproductive health commodities and reproductive capacity -Recruit and train advocacy personnel health education -Lack of -Encourage youth friendly SRH services for both in-and out- coordination among -Conduct awareness campaigns of-school sexually stakeholders active population -Individual perception Addressing the -Inadequate human -Provide adequate socio-economic services vulnerabilities and financial -Produce advocacy materials on rights of elderly caused by capacities persons population ageing, -Lack of -Provide social security for the elderly migration and opportunities in -Strengthen boarder control systems rapid urbanization, rural areas -Provide social support programmes and the -Weak migration -Increase economic opportunities in rural areas interdependence of control systems, -Promote environmental friendly technologies population and the -Uncontrolled rural- environment. urban migration 139 -Well managed -Strengthening -Inadequate human -Provide support infrastructure for vital registration migration migration and and financial system national vital resources -Procure equipment registration -Inadequate -Support the strengthening of the capacity of systems awareness national statistical system -Inadequate -Conduct awareness campaigns equipment -Review progress on vital registration system Sub-Theme 6: Nutrition Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Functions and Activities Term Expected Outcome A well nourished Reduced -Promoting -Inadequate funding -Conduct assessment of health facilities for Baby population that prevalence of exclusive breast- -Low uptake of Friendly Hospital Initiative (BFHI) status and re- effectively nutrition feeding practices messages on assessment of baby friendly hospitals contributes to disorders for children aged 0- optimal breast - Conduct sensitization and awareness campaigns development of 6 months; feeding practices - Conduct orientation meetings for key stakeholders the country -Low literacy levels on the need for maternity protection and support to lactating mothers -Disseminate the revised Infant and Young Child Nutrition Policy, guidelines and job aides - Review and update infant and young child feeding counseling programs - Integrate counseling services on the feeding and management of a sick child, in PMTCT -Promoting optimal -Inadequate human - Develop a n d d i s s e m i n a t e job aides for the feeding practices and financial integration of ENAs in the nutrition interventions for children aged 6- resources - Conduct training a n d o r i e n t a t i o n for the 24 months and -High poverty service providers a n d o t h e r stakeholders beyond levels - Develop and implement a comprehensive nutrition education and communication strategy on infant and young child feeding 140 - Provide technical support to health facilities to maintain or attain the BFHI status -Promote dietary diversification -Promoting optimal -Inadequate -Train service p r o v i d e r s a n d c a r e g i v e r s feeding of a sick resources at - Integrate counselling services on the feeding and child during and household and management of a sick child after illness community level -Promote dietary diversification -Limited knowledge -Conduct sensitization and awareness campaigns -Inadequate uptake - Provide micro nutrient supplementation according of micronutrient to guidelines supplementation -Promoting the -Inadequate human -Scale up the provision of micro nutrient prevention, control resource capacity supplementation and treatment of -Inadequate - Review and update infant and young child micronutrient resources at feeding counselling deficiency household and -Conduct advocacy and awareness campaigns disorders community levels -Conduct school campaigns for micronutrient particularly those -Inadequate supplementation, de-worming and other public caused by vitamin awareness health interventions; A, Iodine and Iron, - Disseminate guidelines for management of including food malnutrition , fortification - Align food standards for centrally processed food items with regional guidelines and international best practices - Intensify food monitoring activities Improving access -Inadequate human -Train district and community based service to nutrition and financial providers and support groups supplements for resources - Provide food supplements malnourished -Inadequate -Procure equipment children, expectant equipment -Conduct sensitization and awareness campaigns and lactating - Orient stakeholders on prevention and mothers, the management of moderate, severe and acute 141 elderly and malnutrition physically -Review guidelines and accompanying materials challenged for Nutrition Care, Support and Treatment (NCST) of PLWHIV, TB and chronically ill - Strengthen and scale up CTC services, NRU and supplementary sites -Promoting access -Inadequate - Integrate nutrition education, communication and to at least one financial and human growth monitoring to the school feeding programme nutritious meal and resources - Conduct trainings for service providers on food related health and -Inadequate processing, preparation, storage and participatory nutrition services resources at recipe development for the school- household and -Review code of marketing infant and young child going children community levels to foods facilitate sustainable -Promote dietary diversification adoption; -Conduct sensitization and awareness campaigns -Slow adoption of -Build capacity of schools to manage nutrition healthy eating issues habits and life - Provide appropriate water and sanitation facilities styles; in public schools for prevention of infectious diseases -Scale up innovative ways of providing school meals -Strengthening -Inadequate -Develop and disseminate nutrition information capacities for financial and human - Train child-bearing age women on food households and resources diversification communities to -Inadequate -Recruit and train personnel attain adequate resources at -Engage community based service providers and nutrition household and support groups in regular follow-up and support to community levels to pregnant and lactating mothers at all levels facilitate sustainable -Facilitate the formation of economic adoption empowerment groups -Provide credit and business management support to the households and communities 142 -Preventing and -Inadequate human -Review guidelines, protocols and counseling controlling and financial tools for IMCI, PMTCT and growth monitoring nutrition related capacity; - Update and disseminate messages on child non-communicable -Inadequate feeding, management of NCDs and adequate and other diseases resources at nutrition household and - Create positions and recruit Nutrition, HIV and community levels AIDS Officers in key Government Ministries and -Limited knowledge Departments - Conduct training of trainers in CTC services, NRU sites and supplementary site -Scaling up -Inadequate human -Develop a comprehensive nutrition education and innovative and financial communication strategy interventions in resources - Conduct community awareness campaigns management of -Inadequate - Review and document nutrition training materials malnutrition among resources at - Conduct training of trainers in prevention and the various household and management of malnutrition population groups community levels -Poor coordination in managing malnutrition in under-five children -Strengthening -Inadequate -Review and disseminate standards for fortification institutional and financial resources in line with regional standards human capacities - Poor coordination T rain service providers, counselors and extension for the effective amongst nutrition workers delivery of service providers -Develop and advocate legislation for fortification nutrition services and implementers - Train extension workers in post-harvest food management and nutrition support programmes -Integrate nutrition education, communication and growth monitoring to the school feeding programme - Conduct training of trainers in CTC services, NRU sites and supplementary site 143 -Recruit, train and deploy Nutrition, and HIV and AIDS Officers -Build capacity of schools to conduct regular nutrition assessment, health and nutrition education in schools and surrounding communities - Strengthen nutrition information systems - Harmonize nutrition sectoral policies -Strengthen coordination at all levels - Strengthen the National Fortification Alliance –Build capacity of frontline workers on dietary diversification Promoting healthy -Inadequate -Develop and disseminate a set of recipes and life styles financial and human guidelines resources -Develop information education and communication -High poverty (IEC) materials levels -Review Curricula in all learning and training -Low literacy levels institutions to include nutrition issues -Train service providers on food processing, preparation, storage and participatory recipe development -Monitor food processing technologies and standards Promoting -Inadequate -Scale up sustainable economic and social production and financial and human protection interventions access of high resources -Conduct advocacy and awareness campaigns nutritive value -High poverty - Build capacity of households and communities to foods for levels increase agricultural production and diversification diversified and -Low literacy levels - Scale up interventions that promote production nutritious diets and access to high nutritive value foods-Mobilize households affected by nutrition disorders to demand food and nutrition security programs 144 THEME THREE: SOCIAL SUPPORT AND DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT Sub-Theme 1: Supporting The Vulnerable Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes To improve Improved Enhancing and -Weak coordination -Provide supplementary feeding to malnourished resilience and social security promoting of social support pregnant , lactating mothers and under five children quality of life for interventions predictable programs and -Sustain and scale-up the targeted School Feeding the poor to move transfers to the projects Program out of poverty most vulnerable - Uncoordinated - Implement HIV and AIDS impact mitigation and vulnerability and the ultra poor targeting programmes households -Insufficient -Scale up the school bursary system scientific -Implement public works program with components information of national employment guarantee scheme -Inadequate -Continue implementation of the Farm Input resources Subsidy Program -Growing number of the vulnerable -Limited integration of Public Works Program Establishing -Weak coordination -Review the National Social Support Program coherent and of social support -Undertake a comprehensive targeting study to progressive social programs and analyze existing and potential targeting mechanisms support synergies projects -Develop a comprehensive social support database -Strengthen synergies and complementarities among social support programmes 145 Improved asset Promoting existing - Weak coordination -Scale up small stock and grain mills programs for base and livelihood among programs the most vulnerable productive activities for the -Inadequate -Facilitate establishment and training of social capacity of the poor resources support committees poor -Entrenched -Facilitate implementation of village savings and dependence culture loans programme -Weak targeting - Facilitate involvement of women and other mechanism vulnerable groups in livelihood enhancing activities Promoting village -Lack of saving -Scale-up existing village savings and loan savings and loans culture among the programs programmes rural poor -Link village savings and loan program with other -Limited coverage of social support programmes financial institutions -Train stakeholders on village savings and loans to support the -Link village groups to financial institutions programmes Promoting longer -Inadequate -Create dedicated fund for microcredit to provide term, skills resources more affordable capital to MFIs oriented and asset -Lack of -Develop microfinance policy enhancing sustainability -Facilitate provision of loans to vulnerable groups interventions mechanisms -Train vulnerable groups on business management -High illiteracy and asset enhancing skills levels Improving and -Inadequate human -Conduct sensitization meetings with key scaling up the and financial development structures at district level Social Cash resources -Identify additional beneficiary districts and Transfer (SCT) households Programme - Introduce the e-payment mechanism - Conduct training of trainers - Establish SCT district secretariats 146 - Procure office equipment and supplies -Provide cash transfers to both existing and new beneficiary households Sub-Theme 2: Disaster Risk Management Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes To reduce the Strengthened Developing and -Weak institutional - Develop DRM policy social, economic capacity for strengthening capacity - Review Disaster Preparedness and Relief Act, and effective DRM policy and -Low awareness of 1991 environmental preparedness, institutional disaster risk -Develop and implement DRM communication impact of response and frameworks reduction among strategy disasters recovery stakeholders at all -Invest in knowledge and education for DRM levels Mainstreaming -Insufficient -Develop guidelines for DRM mainstreaming DRM into policies, institutional -Train and sensitize stakeholders on mainstreaming strategies and capacity and DRM programmes planning process - Build DRM and Climate Change Adaptation (CC for DRM A) capacity Strengthening -Inadequate human -Establish and operationalize multi stakeholder DRM coordination resources forum for coordination of DRM activities mechanisms -Non existence of a among multi stakeholder stakeholders forum for coordination 147 Enhancing capacity -Inadequate -Train officers in use of space based information on the use of capacity in using and technology Geographical space based -Develop risk assessment guidelines Information technology -Conduct DRR and CCA risk assessment in System (GIS) and -Inadequate disaster prone districts other remote resources can -Procure GIS equipment and software sensing impede the technologies development of maps Developing an -Inadequate and -Establish an integrated early warning system integrated national outdated equipment -Develop hazard maps Early Warning -Inadequate -Conduct survey to identify potential national and System (EWS) personnel in cross border risks relevant institutions -Develop risk monitoring system and database of -Lack of linkages potential risks among existing -Upgrade EWS to international standards EWS and -Conduct capacity building for EWS stakeholders Implementing -Inadequate funding -Develop contingency plans in all districts mitigation mechanism for -Network disaster prone districts (internet website/ measures in contingency communication) disaster prone planning and -Sensitize local authorities on contingency plans areas response - Incorporate risk reduction approaches in the -Inadequate design implementation of DRM programs expertise in disaster -Build capacity of stakeholders in risk and disaster recovery preparedness, response and recovery -Conduct DRR and CCA risk assessment in disaster prone districts -Conduct a comprehensive analysis of the documented best practices -Construct DoDMA Warehouses in strategic places Incorporating -Limited research -Engage learning institutions on incorporation of DRM in all school and skills in DRM DRM into the existing education and training 148 curricula -Limited resources curriculum -Develop short and long-term DRM courses -Conduct research on locally appropriate DRM technologies and approaches Promoting Insufficient DRM -Develop DRM website and information centre awareness, access, knowledge by the -Sensitize the media on DRM issues distribution and media -Disseminate operational guidelines, policy, DRM utilization of Handbook and DRR framework to all stakeholders reliable and relevant DRM information THEME FOUR: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT Sub Theme 2: Transport-Air Transport Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes The goal is to Improved safety Promoting and Limited financial - Construct and upgrade airports ensure a safe, and facilitating a and human - Automate airport administration systems efficient and management in competitive, and resources -Formulate/adopt policies that promote competition competitive accordance with efficient air -Review aviation policies aviation industry international transport industry standards Providing safe, -Inadequate - Acquire fire-fighting and airport navigation efficient, and financial resources equipment reliable aviation - Upgrade geodetic and Air Transport Management infrastructure and (ATM) systems services 149 Improved Establishing and -Inadequate human - Develop civil aviation master plan regulatory and maintaining capacity -Establish civil aviation regulator institutional legislative and -Non existence of -Review bilateral air services agreements framework regulatory an independent framework aviation regulator Outdated aviation agreements Improved Promoting effective -Lack of modern - Adopt regional and international cooperative security in safety and security security equipment arrangements to enhance safety and efficiency airports. oversight systems -Lack of secure -Procure modern security equipment airport perimeter -Construct and rehabilitate airport infrastructures fence -Lack of paved runways Improved Undertaking Inadequate - Review of legislation regulations, rules and reliability and reforms in the financial and procedures competitiveness aviation sector human capacity - Encourage technical and commercial joint evutnev - Encourage local participation in equity and technical partnerships of airlines Strengthening -Inadequate - Develop capacity of the sector institutional financial resources - Rehabilitate the School of Aviation capacity -Lack of -Improve conditions of service in the aviation sector motivation Implementing -Lack of required Implement environmentally friendly technologies environmental knowledge in the aviation sector protection measures Promoting Public -Lack of -Create conducive environment for investment Private investment capital -Encourage private sector participation in the Partnerships to -High cost of provision and maintenance of aviation 150 facilitate private borrowing infrastructure investment Sub Theme 4: Information And Communication 4.1 Information And Communication Technology (ICT) Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes The goal is to Improved ICT Developing a -Inadequate human -Establish broadband networks for tertiary increase broadband reliable, fast, resource capacity education and research institutions utilization of infrastructure adaptive and -Poor and -Connect Malawi to the undersea fiber optic cable ICT, ensure robust national underdeveloped through Tanzania universal access ICT infrastructure infrastructure -Expand and enhance GWAN to ICT products that feeds into -Establish local assembly networks and services to international -Establish fiber links connecting local assemblies improve service networks -Rollout infrastructure for the public postal delivery in both operator. public and private sectors Increased usage Mainstreaming -Inadequate -Review DISTMS strategic plans and access to ICT into sector financial resources Advocate for review of sectoral policies; information and policies and communication strategies and services operations Improving rural -Low literacy -Establish tele-centres and rural libraries and underserved levels; and -Provide ICT services to rural and underserved communities‟ unavailability of communities access to ICT electricity -Implement universal access initiatives services -Provide internet connectivity to public institutions 151 Promoting the -Inadequate -Provide incentives to private ICT service providers participation of incentives private ICT service providers Promoting -Low literacy levels -Conduct ICT awareness campaigns information, -Brain drain education and communication on ICT Improved postal Improving -Implement hybrid mail and broadcasting efficiency in -Inadequate capacity -Establish postal physical addressing system services; delivering postal in postal service -Train personnel services delivery -Automate postal services -Rehabilitate postal infrastructure -Establish rural banking services; and -Establish multipurpose information centres Migrating from -Limited period for -Replace analogue transmitters analogue to digital transition -Provide subsidies television -Conduct poverty and social impact analysis study broadcasting -Establish signal distributor Improved ICT Improving the -Review Communication Act 1998 governance regulatory -Conduct MACRA institutional review framework for the -Develop ICT regulations, standards and guidelines sector -Enforce ICT regulations, standards and guidelines -Develop information society bill -Enforce information society regulations Enhanced ICT Developing public -Absence of legal -Train application developers capacity for the online services framework; -Develop interactive ICT applications general public -Lack of awareness -Conduct user training -Implement electronic records management system -Establish and operationalise Government data centre 152 -Manage and coordinate existing government wide systems 4.2 Media And Communication Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes The goal is to Increased access to Promoting -High printing and -Fill existing vacancies through recruitment ensure that the information distribution of distribution costs; -Strengthen capacity of government printing population has publications -Inadequate human services access to timely and financial and relevant resources information, and increase popular participation of the citizens in development, governance and democratic processes Promoting -Inadequate -Equip the section with modern video facilities at screening of mobile vans, district level developmental equipment and -Train personnel video skilled personnel documentaries to communities Abridging, -Lack of -Recruit and train personnel in translation, translating and transcription transcription and abridging distributing equipment; -Collect, package and disseminate information policies and other -Insufficient -Acquire transcription equipment important professional -Develop, update and manage websites documents into personnel 153 major vernacular conversant with languages vernacular languages Enhancing skills -In adequate -Train media personnel capacity of media financial resources -Procure modern equipment personnel -Lack of well trained personnel -Inadequate modern equipment Strengthening -Lack of -Develop and review relevant policies regulatory appropriate policies -Enact relevant information bills framework to -Lack of trained facilitate free flow personnel of information Strengthening -Personnel and -Conduct film and drama shows information, financial resources -Develop and distribute IEC materials education and -Lack of IEC -Conduct media campaign on topical issues using communication equipment and television and radio on topical issues materials Promoting Personnel and -Conduct public meetings, debate and focus group discussion forums financial resources discussions on topical issues SUB THEME 5: HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT 5.1 Housing Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes 154 The goal is to Increased Strengthening Inadequate - Adopt the revised National Housing Policy increase access to availability of institutional, legal capacity, i.e. both -Formulate and adopt a Housing Act decent housing affordable and and regulatory human and -Review the MHC Act with particular decent houses framework financial; -Formulate and adopt Building Regulations and attention to low Standards income Delays in -Formulate and adopt a National Construction households Government Policy procedures and -Decentralise property management services inefficient -Create additional posts at District level processes -Develop and manage Government owned properties -Manage Government properties in foreign missions -Develop a legal framework for management of properties -Value properties -Produce valuation rolls Strengthening -Inappropriate Conduct functional review to include decentralised capacity for decentralising functions decentralized structures -Fill vacant positions housing delivery -High vacancy -Develop capacity at all levels rates -Inadequate and inappropriate capacity at all levels -Lengthy Government procedures in filling vacant posts Scaling up the -High costs of -Encourage community participation in provision of basic infrastructure infrastructure development infrastructure and -High rates of -Advocate incremental infrastructure (Slum) services vandalism upgrading 155 particularly in -Limited number of -Strengthen informal settlements focal points in informal players in Local Authorities settlements infrastructure -Encourage private sector participation provision Promoting -Limited number of -Lobby for the establishment of National Housing national housing financing Fund; financing institutions; -Encourage a savings culture; mechanisms -High cost of -Encourage financial institutions to support housing borrowing; development -Prohibitive -Recapitalize the Public Home Ownership Scheme conditions of -Encourage private sector to establish home borrowing; ownership schemes for their employees -Lack of housing -Lobby micro-finance institutions to support finance for the poorhousing development and low income -Promote housing financing mechanisms that are groups easily accessible to low income households -Promote housing financing mechanisms that are easily accessible to women - Promoting -Inadequate -Develop PPP policy Public and Private incentives -Develop and establish more housing development Partnerships in -Limited programmes/projects housing delivery collaboration -Lobby financial institutions to support SME in between public and housing industry private sectors -Lobby private sector to collaborate with public in -High incidences of housing delivery poverty -Promoting -Limited access to -Adhere to land-use plan planning to land -Create awareness on proper land use improve quality -Land tenure -Enhance decentralisation of rural housing delivery of rural and urban insecurity -Recapitalize the rural housing credit fund housing and -Cumbersome -Develop information kits on good housing settlement procedures in -Sensitize rural households on Safer Construction patterns approving Guidelines 156 development plans -high cost of building materials Developing and -Absence of Encourage research in the use of local building promoting the use beneficial materials of local building technologies -Promote use of local building materials materials -Lack of research in the building industry Providing safe -Inadequate -Construct additional Government offices and and adequate financial resources houses space to public -High rental -Rationalize office space in existing Government institutions and charges offices officers -Lack of capacity of contractors 5.2 Urban Development Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Improved and Promoting public -Inadequate human -Prepare Urbanizing Systems‟ Development create a sustainable private and financial Strategies sustainable, urbanization partnerships in resources -Fill existing vacancies economically and system with a view the development - Resistance to -Develop project profiles socially to reduce slums of urban Urban -Facilitate City Twinning Agreements integrated infrastructure Development -Promote housing and property development urbanizing Paradigm -Improve the generation of market information system - Lack of capacity to effectively develop urban infrastructure -Lack of 157 coordination between key urban development players -Lack of pro-poor approaches to slum upgrading -Lack of market information Enforcing rules -Inadequate human Conduct inspections on compliance to standard land and regulations and financial use and physical plans on land use and resources physical plans -Incidence of corruption -Weak regulatory framework Improving -Rapid population -Create a full establishment of Urban Development infrastructure growth -Enforce city bye-laws and regulations facilities in slum Poor urban -Develop new plots areas and restrict planning -Prepare and complete the National Urban Policy the formation of -Inadequate -Improve urban development planning new slums capacity of utility -Prepare the Strategic Plan service providers -Conduct Malawi Urban Forum and World Urban Forum -Recruit and train in all urbanizing systems -Procurement of equipment 158 Providing support -Inadequate human -Conduct socio-economic assessments in all slum to processes of and financial areas urban renewal resources -Review quality of properties in run-down zones of and slum -Lack of scientific existing urbanizing systems upgrading information -Develop densification and redevelopment programs -Delays in Mobilise resources for slum upgrading construction progress -Poor coordination -Facilitate development of Urban Road and among Transport Authorities stakeholders -Facilitate development of Power and Water Supporting the -Inadequate human Authorities development of and financial -Facilitate development of Industrial Development utilities, resources Authorities mechanisms and -Conflicting land -Facilitate development of Export Development structures in local tenure systems Corporations/ Authorities authorities and -Population -Facilitate development of job information, job urbanizing pressure skills and vendor development centres systems for the provision of critical urban infrastructure THEME FIVE: IMPROVED GOVERNANCE Sub-Theme 1: Economic Governance Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To sustain and Strengthened Pursuing sound -High level of -Develop and implement improved systems and accelerate the evidence-based macroeconomic government models for national, sectoral and district planning and positive planning and policies domestic debt and macro-fiscal projections. 159 economic growth macroeconomic cost of debt -Develop new export products with high potential for within a stable policy formulation servicing domestic value addition macroeconomic -Unpredictable -Improve import management environment donor financing -Review and harmonize macroeconomic policies -Low foreign -Improve evidence and science-based planning and reserves policy making -Low domestic -Harmonize public investment program with national revenue budget -Lack of fiscal -Adhere to fiscal discipline measures discipline -Improve budget systems -Mismatch between -Reduce public sector borrowing issues and maturities of OMO instruments results in expansionary monetary stance Enhancing -Lack of technical -Encourage evidence-based policy formulation and evidence based and financial analysis public policy capacity -Develop capacity formulation -Poor data quality -Develop and maintain database -Inadequate data -Harmonize databases -Improve coordination of stakeholders Improved resource Harmonizing Poor coordination -Align Medium Term Expenditure Framework to mobilization, the national MGDS allocation, and use budget and -Strengthen coordination with development partners of public resources priorities in the -Ensure timely donor disbursements national - Ensure alignment of donor support to MGDS development strategy Diversifying -Large informal -Review taxation system sources of sector -Widen the range of debt instruments Government -Weak enforcement -Enhance sources of domestic non-tax revenue revenue -Identify new lenders and new borrowing modalities 160 -Improve the export base -Explore the user pay principle Improving -Inadequate human -Train personnel revenue resources -Review revenue policies collection and -Inadequate -Improve revenue generation systems and processes administration financial resources - Procure appropriate equipment system -Inadequate -Develop and rehabilitate supportive infrastructure supportive -Improve enforcement mechanism infrastructure -Tax evasion -Corruption -Weak enforcement -Outdated revenue policies Ensuring that -Lack of -Strengthen coordination of sector working groups sectoral plans coordination -Harmonize the budget with the national are aligned to -Lack of human development strategy the national and financial -Ensure alignment of donor support to the national development capacity development strategy strategy -Lack of -Train personnel institutional capacity Strengthening -Inadequate human -Recruit and train staff in relevant ministries and monitoring and and financial departments evaluation of the resources -Provide equipment and support infrastructure implementation -Poor coordination -Conduct national survey to fill data gaps of national among local level, -Strengthen M&E systems in all ministries, development central level and departments and local authorities strategies and other key -Complete devolution of M&E functions programmes stakeholders -Inadequate technical capacity -Inadequate 161 baseline data Improving -Corruption and -Provide and enhance professionalism national fraud -Conduct capacity building procurement, -Inadequate -Intensify the fight against corruption audit and capacity -Improve Auditor General‟s reporting system reporting -Bureaucracy -Link all public institutions to the Integrated systems Financial Management Information System (IFMIS) Enhancing -Limited human -Review of foreign policy international and financial -Train personnel cooperation and resources -Harmonise domestic policies with regional and development -Limited technical international agreements diplomacy capacity -Establish diplomatic relations with strategic -Conflicting countries policies and interests Strengthened aid Ensuring that -Weak dialogue - Encourage establishment of Sector Wide management external support -Uncoordinated Approaches (SWAPs) systems is aligned to the donor initiatives -Implement debt and aid policy national -Lack of mutual -Strengthen policy dialogue with development development accountability partners strategy -Strengthen capacity in aid management Developing -Lack of human -Identify capacity gaps capacity for and financial -Strengthen capacity of stakeholders in international negotiating capacity negotiations bilateral and -Lack of - Improve the participation of private sector in multilateral collaboration at international negotiations agreements national level -Strengthen sector collaboration -Misplacement of skills Improved access to Improving - High interest rate -Review management systems financial services management of -Fraud and - Periodically update stock of government assets financial and corruption -Strengthen Integrated Financial Management non financial -Weak System 162 assets management system -Cumbersome procedures Expanding and -High interest rate -Create apex fund for MFIs improving -Lack of supporting -Train communities in financial services financial infrastructure -Attract investment in MFIs services to -Inadequate -Increase capacity of MFIs micro, small and security -Expand rural outreach of MFIs and banking medium -Lack of collateral services enterprises -Low literacy rates -Establish Public Private Partnerships in MFIs -Inadequate -Encourage group lending capacity of MFIs -Improve security in rural areas -Develop supportive infrastructure Improving legal -Inadequate human - Improve coordination of stakeholders in the and regulatory and financial financial sector framework of capacity - Review the legal and regulatory framework the financial -Poor coordination - Conduct awareness to key stakeholders sector - Conduct capacity building Sub-Theme 2: Corporate Governance Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To ensure well An effective Improving and -Inadequate human -Establish an independent regulator regulated, regulatory strengthening and financial -Review the legal and regulatory framework transparent, framework for the business capacity -Train personnel accountable and corporate world regulatory -Poor coordination; -Develop a code of conduct efficient business framework and -Lack of -Evaluate performance of public enterprises and systems developing a independent implement appropriate recommendations clear regulatory regulator; regime for -Lack of code of 163 parastatals conduct Improved Strengthening -Inadequate human -Recruit and train personnel investors‟ the Institute of and financial -Develop sector guidelines for multinational perception of the Directors capacity organizations country -Low membership -Develop guidelines for SMEs, cooperatives, base associations and other member based organizations Improved Promoting the -Lack of awareness -Review good corporate governance code of conduct efficiency in adoption of -Weak enforcement -Strengthen enforcement mechanism service delivery good corporate -Conduct awareness campaigns governance code of conduct Reduced corruption Promoting zero -Lack of financial - Review integrity and anti-corruption strategies and and fraud tolerance to capacity plans corruption -Inadequate -Employ a multi-pronged strategy of criminalization, personnel including corruption prevention , public education and investigators and operationalization of Internal Integrity Committee prosecutors (IIC) to deter corrupt practices -Weak enforcement -Develop policies that enable a free and robust of existing rules media and promote public access to information and regulations -Recruit and train more specialists in anti-corruption -Bureaucracy -Reduce political interference in prosecution of corruption cases -Strengthen media capacity in reporting corruption Increased corporate -Enhancing -Lack of a social -Conduct awareness social private sector responsibility -Encourage private sector to participate in social responsibility participation in culture responsibility social service -Lack of awareness provision 164 Sub-Theme 3: Democratic Governance 5.3.1 Justice and Rule of Law Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To ensure access Improved and Fostering -High vacancy rates -Maintain an oversight role to guard the constitution and to justice and effective judicial independence -Outdated laws judicial system against any form of interference by executive, entrenched rule system and credibility -Slow and costly legislative or judicial action. of law of the judicial dispute resolution -Conduct law reforms system -Interpret and apply laws impartially to all persons in criminal and civil litigation Promoting a -Inadequate - Provide legal aid and paralegal services to the people people- personnel -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure centred, -Unfriendly legal -Conduct appropriate reforms to facilitate access to justice accessible, jargons -Strengthen capacity of traditional courts affordable, -Lack of support -Recruit and train more staff and infrastructure -Promote user friendly legal language expeditious justice system Enhancing -Inadequate -Review and reform laws and procedures consistency of financial and human domestic laws resources with international standards Enhanced Promoting -Low literacy rates -Fast track prosecution of cases involving marginalized transparency, justice and -Inadequate legal groups accountability and legal system experts -Build capacity of prosecutors efficiency of legal that is -Expensive legal -Increase awareness institutions responsive to services -Review the legal education act marginalized -Strengthen the capacity of Legal Aid 165 groups -Increase intake of legal and paralegal students Increasing -Low literacy levels -Encourage the media to disseminate information on the citizen -Inadequate human country's laws awareness of and financial -Conduct civic education the country‟s resources laws, procedures and institutions Promoting -Low literacy - Sensitize people on the supremacy of the constitution supremacy levels and respect for -Political the interference constitution Strengthening -Bureaucratic -Review and harmonize laws capacity of rigidities -Recruit and train personnel sector -Lack of -Procure equipment institutions coordination -Inadequate human and financial resources 5.3.2 Human Rights Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To promote and Enhanced Enhancing -Inadequate experts -Strengthen human rights education protect rights awareness and human rights in human rights - Disseminate human rights issues to the general public and freedoms as practice of human awareness -Low literacy levels -Improve Government reporting on various human rights enshrined in the rights and -Conservative conventions and treaties constitution of responsibilities cultural practices -Review the status of human rights in Malawi to establish the Malawi extent of violation and recommend appropriate action and 166 redress -Conduct public hearings on human rights issues Strengthening -Inadequate human -Recruit and train personnel human rights and financial -Improve the legal and regulatory framework institutions resources -Provide supportive infrastructure -Provide litigation services on human rights issues Improved respect Ensuring -Low literacy levels - Investigate all injustices and provide remedial action for human dignity respect for -Inadequate -Improve conditions in prisons and choice prisoners resources -Expand prison infrastructure rights -Lack of awareness -Expand provision of reformatory centres - Increase human resource to fast track prosecution of cases -Conduct prison reforms -Conduct awareness campaigns Enhanced Promoting -Poor coordination -Review criteria to encourage equal access equitable access to equitable of governance -Conduct awareness campaigns opportunities access to institutions -Promote zero tolerance on corruption economic, -Traditional and -Expand infrastructure political and religious believes social -Inadequate funds opportunities -Corruption -Lack of awareness -Inadequate infrastructure Strengthening -Inadequate human -Review and harmonize legal and regulatory framework to legal and financial ensure compliance to international conventions and treaties on protection and resources women‟s and children‟s rights that are culturally acceptable to equitable -Low literacy levels Malawi treatment for -Lack of public -Conduct awareness campaigns marginalized awareness -Advocate children and women rights populations, -Corruption -Provide mediation, conciliation and alternative dispute women and -Lack of resolution children enforcement -Promote zero tolerance on corruption -Strengthen institutional enforcement mechanisms 167 5.3.3 Elections Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome To promote Transparent Enhancing -Inadequate human and -Maintain an up-to-date electoral register free and fair and credibility, financial capacity -Conduct elections at designated periods and times elections democratic management -Low literacy rate -Develop and disseminate appropriate voter education electoral and -Inadequate equipment content process accountability -Lack of intraparty -Conduct awareness campaigns of electoral democracy -Recruit and train personnel process -Political interference -Strengthen the independence of the electoral body Enhancing -Corruption and fraud -Increase transparency and accountability independence -Political interference -Reduce government interference in the elections of elections -Inadequate financial governing body governing capacity -Strengthen the legal and regulatory framework bodies -Strengthen reporting of the electoral body Enhancing -Inadequate human and -Conduct periodic reviews of laws implementation financial capacity. -Conduct awareness campaigns of law reforms -Political interference -Recruit and train personnel to facilitate -Conflicting interests -Advocate for intra and interparty dialogue free and fair elections Fostering -Inadequate human and -Conduct awareness campaigns informed and financial resources -Conduct public hearings active -Inadequate equipment -Enhance public capacity to demand accountability participation in -Low literacy levels local governance Political Improving -Conflicting interests -Review legal framework for political parties 168 parties with governance in -Lack of intraparty -Conduct capacity building initiatives clear political parties democracy -Implement zero tolerance on corruption ideologies and -Corruption and fraud -Encourage 50:50 representation in political parties functioning internal democracy 5.3.4 Peace and Security Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To make Improved Improving the -Corruption and fraud - Conduct reforms to enhance operational efficiency Malawi a methods of responsiveness -Inadequate and - Strengthen crime investigation, detection and secure and promoting of all security outdated equipment intelligence peaceful nation national sectors to - Inadequate human -Recruit and train personnel security and communities‟ and financial resources -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure public order security needs -Inadequate support -Procure equipment infrastructure -Implement zero tolerance on corruption -Limited coverage -Conduct civic education -Inadequate skills and -Strengthen community policing innovations Ensuring safe -Corruption - Introduce national identity cards and secure -Porous borders -Strengthen community policing borders -Lack of national -Conduct civic education identities -Implement zero tolerance on corruption -Poor coordination -Recruit and train security personnel between communities -Provide support infrastructure and police -Inadequate human and financial resources Rehabilitating -Lack of human and -Improve DG sector institution‟s presence in conflict and expanding financial resources affected areas 169 security establishments Improving Lack of human and -Construct and rehabilitate security related institutions infrastructure financial resources -Recruit and train personnel for -Provide support infrastructure development -Expand security establishments and expansion of security establishments Enhancing -Poor coordination -Conduct awareness campaigns against crimes community -Low literacy levels -Strengthen partnerships between Police and integration and -Inadequate equipment communities participation in and skills -Procure equipment promoting a -Recruit and train personnel secure, peaceful and crime free environment Improved Strengthening -Weak regulatory -Expand and strengthen community policing partnership and partnership for framework for private -Review standards for private security institutions participation of risk security firms -Recruit and train personnel all members of management -Poor coordination -Strengthen regulatory mechanisms for private security the public on between the services issues of peace Public and and security Private Security Sectors 170 5.3.5 Corruption Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To curb Reduced levels - -Bureaucratic rigidities -Review integrity and anti-corruption strategies and corruption and of corruption Mainstreaming -Inadequate financial plans fraud at all and fraud anti-corruption and human resources -Conduct compliance reviews to international levels strategies in all -Limited knowledge obligations institutions - Train institutions on anti corruption mainstreaming -Streamline procedures -Promoting -Inadequate human and -Implement corruption prevention strategy prevention of financial capacity -Strengthen IIC corruption -Lack of awareness -Conduct public awareness campaigns -Inadequate equipment -Procure equipment -Recruit and train personnel -Develop and enforce specific codes of conduct and service charters -Enhancing -Conflicting interests - Recruit and train personnel investigation of -Inadequate equipment -Conduct corruption audit all suspected - Inadequate human -Procure equipment corrupt and financial capacity -Strengthen investigative journalism practices -Encourage anonymous reporting of suspected corruption cases Promoting -Inadequate human and - Recruit and train personnel prosecution of financial resources -Conduct public awareness to encourage reporting of all offenders -Bureaucratic malpractices procedures - Provide protection and incentives to encourage communities to report corruption -Prosecute all suspected corruption cases -Clear backlog of corruption cases -Increase the number of specialised lawyers for corruption cases 171 -Streamline procedures -Fostering -Inadequate human and -Conduct awareness campaigns public support financial resources -Encourage public to report suspected corruption in the fight -Lack of awareness - Encourage anonymous reporting of suspected against corruption cases corruption -Recruit and train personnel - Promote the establishment of anti- corruption clubs Promoting -Low literacy levels -Develop policies that enable a free and robust media information, -Inadequate financial -Promote public access to information education and and human resources -Conduct public awareness campaigns communication -Provide IEC materials to community information on corruption centres -Establish an effective e-government information system Strengthening -Inadequate human and -Recruit and train personnel capacity for all financial resources -Implement the National Anti-corruption strategy institutions -Procure support infrastructure and equipment dealing with -Improve the ACB‟s and Auditor General‟s reporting corruption and accountability -Encourage transparent appointment and promotion of personnel based on merit and performance Promoting - Inadequate human -Improve the legal and regulatory environment for independence and financial resources institutions dealing with corruption of all -Bureaucracy -Stream line procedures institutions -Weak regulatory -Recruit and train personnel dealing with framework -Procure equipment corruption 172 Sub-Theme 5.4: Public Sector Management Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome Deliver Enhanced Developing -Inadequate financial -Implement leadership development programmes services to the public service and resources -Review Code of Ethics and Conduct public in an leadership strengthening -Rigid and bureaucratic -Conduct regular training in leadership efficient, leadership system -Build technical and managerial skills demand driven capacities for -Poor management and effective effective manner management of the public service Improved Ensuring an -Recruitment and -Set up a performance based system (salary, merit performance effective and retention problems promotion, incentives and benefits) and service functional -Distorted incentive -Adopt and implement reforms related to e-services and delivery in the public service structures for civil e-administration public service service -Simplify procedures for administrative functions -Poor service -Conduct performance reviews/ assessments of the conditions public service -Rigid and bureaucratic -Develop Service Charters for all public sector system institutions -Integrate Result-Based Management in all programmes of work in public sector -Review and strengthen the recruitment and selection process -Review and strengthen HRM policies, Systems and Functional structures in public service. Strengthening -Inadequate financial -Implement capacity building of female officers in equal resources leadership and management skills participation of -Low literacy levels women and men in 173 leadership and management positions Strengthening -Inadequate human -Disseminate/communicate the resource mobilisation mechanisms and financial capacity strategy to donors and government ministries for -Conflicting -Conduct public expenditure tracking coordination administrative -Strengthen public finance management systems and utilization guidelines -Recruit and train personnel of resource -Roll out IFMIS to remaining government institutions -Build capacity in relevant institutions including Accountant and Auditor Generals, and ODPP Harmonized Enhancing - Lack of technical and -Develop capacity for evidence based policy making and evidence evidence-based financial capacity and reviews based policies policy making -Poor data quality -Review and strengthen HRM policies, Systems and developed -Inadequate data Functional structures in public service. -Poor coordination -Encourage evidence-based policy formulation and analysis -Develop, harmonize and maintain databases -Improve coordination of stakeholders -Encourage development of independent policy analysis and research institutions Promoting -Lack of awareness - Establish an effective e-government information participatory -Low literacy levels system public policy -Inadequate - Establish community multimedia information centres formulation infrastructure -Develop mechanisms to ensure the public has access to information on public olicy, plans and implementation Enhanced Improving - Distorted incentive -Review medium term pay policy and harmonise pay for implementation conditions of structures for public public sector institutions of Public Sector service for service employees -Improve payroll management and control size of public Reform public service -Inadequate financial sector establishment programmes employees resources -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure -Uncoordinated -Review public sector regulations 174 reforms Developing -Inadequate financial -Develop and implement a comprehensive Public Sector capacity to resources Reform programme implement -Inadequate capacity of -Recruit and train trainers of trainers Public Sector trainers -Build capacity for management and coordination of Reforms -Poor coordination public sector reforms -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure -Create an enabling environment for public-private partnerships (PPPs) THEME SIX: CROSS CUTTING ISSUES Sub-Theme 1: Gender Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes To reduce Increased Promoting -Shortage of human -Train women in basic business skills gender meaningful women and financial -Formulate cooperatives inequalities and participation of entrepreneurshi resources -Provide micro-finance loans enhance all gender p and -Low literacy levels participation of groups in involvement in all gender decision cooperatives groups in socio- making, wealth economic creation and development poverty reduction 175 Advocating for - Inadequate resources -Lobby political parties, public and private institutions affirmative - Aggression and for appointment of 50 percent women into decision action to intimidation making positions. increase perpetuated by men -Conduct media campaigns to advance women representation - Slow legal reform empowerment agenda of women in process -Conduct targeted sensitization meetings politics and -Low literacy levels decision among women making -Discriminatory positions cultural values and laws -Inadequate technical expertise support Reduced gender Enhancing -Lack of -Conduct targeted sensitization meetings on GBV based (GBV) awareness on empowerment of -Conduct media campaigns on GBV and violence violence at all GBV women against women levels -Low literacy levels - Train victims of GBV in Income Generation Activities among women (IGAs) for their economic empowerment -Oppressive cultural - Provide psychosocial support/counseling program for values victims/survivors of GBV -Develop and provide psychosocial support/counseling programmes for GBV perpetrators - Conduct targeted trainings on Gender, GBV, Human Trafficking, Gender related legal instruments and other emerging GBV related issues Strengthening -Lack of -Support one stop service centres in hospitals for GBV service understanding of comprehensive support to victims of abuse/ GBV delivery GBV. -Establish new and revamp existing GBV counseling systems centres for alternative dispute resolution - Provide support to all Victim Support Units (VSUs) in police and community -Conduct review and lesson learning meetings of GBV - Strengthen referral systems among the police, hospitals 176 and courts Strengthening - Limited human -Undertake the analysis of legal frameworks with legal and resources gender lens regulatory -Lengthy legal -Review the legal frameworks based on the framework processes recommendations -Limited infrastructure -Enact gender related laws for justice delivery -Establish community based paralegal programmes -Entrenched cultural -Translate, simplify and disseminate gender related laws attitudes -Establish family courts -Low legal literacy -Conduct legal literacy education among communities -Ensure compliance with international conventions and treaties on women‟s rights Enhanced Mainstreaming -Lack of specialized -Develop, roll out and implement a training plan gender gender at all training in gender -Develop mechanisms to strategically position the mainstreaming levels -Lack of coordination gender machinery across all in gender -Develop guidelines for gender coordination sectors mainstreaming -Conduct joint gender planning and review meetings -Limited commitment -Establish sectoral gender working groups to mainstream gender -Undertake monitoring and evaluation of gender issues mainstreaming in all sectors -Train public and private sectors on gender analysis and mainstreaming strategies -Develop sector specific gender analysis and mainstreaming tools -Develop guidelines for gender responsive policy formulation and review 177 Strengthening Limited capacity to -Conduct research/survey in GBV gender generate and -Document and disseminate lessons learnt including disaggregated disseminate gender best practices and fact sheets on GBV research and disaggregated -Disseminate the mapping report of services providers documentation information in GBV -Develop a national GBV data base Sub-Theme 2: Capacity Development Long Term Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Actions And Activities Goal Term Expected Outcomes To develop a Enhanced Developing and -High staff turnover Provide appropriate training for effective service productive and workforce strengthening -Bureaucratic rigidities delivery efficient capacities and human and -Recruitment problems workforce with supportive institutional -Poor public service necessary systems capacities conditions supporting equipment and infrastructure Mainstreaming -Inadequate funds -Raise awareness on capacity development capacity -Inadequate capacity to -Standardize training across all sectors development in handle capacity all sectors development Promoting -Inadequate human and -Develop and implement a capacity development capacity financial resources program for national, district and local levels development at -Low literacy levels -Train stakeholders at district and local levels all levels -High staff turn over -Strengthen stakeholder coordination -Poor coordination 178 Improved Strengthening -Inadequate funds -Develop capacity of trainers in training institutions functioning of academic -Inadequate trained - Provide supporting infrastructure in training local training institutions to personnel institutions institutions respond to the -Inadequate needs of the infrastructure economy Improved Promoting -Poor conditions which -Inculcate positive performance culture among administration, effective are not conducive for employees management performance performance - Conduct annual performance appraisals and management -poor management - Integrate result based management in all programmes performance systems of work in all sectors across all - Develop and promote the use of RBM guidelines in sectors all sectors - Harmonize pay in public sectors Enhancing -Lack of capacity to -Capacity building in resource mobilization coordination in mobilize and use resource resources mobilization and utilization Promoting and -Inadequate human and -Develop and rehabilitate professional and skills establishing financial resources development centres professional and -Inadequate skills -Review curriculum skills -Procure equipment development -Develop human resource capacity in those centres centres Enhancing -Inadequate funds -Develop skills in various trades investments in -Stringent procurement -Streamline procurement procedures infrastructure procedures -Review and enforce standards and equipment -Lack of skills 179 Promoting -Underdeveloped -Develop PPP policy public private private sector -Amend the privatization act to incorporate PPPs partnerships -Lack of policy -Promote a conducive environment for private sector -Lack of skills investment -Information -Train personnel asymmetry -Promote PPP dialogue 180

ANNEX 2: OPERATIONAL MATRIX BY KEY PRIORITY AREAS 1.0 AGRICULTURE AND FOOD SECURITY 1.1 Agricultural Productivity And Diversification Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To increase Increased Improving -Inadequate financial -Implement the input subsidy program (seed agricultural smallholder access to resources and fertilizer) productivity and farmers‟ output inputs -Unavailability of a contract - Implement contract farming arrangements diversification per unit area farming policy - Improve access to credit -Underdeveloped private -Enhance PPPs in the input market sector -Underdeveloped infrastructure and distribution systems Promoting -Inadequate technology -Develop andrehabilitate irrigation schemes irrigation -Land tenure system, -Strengthen technical capacity for irrigation farming -Inadequate technical management capacity -Promote establishment of water users -Inadequate water associations management capacity -Improve the technical & management -Inadequate irrigation capacities of WUA research -Conduct irrigation research -Poor protection of water -Establish rainwater harvesting systems catchment areas -Promote effective management of water - Inadequate integration of catchment areas irrigation initiatives - Promote integration of irrigation initiatives with other livelihood activities Promoting -Lack of policy framework -Finalize contract farming contract -Side-selling strategy and policy 181 farming -Exploitative -Implement the contract farming strategy and arrangements behaviour policy -Low levels of literacy -Conduct awareness campaigns -Lack of -Encourage contracts with understanding flexible pricing arrangements and awareness Strengthening -Low literacy levels -Develop appropriate infrastructure farmer -Inadequate infrastructure -Enhance management and group dynamics institutions -Poor coordination capacity of farmer institutions -Inadequate extension -Strengthen extension services on formation services and management of farmer institutions Increased Promoting -Inadequate -Develop an agriculture diversification policy agricultural production of registered -Undertake research on priority crops diversification non traditional varieties -Increase production of pulses crops -Lack of -Develop and register new innovations improved varieties -Inadequate -Identify priority crops for breeders and diversification basic seeds -Increase the number of breeders -Low adoption of -Expand seed multiplication programmes modern technologies -Promote transfer and adoption of improved -Migratory pests technologies -Insufficient -Increase the number of extension workers extension -Strengthen migratory pest personnel monitoring and control -Insufficient -Conduct staff and farmer farmer knowledge training on diversification and -Lack of policy, productivity enhancing technologies legislation and regulations -Increase production of horticultural crops governing the horticultural -Improve input distribution systems industry -Develop policies and regulations governing -Inadequate support services non-traditional crops -High cost of input -Increase production of roots and tubers 182 -Inadequate support -Improve provision of vaccines/vaccination infrastructure services for poultry diseases -Promote increased production of high quality feed including development of local feed formulations -Increase investment in livestock production -Intensify training for livestock personnel - Improve access to land Increased Promoting -Poor coordination and -Promote out-grower schemes, farmer production of agricultural organization associations and cooperatives for specific high value production for -Inadequate improved seed commodities agricultural both domestic -Lack of market information -Strengthen managerial and technical capacity commodities for and export of producer organizations exports markets -High costs of certification -Promote partnerships, dialogue and -Inability to meet cooperation between value chain stakeholders international standards -Promote production, distribution and Inadequate technical support utilization of improved seed, chemicals and -Inadequate equipment fertilizers. -Conduct market research -Participate in international agricultural fairs -Promote buyer/trader negotiations forum -Improve compliance to market standards, sanitary and phytosanitary issues -Provide quality assurance and regulatory services -Procure production enhancing laboratory equipment Strengthening -Inadequate market -Rehabilitate and expand market infrastructure linkages of infrastructure -Strengthen capacity of farmer organisations farmers to -Ineffective farmer -Improve generation and distribution of market input and organisation information output markets -Inadequate generation and -Provide support infrastructure distribution of market 183 information Improved Promoting -Mismatch between -Develop tailor made technologies agricultural appropriate technology generation and -Conduct sensitisation campaigns research, technology farmer needs -Increase investment in technology technology development, -Lack of incentives development, generation and transfer and -Inadequate sensitisation -Develop drought resistant crop and animal dissemination absorption -Inadequate financial varieties resources -Low literacy levels Increased Enhancing -Inadequate human and -Promote livestock re-stocking and farmer-to- livestock and fish livestock and financial resources farmer transfer systems production fisheries Inadequate skills -Intensify farmer and staff training programs productivity -Disease prevalence -Intensify vaccination campaigns -Inadequate support -Develop support infrastructure infrastructure -Introduce improved, approved and registered -High cost exotic breeds exotic breeds with superior characteristics -Inadequate support services -Recruit and train personnel -Lack of awareness -Promote village level fish farming schemes -Lack of fingerlings and -Provide fish fingerlings feed -Facilitate local fish feed and fingerlings -Overreliance on shallow production water fishing -Increase use of modern technology by local -Lack of awareness in using communities and private sector for deep water modern technologies fishing -Unsustainable fishing -Provide fish landing facilities technologies - Train communities in modern fish processing -Train local communities to practice sustainable fishing 184 Providing -Inadequate financial and -Disseminate technologies on Good effective human resources Agricultural Practices (GAP) to increase extension -Low levels of literacy agricultural productivity services - Inadequate equipment and -Procure equipment and machinery machinery -Train personnel -Harmonize policies -Conflicting policies -Intensify provision of technical services -Inadequate skills required by farmers Reduced land Promoting soil -Lack of community -Promote conservation farming degradation and water awareness and participation -Promote labour saving technologies conservation -Inadequate labour saving -Promote land and water management systems techniques tillage technologies and technologies that protect fragile land -Utilisation of fragile lands -Promote community participation in soil and -High input cost water management -Subsidize inputs to raise forestry and fruit tree seedlings 1.2 Food Security Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To ensure Food self- Implementing -Poor management of grain -Improve capacity and management of strategic sustained sufficiency at policies to reserves grain reserves availability of food household and sustain food -Limited access to markets -Provide post- harvest handling technologies to all Malawians at national levels availability -Unreliable and - Promote village grain bank schemes including all times at and unpredictable markets improved granaries and mini silos affordable prices accessibility -Enhance food market information systems -Improve distribution system 185 Ensuring an -Inadequate financial and -Improve collection, analysis and dissemination effective early human resources of agricultural statistics warning -Limited information -Procure equipment system -Inadequate -Develop support infrastructure equipment -Lack of support infrastructure Strengthening -Inadequate -Recruit and train personnel farmer-led financial and human -Procure equipment extension and resources -Conduct sensitization training -Inadequate Campaigns services equipment -Low literacy Levels Reducing post -Poor storage -Promote improved on-farm storage harvest losses technologies technologies and facilities -Limited -Promote research development information -Expand post harvest related extension services -Poor management -Develop harvest and post practices/ systems harvest management practices/systems Increased and Promoting -Low literacy -Conduct entrepreneurship training sustained food income levels -Improve income generating opportunities in availability and generating -Limited opportunities both rural and urban areas accessibility activities -Hostile business -Create a conducive entrepreneurship environment environment -Improve access to affordable credit Improving -Limited market -Improve distribution systems agricultural information -Enhance food market information systems market -Poor distribution systems -Provide support infrastructure systems -Inadequate support -Recruit and train personnel infrastructure 186 -Inadequate human and financial resources Promoting -Conflicting messages -Develop standardized messages dietary covering production to utilization diversification -Develop local recipes with emphasis on the -Insufficient knowledge on multi-mix approach food budgeting, -Conduct regular dietary monitoring and processing, utilization, and assessments storage -Promote consumption of enriched and fortified -Limited skills foods especially for vulnerable groups -Lack of emphasis on local -Intensify IEC on budgeting, consumption, recipes processing and preparation of enriched and -Inadequate dietary fortified foods monitoring and assessment -Recruit and train extension workers on -Low consumption of prevention of micronutrient deficiencies enriched and fortified -Conduct staff and farmer training in food foods budgeting, processing, preservation, storage -Inadequate human and utilization. resources Improving -Inadequate -Strengthen food distribution systems coordination financial and -Improve targeting mechanisms and human resources - Develop support infrastructure management -Inadequate -Promote a coordinated approach to planning of food aid and infrastructure and management of food aid and imports imports -Weak legislation -Ensure that food aid conforms to the bio- enforcement mechanism safety and other related legislations -Recruit and train personnel -Procure appropriate equipment 187 Improved Improving the -Inadequate infrastructure -Develop support infrastructure agricultural functioning of -Inadequate information -Intensify information generation, market systems agricultural generation and dissemination, and utilisation markets dissemination -Recruit and train personnel _Inadequate financial and -Procure equipment human resources Enhanced Strengthening -Inadequate infrastructure -Establish a warehouse receipt system agricultural risk and scaling-up -Weak institutional and -Strengthen institutional and regulatory management market based regulatory framework framework risk -Inadequate awareness -Employ supply/price hedging strategy management -Strengthen the framework and capacity for call initiatives options import contracts -Establish a commodity market insurance system -Develop a weather related insurance product -Strengthen weather forecasting capability for agriculture Providing -Inadequate financial and -Recruit and train personnel technical and human resources -Provide support infrastructure regulatory -Inadequate infrastructure -Procure equipment services and equipment -Review and harmonize policies -Weak policy framework -Improve coordination mechanisms -Lack of coordination 188 2.0 ENERGY, INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT, MINING AND TOURISM 2.1 Energy Goal Medium- Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome Generate sufficient Improved Developing -Huge capital investment -Construct additional power stations amount of energy capacity and additional -Inadequate expertise -Train personnel to meet the efficiency in power stations -Promote private sector involvement economic and energy -Mobilise resources social demands generation, -Develop coal fired power plants transmission Implement the Kapichira II power station and project distribution -Develop other hydro power projects such as Mpatamanga on Shire, Kayerekera station, Chisombo on Bua River, Lower Fufu, Songwe river basin, Chizuma and Chimgonda Promoting -Cumbersome procedures -Facilitate implementation of independent public- private - Inadequate resources power production partnerships in -Conduct awareness campaigns energy -Streamline procedures generation and -Mobilise resources distribution Improving -Obsolete machines -Engage in regional Interconnection; management of - Inadequate equipment -Rehabilitate Nkula A and B hydropower energy - Corruption stations generation, -Vandalism and theft -Conduct management reforms in the energy transmission, - Siltation and proliferation sector distribution and of weeds -Facilitate implementation of Public Private supply -Poor coordination among Partnerships in power distribution stakeholders -Review the Electricity Master Plan -Develop an Energy Development Master Plan 189 -Install smart meters on distribution feeders -Inadequate resources -Install programmable Maximum Demand (MD) meters -Lack of an energy master -Promote and facilitate the use of compact plan Fluorescent Light Bulbs (CFLs) -Lack of diversification in -Improve coordination in the energy sector and the energy subsector other key stakeholders -Resistance to adopt new -Expand the use of efficient energy technologies technologies -Protect the catchment area of Shire river and other rivers -Enforce regulations -Conduct awareness campaigns Promoting the -Huge initial capital -Develop renewable power use of renewable requirement plants sources of -Inadequate financial sources -Introduce off grid co-generation projects in energy -Low adoption rate agricultural processing industries -Conduct awareness campaigns Improving -Weak and unharmonized -Review energy policy; regulatory policies -Undertake environmental impact assessment environment -Weak institutional in various energy projects framework -Adhere to environmental management plans -Inadequate human and -Recruit and train personnel financial resources -Conduct awareness campaigns Increased Enhancing -Widespread vandalism of -Rehabilitate and expand the transmission and availability urban and rural equipment distribution systems to rural and peri urban and access to electrification -Inadequate human and areas energy financial resources -Construct transmission lines -Accelerate rural and urban electrification -Low demand in rural area programme -Encourage private sector participation -Conduct awareness campaigns -Enforce regulations 190 Increasing -Inadequate fuel storage -Undertake an inventory of fuel suppliers, liquid fuel stock- facilities distributors and users holding and -Inadequate financial -Assess national fuel demand and supply distribution resources -Review and form petroleum product standards capacity -Dilapidated storage -Monitor compliance to set standards facilities -Construct and rehabilitate fuel reserves Developing -Inadequate financial -Construct oil pipeline long-term resources -Develop and implement bio fuel strategy systems of -Inadequate diversification in -Implement ethanol/petrol blending ratio of 20 tapping and the production of liquid fuel percent / 80 percent delivering liquid -Outdated policy -Provide investment incentives to private fuel sector -Operationalise the National Oil Company 2.2 Industrial Development Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Functions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Expanded Promoting the -Low adoption rate of -Provide supportive infrastructure develop and industrial base use of modern modern technology -Enhance training in appropriate technology expand industrial environmentall -Inadequate supportive -Enhance research in modern technology sector with y friendly infrastructure -Conduct awareness campaigns emphasis on value technologies in -Inadequate skills addition and manufacturing -Inadequate financial employment resources creation 191 Enhancing -Low capacity -Initiate linkages between raw material backward and -Poor coordination producers and established manufacturers forward -Competition from cheap linkages in the imported raw materials industrial sector -Lack of market information -Poor quality and standards Undertaking -Bureaucratic procedures -Review industrial policy and legislation industrial -Inadequate information -Undertake capacity building reforms -Inadequate capacity -Streamline procedures Increased Promoting -Unskilled labour force -Undertake skills training employment labour intensive industries Increased Encouraging -Low capacity -Strengthen MIRTDC industrial provision of Uncoordinated planning -Conduct capacity building output infrastructure -Inadequate financial -Analyse supply chain for cost reduction and support resources -Promote public private partnerships services for -Fewer sources of capital industrial development Increased value Facilitating -Lack of an accredited ISO -Strengthen the Malawi Bureau of Standards addition accreditation of certified body -Sub-contract external accredited quality quality -Low capacity assurance institutions assurance -Weak enforcement of -Build capacity for undertaking compliance institutions and regulation programmes within MIRTDC; enhance quality - Corruption -Assist companies establish ISO compliant standards -Inadequate equipment production systems - Lack of awareness -Run Quality Management Systems courses - Conduct awareness campaigns 192 Promoting -Limited technical expertise -Promote use of technology value addition -Limited technology use - Conduct awareness campaigns in existing and -Low literacy levels - Undertake capacity building potential -Limited information -Undertake research on potential products products 2.2.1 Trade Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Enhanced Promoting -Weak Standards, Quality, -Build capacity of MBS and other related increase supply of production, adherence to Accreditation and Metrology institutions value-added goods diversification standards in (SQAM) infrastructure -Provide training to exporters to increase and services for and tradable -High cost of certification compliance with international standards domestic and competitivenes products -Weak enforcement -Conduct awareness campaigns international s of tradable -High cost of production market while commodities sustaining competitive advantage Promoting -Weak telecommunication -Improve the quality of telecommunication and trade in infrastructure support infrastructure services - Inadequate expertise -Provide tailor-made training - Failure to meet -Participate in bilateral and regional international service servicetrade events standards Promoting -Tariffs and Non Tariff -Participate in trade negotiations product and barriers to trade -Undertake product and market promotion market -Lack of product and market -Improve support infrastructure diversification promotion -Undertake research to explore potential -Poor transport infrastructure export commodities and markets 193 -Inadequate information -Narrow export base Enhanced Promoting trade integration -Inadequate transport infrastructure access to both -Lack of adherence to standards traditional and -Failure to effectively implement trade emerging agreements export markets -Lack of analytical capacity Promoting -High infrastructure cost -Enhance the development of one stop border efficient and -Un-harmonised border posts modernized operation systems -Procure appropriate equipment boarder -Inadequate equipment -Implement a simplified payment mechanism infrastructure to -Inadequate skills for all fees and charges facilitate trade Promoting -Inadequate capacity to -Train existing and potential exporters exports market Malawi products -Review policies and guidelines -Poor coordination -Participate in international trade fairs and -Weak trade facilitation investments promotion institutions -Strengthen the capacity of trade facilitation -Inadequate human and institutions financial resources - Develop support infrastructure -Inadequate support -Facilitate accreditation of MBS infrastructure (roads, rail, -Promote adherence to international standards airports, ports, utilities, and -Establish an export credit guarantee scheme telecommunication) -Weak certification mechanisms Unfavourable export policies -Unfavourable macroeconomic environment 194 Simplifying -Inadequate financial -Enhance coordination among stakeholders and resources -Provide supportive infrastructure streamlining -Inadequate skills -Train personnel trade and -Poor coordination custom procedures Improved legal, Improving fair -Lack of human and -Establish appropriate institutions regulatory and trading and financial capacity -Recruit and train personnel institutional intellectual -Lack of institutions -Conduct awareness campaigns and training framework property rights -Lack of enforcement of -Enhance enforcement of regulations regulations Strengthening investment and export promoting institutions Improving coordination amongst private sector trade institutions Increased Promoting -Low quality products -Build capacity of investment and trade domestic and consumer - Poor information facilitation institutions international loyalty to packaging and dissemination -Encourage value addition, certification and market share domestically -Unfavourable trade policy quality assurance produced obligations -Enhance awareness campaigns goods; -Review and harmonise trade policies Improving -Poor stakeholder -Build capacity of exporters trade network coordination -Strengthen trade facilitation institutions and information -Weak trade facilitation -Develop and rehabilitate support for exports -Weak support infrastructure infrastructure -Inadequate human and -Develop information hub 195 financial resources - Lack of an information hub -Low literacy levels 2.2.2 Agro-Processing Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes The goal is to Increased Improving -Inadequate human and -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure move up the value value addition supporting financial resources (roads, rail ,airports, utilities and chain in key crops, to agricultural infrastructure for -Inadequate equipment telecommunication) and increase agro- products agro-processing processed products of key industries -Procure appropriate equipment for both domestic -Train personnel and export markets Promoting -Lack of incentives investment in -Inadequate capacity -Build capacity for agro processing support agro-processing -Inadequate raw materials institutions with special focus -Lack of awareness -Provide investment incentives on private sector -High cost of capital -Develop and rehabilitate storage infrastructure participation -Weak support institutions -Encourage research , transfer and adoption of modern technologies -Promote public private partnerships -Conduct awareness campaigns 196 Promoting -Poor coordination -Procure and install agro-processing equipment OVOP on -Low literacy levels -Increase number of agro-processed products agricultural -Identify potential markets for agro-processing products -Build capacity in supply chain management of agro-processed products Diversified Improving policy -Poor coordination -Review and disseminate policy and legislation agro-processed and regulatory -Conflicting policies -Develop institutional capacity products frameworks -Lack of awareness impacting on agro-processing Strengthening -Limited technical -Train stakeholders capacity for small expertise -Promote linkages between cooperatives and and medium scale -Limited access to credit rural financers-Promote access to credit agro-processing facilities -Build capacity for agro processing support enterprises -Lack of efficient and institutions effective productivity -Build capacity within MIRTDC to conduct centres productivity improvement training -Enhance coordination among stakeholders in agro processing -Expand production of key agricultural commodities -Link SMEs to markets -Establish SMEs associations and cooperatives 2.3 Mining Goal Medium Strategies Constraints Focus Action and Activities Term Expected Outcomes The goal is to Increased Producing -Inadequate human and -Conduct literature review increase exploration detailed geological financial resources -Undertake sampling and sample analysis production and and mining map of Malawi -Recruit and train personnel value addition of -Lack of modern -Conduct geological, geochemical and 197 mineral resources equipment geophysical mapping -Disseminate updated geological maps -Intensify drilling for mineral identification -Conduct sample analysis for mineral identification -Procure modern equipment -Produce mineral resources and occurrence map -Disseminate updated mineral resources and occurrence maps -Recruit and train personnel Improved Strengthening -Inadequate human and -Review Mines and Minerals Act legal and institutional financial resources - Facilitate formation of mining cooperatives institutional capacity of the -Cumbersome procedures and associations framework sector -Inadequate support -Streamline procedures infrastructure -Conduct stakeholder training in mineral - Weak regulatory production and value addition framework in - Establish a mining investment and environmental development company management - Construct and equip a modern laboratory -Promote public private partnerships - - Develop mining regulations Enforcing -Inadequate human and -Recruit and train personnel legislations on financial resources -Conduct sensitisation campaigns sustainable use and -Inadequate support -Conduct field inspections on compliance management of equipment mineral resources -Lack of awareness Enforcing -Inadequate human and -Conduct sensitization campaigns on environmental, financial resources occupational health and safety occupational health -Lack of awareness -Conduct mining occupational health and and safety in the -Inadequate support safety (OHS) inspections mining sector equipment -Undertake mining accident investigation 198 -Corruption -Enforce explosives regulations Increased Promoting both -Limited expertise - Realign mining policies to regional and participation local and foreign -Lack of information international protocols by small and investment -Inadequate support -Develop standard mining agreements medium scale infrastructure -Establish a transparent framework for miners -Inadequate resources managing mineral rights - Weak coordination - Review mining royalties -Inadequate incentives - Promote mineral research and development -Develop and rehabilitate infrastructure -Improve coordination among stakeholders -Train personnel -Provide incentives to small scale miners -Conduct sensitisation campaigns Updated Strengthening -Inadequate human and -Procure equipment geological seismic financial resources -Train personnel information monitoring; - Outdated seismic maps - Review existing seismic activities system; -Inadequate equipment -Identify active seismic points - Update seismic maps - Monitor seismic activities Developing an -Inadequate human and -Recruit and train personnel integrated data financial resources -Procure equipment management - Outdated geological -Intensify data collection, storage and system maps utilization -Information gaps -Computerise all the existing geological data -Inadequate equipment - Create an integrated management information system - Operationalise and maintain the integrated management information system 199 2.4 Tourism Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes The goal is to Increased Enforcing -Limited number of skilled -Conduct inspections, classifications and develop and contribution of the tourism personnel licensing of tourism enterprises promote a vibrant tourism industry industry -Corruption -Recruit and train personnel tourism industry to GDP standards and -Inadequate equipment -Procure relevant equipment planning -Implement zero tolerance on corruption controls Strengthening -Bureaucratic procedures - Establish an autonomous Marketing and institutional and inefficiencies Quality Assurance body; capacity at all -Limited number of skilled -Review and implement training programmes levels personnel. -Harmonize tourism and hospitality standards; -Lack of modern training -Construct hospitality training facilities; facilities; -Conduct Hospitality Enterprise Star Grading -Inadequate support exercise in the country; infrastructure -Conduct awareness campaigns on tourism -Limited financial capacity regulations; -Introduce recognition awards of excellence; -Promote stakeholders‟ liaison and public relations; -Undertake a comprehensive review of tourism laws; -Harmonize industry standards with relevant authorities -Enhancing -Prohibitive rates (prices) -Conduct awareness campaigns marketing of for locals -Produce newsletters and electronic Malawi‟s -Limited financial resources programmes tourism -Uncoordinated approach -Facilitate establishment of tourism clubs in products to tourism promotion schools -Conduct stakeholder liaison meetings -Develop a tourism database 200 -Participate at travel, trade and investment forums; -Improve tourism packaging and distribution -Provide incentives to local tourists Improved Providing -Up-grade access roads and airstrips to areas of environment for infrastructure -Limited financial resources tourist attractions; doing business in that is - Inadequate equipment - Provide reliable utilities to tourist areas; tourism supportive to - Poor coordination -Maintain and improve tourism website; tourism -Develop tourism database and e-library development -Procure equipment -Improve coordination among stakeholders Increased number -Inadequate support -Construct up-market resorts ; of tourists infrastructure -Develop international conference and -Inadequate human and shopping facility; financial resources -Construct Cultural villages; -Promoting -Develop tourism facilities on mountains and the other areas of natural outstanding beauty development -Improve tourism packaging and distribution; of high- -Develop and implement a master-plan for the quality improvement of Lake Malawi and other tourism designated areas facilities in -Create tourist circuit (routes) and networking designated -Strengthen tourism information systems areas including Lake Malawi 201 Promoting -Limited financial resources -Conduct sensitization meetings and workshops eco-tourism -Inadequate skilled human -Conduct tourism promotion events resources -Provide eco-tourism investment incentives -Lack of awareness -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate incentives -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure -Inadequate support -Promote environmentally friendly infrastructure technologies -Protect and rehabilitate natural resources Increased local Promoting -Limited financial resources -Conduct awareness campaigns; participation in participation -Lack of incentives -Provide investment incentives the tourism of local -Lack of awareness -Promote public private partnerships industry investors in -Limited stakeholder -Encourage participation of communities in the tourism support managing and conserving tourism resource industry -Inadequate support base infrastructure -Provide support infrastructure 3.0 TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE AND NSANJE WORLD INLAND PORT 3.1 Road Infrastructure Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes The goal is to Reduced lead Ensuring -Inadequate financial and -Review the National Transport policy ensure provision times and cost on comprehensiv skilled human resources -Finalise and implement the Transport Sector of safe, exports and e and -Lack of sector investment Investment Programme (TSIP) 202 affordable, imports coordinated plan -Strengthen sector coordination accessible and planning of -Harmonise transport sub-sector strategies high quality road road and other - Improve the National Transport Database transport system modes of -Improve on transport data collection, transport processing and utilisation -Mainstreaming cross cutting issues Enhancing -Lack of PPP policy -Promote private sector participation in service Public Private -Inadequate skills provision Partnerships in -Lack of information -Train personnel the transport -High costs of capital -Disseminate information on transport sector system -Inadequate financial investment opportunities resources -Provide investment incentives -Costly investments -Advocate for a PPP Act and policy -Underdeveloped private -Enforce concessional agreements sector Enhancing -Inadequate financial and axle load skilled human resources -Recruit and train personnel control -Inadequate infrastructure -Procure additional weighbridge equipment and equipment and software including cctv -Corruption -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure -Weak enforcement -Strengthen anti-corruption drive -Strengthen enforcement of axle load control Improved Providing -Inadequate financial and -Build capacity of contractors domestic and adequate skilled human resources -Train personnel in various trades cross border network of -Inadequate equipment -Procure construction equipment mobility and roads based on -Weak enforcement of -Strengthen anti-corruption drive connectivity appropriate standards -Improve on revenue collection standards -Low capacity of contractors -Procure, monitor and supervise civil works -Replace timber deck bridges with concrete decks -Improve rural road network -Replace single-lane bridges with double lane -Rehabilitate and upgrade roads to meet 203 regional agreed standards Enhancing -Inadequate financial and -Build capacity of contractors routine road skilled human resources -Train personnel in various trades maintenance -Inadequate equipment -Procure construction equipment and upgrading -Low capacity of contractors -Improve on road levy collection -Weak enforcement of -Procure, monitor and supervise civil works contracts -Prepare and implement annual roads maintenance programs Building -Inadequate financial and -Recruit and train personnel technical and human resources -Procure office and construction equipment institutional -Improve on management systems and capacity at all networks levels -Improve on revenue collection -Develop one stop border posts Promoting -Low capacity of contractors -Build capacity of local contractors competition in -Inadequate skilled human -Train personnel in various trades the resources -Procure construction equipment construction -Inadequate equipment -Prepare annual roads programme industry -Weak enforcement of -Open up the sector to contractors and regulations and standards consultants from the region and beyond Improving -Inadequate human and -Build capacity of contractors and consultants management financial resources -Promote private sector participation of road -Inadequate equipment -Train personnel in various trades network -Low capacity of contractors -Procure construction equipment throughout the and consultants -Prepare annual roads program country -Prepare and offer routine and periodic maintenance contracts -Monitor and supervise civil works 204 Promoting -Inadequate skilled human -Enforce road safety standards and traffic high road resources regulations safety -Inadequate equipment and -Improve on road signage and markings standards and support infrastructure -Conduct safety audits traffic -Corruption -Treat black spots management -Vandalism -Implement non-motorised vehicle protection -Lack of awareness measures -Weak enforcement of -Implement speed reduction measures regulations and standards -Conduct safety education 3.2 Rail Transport Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Improved Rehabilitating - Inadequate financial and - Carry out emergency track spot repairs develop an regional and and expanding skilled human resources - Carry out emergency bridge and culverts efficient and international the railway line - Low capacity of repairs effective rail connectivity and related contractors - Carry out rail track and bridge maintenance network infrastructure - Inadequate equipment - Vandalism Creating - Inadequate financial and - Build capacity of the sector linkages to skilled human resources - Train personnel ports, industrial - Low capacity of - Procure equipment sites and contractors - Improve on marketing of rail services regional and - Inadequate equipment - Implement the multi-modal approach to international - Low traffic volumes transportation markets - Poor coordination - Rehabilitate infrastructure - Strengthen stakeholder coordination 205 Improved Promoting -Inadequate financial and -Build capacity of contractors and consultants regulatory and railway safety skilled human resources -Train personnel institutional and -Inadequate equipment -Procure new locomotives and rail safety framework environmental -Obsolete locomotives equipment protection -Vandalism -Enforce rail safety standards and traffic regulations -Improve on rail signage and markings -Explore the possibility of migrating from diesel powered to electric locomotives -Conduct awareness campaigns Improved rail infrastructure Improving -Inadequate financial and -Expand rail coverage within the country and reliability operational skilled human resources -Improve on asset management and efficiency and -Inadequate rail coverage maintenance commercial within the country -Enforce adherence to concession agreements viability of the -Poor asset management -Strengthen the regulatory framework existing and maintenance by the -Encourage competition in the sub-sector railway concessionaire -Conduct advocacy campaigns infrastructure -Weak regulatory -Improve on marketing of rail services and levels of environment -Train personnel service -Low traffic volumes -Poor marketing strategies -Lack of support from the private sector 206 3.3. Inland Water Transport Infrastructure Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to Improved -Developing an -Lack of competition -Procure and install navigation aids and other promote inland inland water efficient and -Inadequate financial and appropriate equipment water transport transportation productive skilled human resources -Procure, rehabilitate and maintain vessels system and system maritime -Inadequate equipment -Construct Marine Training College improve access to transport -Weak regulatory framework -Recruit and train personnel the sea system -Weak enforcement of -Strengthen the regulatory framework including regulations and standards review of the Inland Shipping Act -Strengthen enforcement of standards and regulations -Promoting -Lack of PPP policy -Advocate for a PPP Act and policy Public Private -Inadequate skilled human -Recruit and train personnel Partnerships in resources -Disseminate information on investment the industry -Lack of information on opportunities water transport sector -Provide appropriate incentives investment opportunities -Inadequate incentives Improved -Improving -Inadequate financial and -Construct access roads and rail links to major interface with port skilled human resources ports rail and road infrastructure -Weak regulatory framework -Develop and rehabilitate ports and jetties on transport -Inadequate equipment Lake Malawi -Inadequate capacity of local -Construct breakwaters at designated places on construction firms the lake -Procure port handling and security equipment -Develop truck parking areas at ports -Strengthen the regulatory framework -Create the National Ports Authority -Train personnel 207 -Opening up -Inadequate financial and -Conduct feasibility studies and Environmental navigable skilled human resource Impact Assessments rivers -Inadequate equipment -Develop navigable rivers into waterways -Conflicting interests -Procure equipment for Nsanje World Inland Port and other ports -Procure dredgers and dredge the Shire- Zambezi rivers and other navigable rivers -Procure barges -Develop truck parking areas -Conduct sensitization campaigns -Promote private sector participation and PPPs -Provide information to the private sector on economic opportunities -Recruit and train personnel Reduced -Promoting -Weak regulatory framework -Promote private sector participation and PPPs transport costs affordable and - Inadequate financial and -Strengthen the regulatory framework safe water skilled human resources -Procure navigation aids, vessels and other transport -Inadequate infrastructure related equipment system and equipment -Recruit and train personnel -Lack of competition -Construct and rehabilitate infrastructure -Vandalism -Conduct awareness campaigns -Provide investment incentives 208 4.0 EDUCATION, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 4.1. Education 4.1.1 Basic Education Goal Medium Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcomes To improve Expanded Accelerating -Lack of capacity of -Construct and rehabilitate classrooms, access to equitable access to rehabilitation of contractors resource centers, libraries, laboratories, quality and education existing -Poor coordination teachers‟ houses, Early Childhood relevant learning -Untimely disbursement of Development (ECD) and Complementary Basic education institutions and funds Education (CBE) centres; construction of -Rigorous procurement -Construct and rehabilitate school sanitary additional processes facilities infrastructure at -Inadequate project -Improve coordination of community all levels; monitoring and supervision participation -Inadequate financial -Conduct M & E. resources. Scaling up -Limited financial resources -Provide school meals to all primary schools school feeding -Laborious management of -Procure and distribute seeds (Maize and Soya) programmes school feeding programme to districts piloting Home-Grown School Meals -Inadequate community programme participation -Conduct awareness campaigns -Lack of support -Provide kitchen facilities infrastructure Scaling up -Prohibitive cultural attitude -Provide life skills education, counseling, care School Health -Poor sanitary facilities and support to teachers and OVCs in schools and Nutrition, -Poor diet diversification of -Provide micro-nutrient supplements and HIV and food preparation skills -Support and expand de-worming programme AIDS -Stigma and discrimination in schools programmes -Poor community -Scale up safe, healthy and productive school participation environments 209 -Shortage of health -Provide girl friendly sanitary facilities personnel -Conduct awareness campaigns Scaling up of - Harmful cultural practices -Provide life skills education, counseling, care child friendly -Lack of awareness and support to teachers and OVCs in schools schools -Lack of clear guidelines on -Develop mechanisms for reporting forms of programmes school discipline child abuse -Inadequate financial -Disseminate and enforce policy against all resources forms of corporal punishment -Implement measures to reduce violence against children in schools -Conduct awareness campaigns Providing a -Prohibitive cultural -Provide supportive infrastructure/ facilities for conducive practices to girls‟ education; girls environment for -Lack of girl-friendly -Review policies related to girls girls education sanitation facilities -Provide grants to schools to address equity including -Inadequate financial issues boarding resources -Roll out „mother groups‟ in all schools facilities -Provide girl friendly sanitary facilities -Recruit more female teachers Providing a -Inadequate SNE teachers, -Provide supportive infrastructure/ facilities for conducive teaching and learning special needs students environment for materials and assistive -Review policies related to special needs students with devices students. special -Lack of appropriate SNE - Establish more and rehabilitate resource education needs infrastructure centres for children with special needs. -Highly skewed distribution -Provide special needs teaching and learning of special needs students materials such as Braille materials, assistive devices and training on use. Strengthening -Lack of awareness -Build appropriate capacity coordination -Limited community -Conduct sensitization campaigns and provision of participation -Establish and rehabilitate preschool‟s sanitary ECD and CBE -Poor coordination of and kitchen facilities stakeholders -Develop, maintain and utilize database of 210 -Lack of appropriate programmes for out of school children and infrastructure youth. -Inadequate financial and -Scale up adult literacy and post literacy human resources programmes. -Integrate technical and vocational training in CBE Promoting the -Poor coordination -Mobilize private sector investment in Basic role of private -Lack of public private Education sector and partnership policy -Provide incentives to private investors private -Inadequate financial -Strengthen coordination financing in resources -Strengthen adherence to standards education -Inadequate incentives system -Weak enforcement of standards Promoting -Lack of public private -Develop public-private partnership policy Public Private partnership policy -Provide incentives to private investors Partnerships in -Lack of incentives -Strengthen coordination the provision of -Inadequate financial education resources infrastructure and services Increasing -Lack of awareness -Conduct sensitization campaigns number of girls -High girl drop-out rate -Encourage career guidance in mathematics opting for and science subjects mathematics and science subjects at all levels Improved quality Training and -Inadequate capacity of -Construct new TTCs and relevance of recruiting training colleges -Expand the Open Distance Learning teacher education additional -Ineffective deployment of training programme teaching staff teachers (more teachers in -Train and recruit additional primary school urban areas than in rural teachers 211 areas) -Train ECD caregivers and CBE instructors -Inadequate incentives -Provide attractive terms / conditions to -Lack of support teachers infrastructure -Develop guidelines and train head teachers for double shifting and overlapping classrooms - Provide incentives to teachers under double shifting schools -Provide adequate supply of teaching and learning materials. -Provide Continuing Professional Development (CPD) for teachers -Revise policies on teacher education and development -Develop proper guidelines of incentive schemes -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure. - Introduce and implement teacher assistant system in primary classrooms. Providing -Lengthy procurement -Procure adequate and relevant teaching and adequate and procedures learning materials relevant -Inadequate financial -Build capacity of procurement personnel teaching and resources -Provide support infrastructure learning -Low capacity of suppliers -Implement zero tolerance on corruption materials -Corruption and fraud -Improve procurement procedures -Lack of support -Improve distribution channels and infrastructure management capacity -Mismanagement of school resources Introducing - Inadequate resources and -Standardize testing in primary education to standardized capacity measure and monitor quality of learning and testing to teaching at different levels measure and 212 monitor quality of learning and teaching Reviewing and -Limited financial and -Identify national needs reforming human resources -Review the primary school curriculum school and -Lack of guidelines -Incorporate national needs in the curriculum training college -Develop curricula for adult literacy curricula to -Introduce standardized testing to measure and address national monitor quality of learning and teaching needs at all -Develop and review guidelines levels -Recruit and train personnel Promoting -Inadequate human and -Recruit and train inspectors systematic and financial resources -Provide frequent inspection and advisory visits regular -Inadequate skills of to schools inspection of all PEAs/Inspectors -Conduct sensitization campaigns learning -Inadequate equipment -Define career path for PEAs/Inspectors institutions -Lack of motivation -Provide support infrastructure and equipment -Lack of support -Enhance accountability and transparency infrastructure -Corruption Improved Decentralizing -Inadequate human and -Devolve sector functions to local authorities management and management financial resources -Review devolution guidelines governance of and financing of -Lack of appropriate -Build institutional capacity at local levels education the education information -Enhance community participation and system -Poor coordination empowerment -Enhance school-based improvement planning and management -Enhance stakeholder coordination 213 Strengthening -Inadequate financial and -Conduct annual school census education human resources -Conduct school mapping management -Inadequate equipment -Train and recruit personnel and information -Unreliable data -Procure equipment systems -Enhance teacher management information systems -Conduct sensitization campaigns on data management -Update database 4.1.2 Secondary Education Goal Medium-Term Strategies To Constraints Focus Actions/Activities Expected Achieve Outcome Outcomes To improve Expanded Accelerating -Lack of capacity of -Identify and rehabilitate all existing dilapidated access to equitable access rehabilitation of contractors secondary school facilities quality and to education existing -Poor coordination -Construct new secondary schools and hostels relevant learning -Rigorous procurement -Construct and rehabilitate teachers‟ houses. education institutions and processes -Promote monitoring and supervision of construction construction of -Inadequate project works additional monitoring and -Construct and rehabilitate school sanitary facilities infrastructure at supervision -Improve community participation all levels -Inadequate financial -Recruit and train procurement personnel resources -Enhance stakeholder coordination -Strengthen capacity of contractors Scaling up -Inadequate financial and -Provide First Aid support mechanisms to secondary School Health human resources schools and Nutrition, -Prohibitive cultural -Strengthen AIDS Clubs and HIV and attitude -Promote nutritious diets in secondary schools AIDS programs -Poor sanitary facilities -Promotion of home economics education -Poor diet diversification -Provide life skills education, counseling, care and 214 of food preparation skills support to teachers and OVCs in schools. -Stigma and -Provide micro-nutrient supplements. discrimination -Scale up safe, healthy and productive school -Poor community environments participation -Provide girl friendly sanitary facilities -Shortage of skills -Conduct awareness campaigns Scaling up of - Harmful cultural -Provide life skills education, counseling, care and child friendly practices support to teachers and OVCs in schools schools -Lack of awareness -Develop mechanisms for reporting forms of student programmes -Lack of guidelines on abuse school discipline -Disseminate and enforce policy against all forms of corporal punishment -Implement measures to reduce violence against students -Conduct awareness campaigns Providing a -Prohibitive cultural -Provide supportive infrastructure/ facilities for girls conducive practices to girls‟ -Review policies related to girl students environment for education; -Provide grants to schools to address equity issues girls education -Highly skewed -Provide girl friendly sanitary facilities including distribution of special -Conduct sensitization campaigns boarding needs students -Construct girls‟ hostels facilities -Lack of girl-friendly sanitation facilities Inadequate financial resources Providing a -Inadequate SNE -Provide supportive infrastructure/ facilities for conducive teachers, teaching and special needs students environment for learning materials and -Review policies related to special needs students students with assistive devices -Conduct sensitization campaigns special -Lack of appropriate SNE -Train and recruit SNE teachers education needs infrastructure 215 -Inadequate financial resources Promoting the -Poor coordination -Mobilize private sector investment in secondary role of private -Inadequate financial and education sector and human resources -Establish private sector fora on education private -Inadequate incentives -Provide incentives to private investors financing in -Weak enforcement of -Strengthen coordination education standards -Strengthen adherence to standards system Promoting -Lack of public private -Develop and review public-private partnership Public Private partnership policy policy Partnerships in -Inadequate financial -Provide incentives to private investors the provision of resources education infrastructure and services Increasing -Lack of awareness -Conduct sensitization campaigns number of girls -High girl drop- out rate -Encourage career guidance in mathematics and opting for science subjects mathematics and science subjects at all levels Improved Training and -Inadequate capacity of -Train and recruit secondary school teachers quality and recruiting training colleges -Enhance capacity of training colleges relevance of additional -Ineffective deployment -Provide adequate supply of teaching and learning education teaching staff of materials teachers (more teachers in -Improve terms and conditions of service for teachers urban areas than in rural -Develop guidelines and instructions to sensitise areas). school personnel and communities -Inadequate incentives -Continually revise policies on teacher education and -Lack of support development infrastructure -Develop proper guidelines of incentive schemes 216 -Develop guidelines and train head teachers for double shifting and overlapping classrooms - Provide incentives to teachers under double shifting schools Reviewing and -Inadequate financial and -Conduct needs assessment reforming human resources -Review the secondary school curriculum secondary -Lack of guidelines -Incorporate national needs in the curriculum school curricula -Develop and review guidelines to address -Recruit and train personnel national needs Providing -Lengthy procurement -Procure adequate and relevant teaching and learning adequate and procedures materials relevant -Inadequate financial -Build capacity of procurement personnel teaching and resources -Provide support infrastructure learning -Low capacity of -Develop relevant teaching and learning materials materials suppliers -Implement zero tolerance on corruption -Corruption and fraud –Conduct sensitization campaigns -Lack of support -Develop and review textbook policy infrastructure -Improve procurement procedures Mismanagement of -Improve distribution channels and management school resources capacity Promoting -Inadequate human and -Train and recruit inspectors systematic and financial resources -Provide frequent advisory and inspection visits regular -Inadequate equipment -Conduct sensitization campaigns inspection of all -Corruption -Procure equipment learning institutions Improved Decentralizing -Inadequate human and -Complete devolution of sector functions to local management management financial resources authorities and governance and financing of -Lack of appropriate -Build institutional capacity at local levels of education the education information -Enhance community participation and system -Poor coordination empowerment 217 -Conflicting policies -Enhance school-based improvement planning and management -Enhance stakeholder coordination Strengthening -Inadequate financial and -Conduct annual school census education human resources -Conduct school mapping management -Inadequate equipment -Train and recruit personnel and information -Unreliable data -Procure equipment systems -Enhance teacher management information systems -Conduct sensitization campaigns on data management -Update database 4.1.3 Tertiary and Vocational Education Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To improve Expanded Accelerating -Lack of capacity of -Construct new infrastructure access to equitable rehabilitation of contractors -Establish a college for special needs teacher quality and access to existing -Poor coordination education relevant education learning -Rigorous procurement -Identify and rehabilitate all existing dilapidated education institutions and processes tertiary and vocational facilities, construction of -Inadequate project -Strengthen and promote monitoring and supervision additional monitoring and of construction works infrastructure at supervision -Recruit and train procurement personnel all levels -Inadequate financial and -Enhance stakeholder coordination human resources. -Strengthen capacity of contractors Establishing -Lack of capacity of -Construct new Universities and colleges new universities contractors -Strengthen and promote monitoring and supervision and colleges -Rigorous procurement of construction works processes -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate project -Strengthen capacity of contractors 218 monitoring and -Provide support infrastructure supervision -Inadequate financial and human resources -Corruption Scaling up -Inadequate financial -Provide health support facilities School Health and human resources -Establish and support resource centres and Nutrition, -Poor sanitary facilities -Promote nutritious diets and HIV and -Poor diet -Provide life skills education, counseling, care and AIDS programs -Stigma and support discrimination -Enhance safe and healthy environments -Conduct awareness campaigns Providing a -Inadequate girl-friendly -Advocate for girl education conducive sanitation facilities -Provide guidance, counseling, care and support to environment for girl students girls including -Provide supportive infrastructure/ facilities for girls boarding -Expand provision of grants to college and university facilities students Providing a -Inadequate SNE teaching -Provide supportive infrastructure/ facilities for conducive and learning materials special needs students environment for and devices -Review policies related to special needs students students with -Inadequate appropriate -Conduct sensitization campaigns special SNE infrastructure -Train and recruit SNE lecturers education needs -Establish and rehabilitate resource centres for children with special needs -Provide special needs teaching and learning materials such as Braille materials, assistive devices Promoting -Lack of public private -Develop and review public-private partnership Public Private partnership policy policy Partnerships in -Inadequate financial -Provide incentives to private investors the provision of resources -Strengthen coordination amongst stakeholders education -Inadequate incentives -Strengthen adherence to standards infrastructure 219 and services Increasing -Lack of awareness -Conduct sensitization campaigns number of girls -High drop-out rate -Encourage career guidance in mathematics and opting for science subjects mathematics -Increase enrolment of girls in science programmes and science subjects at all levels Improved Training and -Inadequate incentives -Train and recruit personnel quality and recruiting -Lack of support -Improve terms and conditions of service for relevance of additional infrastructure lecturers education teaching staff -Poor coordination -Provide supportive infrastructure -Inadequate financial resources Providing -Lengthy procurement -Procure adequate and relevant teaching and learning adequate and procedures materials relevant -Inadequate financial -Build capacity of procurement personnel teaching and resources -Provide support infrastructure learning -Low capacity of -Implement zero tolerance on corruption materials suppliers -Corruption and fraud -Lack of support infrastructure Reviewing and -Inadequate financial and -Conduct needs assessment reforming human resources -Review tertiary curriculum to incorporate national college needs curricula to -Develop and review guidelines address national -Recruit and train personnel needs Promoting -Inadequate human and -Establish National Council for Higher Education systematic and financial resources -Provide adequate financial and material resources regular -Inadequate equipment for inspectors to ensure adherence to standards 220 inspection of all -Corruption -Train and recruit inspectors learning -Poor coordination -Provide frequent advisory and inspection visits institutions -Enhance coordination -Conduct sensitization campaigns -Procure equipment Improved Strengthening -Inadequate financial and -Conduct annual college census governance and education human resources -Train and recruit personnel management of management -Inadequate equipment -Procure equipment education and information -Unreliable data -Enhance teacher management information systems system systems -Conduct sensitization campaigns on data management -Update database Decentralizing -Inadequate financial and -Provide administration and office support the human resources -Develop a framework for implementation of management decentralization in tertiary subsector and financing of -Provide adequate resources and training the education system 4.2. Science And Technology Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome Enhance the Well- Promoting -Inadequate expertise -Strengthen institutional capacity contribution coordinated prioritized, - Inadequate support -Provide support infrastructure of research, science and focused and infrastructure -Strengthen public/private partnership science and technology multi- -Inadequate equipment -Conduct awareness campaigns technology to generation and disciplinary -Technophobia -Provide incentives national dissemination research and - Inadequate private sector -Develop and implement research grant schemes productivity development participation -Enhance stakeholder coordination and -Lack of awareness competiveness -Weak institutional 221 capacity -Lack of incentives Enhancing -Poor coordination among -Establish networks with other vibrant Science, linkages institutions Technology and Innovation institutions locally and between -Lack of awareness internationally research, amongst users -Conduct awareness campaigns science and -Inadequate support -Provide support infrastructure technology infrastructure -Procure equipment institutions and -Inadequate equipment -Enhance coordination users -Low literacy levels Promoting -Inadequate financial and -Provide equipment information, human resources -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure education and -Inadequate equipment -Enhance science and technology information communication -Lack of skills dissemination on research, -Lack of support -Procure equipment science and infrastructure -Mainstream science and technology across sectors technology -Recruit and train personnel development Promoting -Underdeveloped private -Establish collaborative research programmes public-private sector between the public and private sector partnerships in -Lack of incentives -Enhance coordination generating and -Lack of public-private -Develop public-private partnerships policy disseminating partnerships policy -Provide incentives beneficial -Poor coordination -Promote innovative schemes and science culture at technologies -Poor linkages between all levels researchers, technologists, industry, Government and private sector Improved Mainstreaming -Lack of awareness -Conduct awareness campaigns operation of research, -Inadequate human and -Train and recruit personnel Research and science and financial resources -Procure equipment Development technology -Lack of support -Provide support infrastructure institutions development infrastructure -Advocate for research, science and technology 222 across all -Inadequate equipment mainstreaming sectors -Establish research grants Strengthening -Unavailability of -Develop R&D regulations and guidelines institutional regulations -Review policy and regulatory frameworks and regulatory -Inadequate financial and -Procure equipment framework human resources -Strengthen institution capacity including -Weak institution capacity -Undertake R&D and Innovation Surveys protection of -Inadequate equipment -Recruit and train personnel intellectual -Review the education Act property rights Strengthening -Inadequate financial and -Develop and implement capacity building capacity for human resources programmes research, -Inadequate equipment -Procure equipment science and -Lack of support -Provide incentives technology infrastructure -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure institutions -Lack of incentives -Train and recruit personnel -Absence of mentorship -Review education curricula at all levels of education for young scientists to strengthen the teaching and learning of science and - Lack of career path for technology researchers Improving -Inadequate financial -Construct office buildings and other facilities scientific and resources -Establish a Science and Technology Park technological -High cost of scientific -Establish Incubation Centre for Science, Technology infrastructure and technological and Innovation development for research and infrastructure -Establish a cyber-infrastructure, S&T Radio and TV development, -Lack of support broadcasting studio and innovation infrastructure -Identify and promote centre of excellence in Science and Technology -Establish Malawi Academy of Sciences Increased Promoting -Inadequate financial and -Recruit and train personnel adoption of adoption, human resources -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure beneficial transfer and -Inadequate equipment -Provide incentives technologies utilization of -Lack of support -Procure equipment 223 beneficial infrastructure -Disseminate new technologies technologies -Lack of incentives -Conduct demonstrations on new technologies -High cost of scientific -Develop intellectual property guidelines and technological infrastructure -Low literacy levels 5.0 Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management 5.1 Public Health Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions andActivities Expected Outcome The goal is to Reduced Strengthening -Inadequate human and -Develop support infrastructure control and incidence and health support financial resources -Procure equipment prevent prevalence of system -Inadequate infrastructure -Recruit and train personnel occurrence diseases and equipment -Ensure an efficient drugs and medical supplies and spread of -Inadequate skills procurement and distribution system diseases -Inadequate drugs and -Implement integrated vector control management medical supplies Strengthening -Inadequate incentives -Develop support infrastructure community -Inadequate financial and -Procure equipment health service skilled human resources -Recruit and train community health workers delivery -Inadequate infrastructure -Ensure an efficient drugs and medical supplies system and equipment procurement and distribution system -Inadequate drugs and - Provide incentives medical supplies -Enhance community participation and ownership Providing high -Lack of skilled human -Procure laboratory equipment, supplies and other quality resources diagnostic materials diagnostic and -Inadequate technology - Recruit and train personnel 224 laboratory capacity -Provide support infrastructure services -Inadequate support - Develop laboratory information system infrastructure -Inadequate financial resources Improving -Lack of skilled human -Strengthen laboratory, screening and other diagnosis, resources diagnostic services prevention and -Inadequate technology -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure treatment of capacity -Procure equipment problems that -Inadequate financial -Recruit and train personnel mostly affect resources -Ensure an efficient drugs and medical supplies children such -Inadequate infrastructure procurement and distribution system as malaria, -Inadequate drugs and -Implement integrated vector control management malnutrition, medical supplies - Review protocols and guidelines diarrhoea and pneumonia Strengthening -Lack of skilled human -Provide screening services and promoting resources, -Conduct awareness campaigns initiatives to -Inadequate technology -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure improve capacity -Procure equipment prevention, -Inadequate financial -Recruit and train personnel diagnosis and resources -Ensure an efficient drugs and medical supplies treatment of -Inadequate infrastructure procurement and distribution system emerging -Inadequate drugs and diseases such medical supplies as cancer, and -Lack of awareness high blood pressure 225 Strengthening -Inadequate financial -Conduct awareness campaigns immunization resources -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure programmes -Inadequate skilled -Procure equipment personnel -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate infrastructure -Ensure an efficient drugs and medical supplies -Inadequate drugs and procurement and distribution system medical supplies -Lack of awareness -Low literacy levels Building and Inadequate capacity in Increase collaboration and partnerships in provision strengthening training institutions of on job training human resource capacity Improved Strengthening -Lack of skilled human -Advocate male involvement in family planning maternal and availability resources -Recruit and train personnel child health and utilization -Inadequate financial -Conduct awareness campaigns of quality resources -Ensure provision of youth-friendly reproductive family -Low literacy levels health services planning -Inadequate infrastructure -Provide contraceptives through social marketing and services -Lack of awareness community outreach -Youth-unfriendly -Promote use of modern family planning methods reproductive health services Improving -Lack of skilled human -Conduct awareness campaigns availability resources -Promote use of modern family planning methods and access to -Inadequate financial -Provide skilled attendance at antenatal care, during quality resources birth, postnatal care, and under five services integrated -Low literacy levels - Provide PMTCT services maternal and -Inadequate infrastructure - Provide treatment of moderate and severe child care -Lack of awareness malnutrition services -Inadequate geographical - Provide micronutrient supplementation coverage of health care - Scale up extended program of immunization 226 facilities --Promote infant and young child feeding - Scale up and sustain facility baby friendly initiative (BFHI) - Deworming U5 children Improved Promoting -Inadequate financial -Develop and implement standards and guidelines on behavioural health resources health enhancing behaviour and life styles change enhancing -Lack of awareness promotion behaviour and -Inadequate equipment life styles -Beliefs and perceptions -Conduct awareness campaigns -Train community based workers in health enhancing behaviour and life styles promotion -Procure equipment -Provide support infrastructure 5.2 Sanitation Goal Medium- Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome To ensure Improved Promoting -Inadequate skilled human -Conduct awareness campaigns improved hygiene utilization of resources -Procure equipment sanitation practices improved -Social and religious beliefs -Train personnel facilities and sanitation -Inadequate financial -Provide support infrastructure adoption of safe facilities resources -Promote construction of sanitation facilities hygiene practices -Lack of awareness -Inadequate equipment 227 Enhancing -Inadequate human -Foster partnerships in IEC among stakeholders information, resources -Procure equipment education and -Inadequate financial -Recruit and train personnel communication resources -Conduct awareness campaigns on sanitation -Inadequate equipment and hygiene -Low literacy levels Promoting -Low literacy levels -Conduct awareness campaigns adoption of -Lack of awareness -Recruit and train personnel safe hygiene -Inadequate human and -Procure equipment practices financial resources -Introduce ventilated improved pit latrines -Inadequate equipment -Promote appropriate rural water sanitation technologies Increased Providing -Inadequate financial -Mainstream sanitation in public institutions access and improved resources -Conduct awareness campaigns usage of sanitation -Inadequate human -Procure and install equipment improved facilities in resources -Recruit and train personnel sanitation schools, health -Lack of awareness facilities care centres, -Inadequate equipment community based child care centres, markets and all other public places Improved Promoting -Poor coordination -Provide incentives for private sector participation management private sector -Inadequate financial -Conduct awareness campaigns and disposal participation in resources -Strengthen coordination of waste the provision -Lack of incentives of sanitation and hygiene services Promoting -Inadequate financial and -Conduct operations research research in skilled human resources -Provide support infrastructure 228 waste -Inadequate infrastructure -Procure equipment management -Inadequate equipment -Recruit and train personnel -Provide incentives Improving -Inadequate financial and -Conduct awareness management skilled human resources -Improve refuse collection and disposal of -Lack of awareness -Provide support infrastructure both liquid and -Low literacy levels -Procure equipment solid waste -Inadequate infrastructure -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate equipment -Improve community health surveillance system -Limited technology Enhancing -Inadequate skilled human -Review the Public Health Act and related policies institutional resources -Recruit and train community health surveillance capacity -Inadequate financial assistants resources -Strengthen coordination between local councils and -Inadequate support central government infrastructure and -Provide support infrastructure equipment -Procure equipment Strengthening -Poor coordination -Review the Public Health Act and related policies regulatory -Outdated legislation -Streamline procedures framework -Lengthy procedures -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate financial and -Conduct awareness campaigns human resources 5.3 Malaria Goal Medium- Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Term Expected Outcome To reduce Increased Scaling up the -Inadequate human -Conduct IRS services malaria related coverage of delivery of resources -Recruit and train personnel morbidity and malaria Indoor -Inadequate financial -Procure equipment 229 mortality prevention Residual resources -Conduct awareness campaigns Spraying (IRS) -Low literacy levels services to -Inadequate equipment other high malaria transmission districts Promoting -Inadequate skilled human -Conduct larviciding and drainage in breeding sites draining of resources -Conduct awareness campaigns mosquito -Inadequate financial -Provide larvicides breeding sites resources -Recruit and train personnel and larviciding -Lack of awareness -Procure equipment -Inadequate supplies Scaling up -Inadequate financial and -Procure and distribute LLINs distribution of human resources -Conduct awareness campaigns Long Lasting -Lack of awareness -Recruit and train personnel Insecticide -Inadequate supplies -Promote local production of LLINs Nets (LLINs) -Low literacy levels Increased Promoting -Inadequate drug supply -Procure and distribute drugs access to directly -Poor health seeking -Strengthen community health system appropriate observed behaviour -Conduct awareness campaigns malaria treatment -Low literacy levels treatment Developing -Inadequate financial and -Train health workers in basic care management capacity of human resources -Procure equipment community -Inadequate equipment health workers in malaria case management Increasing the -Inadequate skilled human -Procure and distribute medical supplies number of resources -Recruit laboratory technicians and specialists health facilities -Inadequate financial -Construct more health facilities providing resources 230 parasitological -Inadequate medical diagnosis of supplies malaria 5.4 HIV And AIDS Management Long- Term Medium- Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Goal Term Expected Outcome To prevent Reduced Promoting -Inadequate skilled human - Develop programs to reduce transmission among spread of HIV HIV interventions resources stable couples and high risk sexual practices infection and infection that reduce -Inadequate financial - Conduct IEC on promotion of preventive mitigate the and HIV resources measures including male circumcision, condom health, socio transmission transmission -Inadequate equipment and use economic and rate support infrastructure - Develop programs addressing the cultural, human psychosocial rights, social and economic environment, and impact of HIV gender inequalities and AIDS - Facilitate linkages between services and interventions on legal and human rights issues - Advocate and lobby for interventions that promote male circumcision services - Develop male circumcision policy, interventions and communication guidelines - Disseminate the National Condom Strategy and safe blood donations - Scale up the promotion of both free and socially marketed condoms at the workplace to high risk and vulnerable populations - Provide adequate safe blood supplies and promote their rational use - Strengthen infection prevention and waste management in the health facilities - Provide Post Exposure Prophylaxis in the health 231 care services to improve access and use - Train health workers on national screening and quality assurance standards - Identify best practices for integrating HIV prevention with other services and scale-up nationally - Scale up quality STI management in health facilities - Link community-based groups with health services to support both facility and community-based prevention activities - Provide HTC to TB patients - Establish and scale up life skills training programmes for school and out of school youths - Strengthen the development of role model initiatives for the youth - Provide youth friendly HIV and AIDS prevention and reproductive health services - Scale up sex and sexuality education in and out school youths - Promoting - Lack of willingness of - Scale up the provision of quality HTC services HIV Testing people to go for testing - Expand the coverage of door to door HTC. and - Unavailability of funds to - Provide adequate testing kits and other testing Counselling establish enough testing requirements (HTC) centers - Conduct annual HTC testing weeks - Inadequate availability of - Conduct IEC, advocacy and social mobilization on testing kits HTC - Train HTC service providers - Strengthen linkage between HTC services and other care and support services. Promoting - Inadequate financial and - Strengthen capacity to deliver PMTCT Prevention of skilled human resources, - Strengthen provision and access to integrated Mother-to- - Lack of awareness quality PMTCT services 232 Child - Low literacy levels - Conduct advocacy and community mobilization for Transmission - Inadequate support increased PMTCT demand, male involvement and of HIV infrastructure community support (PMTCT) - Cultural beliefs - Follow up on all HIV exposed infants and their - Poor supply chain parents or caregivers at facility and community management levels - Limited male - Increase access to ART and other HIV related involvement in PMTCT services to positive mothers and their partners - Strengthen follow up and referral of infants born to HIV positive mothers for care and support services - Promote education and support safe infant feeding according to PMTCT guidelines Promoting - Unavailability of IEC - Conduct research on the major factors facilitating HIV and AIDS materials HIV spread among various groups advocacy and - Unavailability of user - Train various stakeholders in the development and awareness friendly IEC materials effective dissemination of HIV prevention campaigns - Low literacy levels messages - Low capacity to use IEC - Produce and disseminate IEC materials on HIV by various stakeholders prevention and linkages between vulnerability groups HIV, stigma and discrimination and AIDS - Develop specific communication interventions to increase advocacy activities targeting particularly women and girls Improved Enhancing - Inadequate skilled human - Train and retain health workers quality of capacity of resources, - Strengthen quality assurance, infrastructure and lives of health care - Inadequate financial referral systems People delivery resources - Strengthen drug and other medical supplies Living with system to - Inadequate infrastructure procurement and logistics management HIV manage HIV and equipment - Strengthen laboratory support services for HIV (PLHIVs), and related - Inadequate drugs and diagnosis and management OVCs and illnesses medical supplies affected - Weak coordination individuals 233 and households Promoting - Inadequate human and - Develop the capacity for pre-ART management for access to financial resources people with HIV continuum of - Poor supply chain - Strengthen capacity for access, and use of quality HIV treatment management of ART, quality management of HIV related and care - Compliance and drug diseases and OI management services resistance - Build capacity in quality Early Infant Diagnosis - Low literacy rates and pediatric HIV and AIDS services, care, follow- up and support for HIV exposed children - Provide integrated TB, HIV and AIDS prevention, care and support services - Scale up palliative care for HIV patients - Conduct advocacy campaigns to address obstacles to equitable access to ART - Provide a framework for planning, organizing, implementing, monitoring and evaluating delivery of TB, HIV and AIDS intervention Promoting - Weak coordination - Strengthen community home based care models access to among service providers including palliative care and psychosocial support quality - Limited human and - Scale up coverage of home based care for people in Community financial resources need Home Based - Limited capacity at - Build the capacity of volunteers, CBOs, FBOs and Care (CHBC), community level NGOs involved in CHBC palliative care - Provide support to referral mechanisms between and other CHBC providers and facility-based care support - Conduct advocacy for greater involvement of services PLHIVs and OVC in planning and implementation of CHBC - Develop CHBC guidelines that spell out the roles of families, communities and service providers - Develop and strengthen coordination mechanisms of implementers of CHBC programmes 234 - Support community mobilisation in the provision of CHBC, palliative care and psychosocial support - Advocate and lobby for support towards the integration of palliative care in the national health system and training curricula for pre-service and in-service training - Provide support to programmes targeting boys and men to become involved in providing CHBC Promoting - Inadequate financial and - Establish income generating activities and micro support to human resources credit programmes targeting PLHIVs, OVC and PLHIVs, - Limited capacity for affected households OVCs and vocational and technical - Provide training to PLHIVs, OVCs and affected affected training households in business development services, food individuals and - Capacity to learn for the and nutrition security interventions, technical and households targeted groups PLHIV, vocational skills OVC and affected - Link PLHIV, OVC and affected households households particularly female- and child-headed households to the Social Cash Transfer and Input Subsidy Programmes - Provide educational and material support to OVCs and affected households - Build capacity of professional, health education, social welfare service providers and lay counselors in public sector and civil society - Strengthen capacity of families and communities to care for OVC - Improve the involvement of faith leaders in the provision of psychosocial and spiritual support - Advocate for enforcement of national and sectoral HIV and AIDS legislation - Establish programmes on legal literacy and awareness among PLHIV, OVC and affected communities 235 - Facilitate systems for reporting cases of violations and for the provision of legal assistance and legal remedies to PLHIV and vulnerable populations - Produce IEC programmes on rights of PLHIVs, OVCs and affected targeting the general population Promoting - Limited human and - Scale up and expand workplace interventions in mainstreaming financial resources public, private and NGO sectors of HIV and - Limited capacity for - Disseminate the mainstream guidelines to all AIDS resource mobilization, stakeholders management and tracking - Provide both technical and financial support for the at all levels implementation of workplace programmes - Limited human resource - Conduct advocacy and lobbying on development capacity of workplace programmes in the private sector and - Ineffective coordination among civil society organizations and implementation - Strengthen the capacity of Local Councils to structures especially at develop and implement workplace programmes district and community - Monitor the utilization of the least 2 percent ORT levels in the public sector - Limited use of - Facilitate review of public policies and strategies to technology mainstream HIV and AIDS - Develop capacity of public, private and civil society organizations to mainstream HIV and AIDS Promoting - Limited human and - Advocate for increased resource allocation for HIV effective financial resources and AIDS in the budget at national and district coordination - Limited capacity for levels and resource mobilization, - Strengthen financial resource mobilisation management of management and tracking - Develop capacity for resource mobilization for the national at all levels HIV and AIDS activities in the private and non- HIV and AIDS - Limited human resource profit sectors response capacity - Develop and implement a comprehensive resource - Ineffective coordination mobilization strategy 236 and implementation - Develop mechanisms for gender sensitive resource structures especially at allocation and tracking, and monitoring of the district and community response levels - Develop capacity of grant recipient organizations - Limited use of for proposal processing for HIV and AIDS funding technology -Develop capacity and timely implementation of activities - Develop systems for monitoring impact of the grants facility - Develop transparent and simple measures for timely accountability on resource use - Strengthen capacity of institutions to collect and report HIV and AIDS data using the National M&E Plan - Implement quality HIV and AIDS related research - Strengthen the capacity of institutions to undertake HIV and AIDS research - Support collection of routine and periodic gender sensitive programmatic data - Support implementation of national HIV surveillance strategy - Review the monitoring and evaluation tools - Strengthen mechanisms for analysis and packaging of surveillance and research findings - Disseminate strategic information to policy makers and programme planners - Advocate for enactment of HIV and AIDS Bill - Align sectoral policies and strategies to the National HIV and AIDS Act - Provide support to the various structures for the national response - Strengthen policy coordination, implementation and monitoring of nutrition, HIV and AIDS 237 programmes - Commemorate international HIV and AIDS days - Build capacity and provide institutional and operational support for effective coordination and management of the national HIV and AIDS response at council and national levels. - Strengthen the capacity of local authorities and other stakeholders to plan, monitor and evaluate the response - Strengthen mechanisms for coordination and partnerships at national, regional and district levels Promoting -Inadequate financial and -Establish income generating activities and micro reintegration of human resources credit programmes targeting PLHIVs, OVC and eligible PLHIV -Stigma and discrimination affected households into economic -Weak legislation -Provide training to PLHIVs, OVCs and affected activities households in business development services, food and nutrition security interventions and technical and vocational skills -Link PLHIV, OVC and affected households particularly female- and child-headed households to the GoM Social Cash Transfer Programme -Facilitate access to the Input Subsidy Programme by PLHIVs, OVCs and affected households -Provide educational support to OVCs and affected households Improved Promoting - Existence of stigma and -Develop programmes on nutrition management of dietary food and discrimination HIV–related illnesses practices of nutrition -Limited capacity at local -Provide infant and young child nutrition PLHIVs, security among council level interventions for HIV exposed children OVCs and HIV and AIDS -Develop programmes on nutrition for positive living affected affected and affected individuals individuals households -Compile and disseminate best approaches to and providing nutritional therapy to PLHIVs 238 households. -Monitor utilization of the 2 percent ORT budgetary allocation for nutrition, HIV and AIDS programmes -Support households affected by HIV and AIDS with sustainable economic and social protection interventions -Mobilize PLHIVs to demand food and nutrition security programmes -Scale up and increase access to sustainable economic and social protection for households affected by HIV and AIDS -Strengthen capacity of affected households to increase agricultural production -Provide nutritional supplements to hard hit households of PLHIV -Scale up nutrition treatment and supplementation, care and support for PLHIVs -Recruit and train nutrition, HIV and AIDS service providers in nutrition promotion, assessment, and management -Build capacity of the PLHIV, caregivers and households on nutrition promotion among PLHIV and nutrition management of HIV related conditions, diseases and drug side effects -Provide supplies and equipment for nutrition assessment and management for PLHIV -Review education curricula of learning and training institutions to include nutrition, HIV and AIDS interaction -Produce and disseminate Nutrition, HIV and AIDS training materials and guidelines for PLHIVs 239 6.0 INTEGRATED RURAL DEVELOPMENT Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome The goal is to -Improved local -Strengthening local -Poor coordination -Recruit and train personnel improve rural governance institutional capacity -Inadequate financial -Speed up the devolution process livelihoods systems and to be more responsive and human resources -Strengthen stakeholder coordination structures to the service needs of -Inadequate -Strengthen community participation in decision -Strengthened the rural communities equipment making process rural including the most -Slow rate of -Procure appropriate equipment participation in vulnerable decentralization -Conduct advocacy campaigns development -Low literacy levels -Conduct stakeholder training programmes -Provide support infrastructure -Scale-up and operationalise service charters -Well -Promoting integrated -Inadequate human -Strengthen stakeholder coordination coordinated local implementation of and financial -Procure equipment development district development resources -Conduct awareness campaigns planning processes -Inadequate -Establish a strong institutionalized sector equipment working group -Inadequate support -Strengthen accountability systems in councils infrastructure and services -Poor coordination -Conflicting interests -Improved -Promoting the -Poor and inadequate -Set up additional demonstration villages investment in establishment of rural rural infrastructure -Develop and rehabilitate support infrastructure rural areas growth centres and -Poor coordination -Provide incentives to service providers to work satellite model -Inadequate financial in rural areas villages resources -Scale up the establishment of Rural Growth 240 -Inadequate Centres equipment -Develop and rehabilitate rural infrastructure -Low participation of -Improve provision of services and social private sector amenities -Encourage formulation and implementation of investment plans in all district councils -Diversify revenue generation opportunities at district councils -Provide incentives for private sector participation and Public Private Partnership -Provide information on existing opportunities in rural areas Promoting rural -Inadequate human -Expand rural electrification electrification and financial -Conduct advocacy campaigns programme resources -Introduce other sources of electricity in selected -Poor and inadequate rural areas infrastructure -Develop and rehabilitate infrastructure -Limited demand -Provide incentives for private sector -Vandalism participation and public private partnerships -Promoting conducive -Inadequate financial -Improve the provision of social services environment for resources -Provide support infrastructure and services for private sector -Poor and inadequate private sector investment investment support infrastructure -Provide investment incentives and services -Review land tenure system -Inadequate -Promote income generating activities incentives -Limited demand -Increased rural -Promoting local -Low literacy levels -Expand MARDEF, YERDEF,OVOP and other incomes economic -Limited access to programmes development credit -Encourage microfinance institutions to invest in -Inadequate financial rural areas 241 resources -Train communities in business management -High default rates -Simplify loan requirement procedures -Limited coverage of -Provide support infrastructure micro- finance -Train communities on income generating -Unfavourable loan activities requirements - Link households to MFIs -Reduced rural- Improving access to -Inadequate financial - Expand provision of basic amenities urban migration basic amenities; and human resources -Encourage integrated planning and provision of -Inadequate and poor services infrastructure -Promote community based management -Ensuring equal -Low literacy levels -Empower communities to exploit socio- access to socio- -Lack of awareness economic opportunities economic -Corruption -Conduct awareness campaigns opportunities -Inadequate human -Promote zero tolerance on corruption and financial -Develop and rehabilitate infrastructure resources -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate support infrastructure 7.0 GREEN BELT IRRIGATION AND WATER DEVELOPMENT 7.1 Green Belt Irrigation Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To increase Increased land Promote -Lack of modern -Increase water harvesting technologies agriculture under irrigation development irrigation -Construct small, medium and large scale irrigation production and of areas with technologies schemes 242 productivity irrigation -Inadequate support -Provide financial services to smallholder irrigation through irrigation potential infrastructure farmers intensification -Lack of reliable -Provide credit facilities to commercial irrigation markets for irrigated farmers crop produce -Undertake integrated planning in irrigation -Inadequate programmes irrigation -Provide support infrastructure infrastructure -Strengthen private sector participation -Inadequate skills -Strengthen market infrastructure in irrigation -Undertake supply chain analysis infrastructure development -Inadequate financial resources -Inadequate private sector participation Increased Promote -Inadequate plant -Rehabilitate existing irrigation schemes and small earth agricultural rehabilitation and equipment dams production and of irrigation -Inadequate human -Conduct training programmes productivity infrastructure and financial -Procure equipment resources -Mobilize resources -Lack of support -Provide support infrastructure infrastructure -Enhance maintenance Promoting -Inadequate use of -Conduct research in irrigation technology research and modern irrigation -Enhance technology transfer and absorption. use of technologies -Develop marketing infrastructure appropriate -Lack of awareness -Procure equipment technologies -Inadequate human -Recruit and train personnel in irrigation and financial resources -Lack of equipment 243 Reduced Enhancing -Low literacy levels -Review curriculum in the training institutions dependence on information, -Lack of equipment -Undertake awareness campaigns rain-fed education and -Lack of human and -Procure equipment agriculture communicatio financial resources -Recruit and train personnel n on irrigation Increased Enhancing -Lack of human and -Enhance capacity in irrigation institutions agriculture technical and financial resources -Establish and empower cooperatives and water user production and administrative -Inadequate associations productivity capacities in equipment -Create an enabling environment for private sector irrigated -Inadequate skills participation agriculture -Weak institutional -Promote collaboration among stakeholders capacity -Develop the irrigation master plan -Poor coordination -Enhance capacity building Increased Promoting the -Weak farmer -Procure and provide agro-processing facilities household establishment organizations for -Enhance availability and utilization of market income levels of a well participatory information system coordinated irrigation -Promote crop diversification marketing development and -Develop support infrastructure system for management -Enhance stakeholder coordination products from -Poor quality of -Provide appropriate storage facilities irrigation produce -Strengthen producer organizations farming -Insufficient market -Organize and strengthen local produce markets information -Encourage contract marketing -Poor coordination -Lack of appropriate storage facilities -Inadequate support infrastructure 244 7.2 Water Development Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To improve access Well developed Promoting -Lack of integrated -Construct new small, medium and large multipurpose to water through and managed development of water resource dams an integrated water resources potential multi- management -Construct boreholes in areas with low water supply water purpose dam -Degradation of coverage management sites and ground water resources -Develop springs for multipurpose uses (irrigation, system water resources -Land tenure tourism and recreation) systems -Identify trans-boundary aquifers -Lack of awareness -Facilitate ratification of all appropriate agreements on on water issues transboundary water courses Strengthening -Poor coordination -Enhance stakeholder coordination and -Lack of -Recruit and train personnel institutionalizing consolidated -Consolidate database on water resources monitoring and database on water -Establish water management information system evaluation resources -Establish drought and flood monitoring and system for water -Inadequate human forecasting systems services and financial resources Promoting -Inadequate human -Enhance stakeholder coordination equitable and financial -Strengthen M&E system distribution of resources water points to rural areas through GPS mapping Enhancing -Inadequate human -Conduct awareness campaigns information, and financial -Recruit and train personnel 245 education and resources -Procure equipment communication -Low levels of -Enhance coordination of IEC awareness -Inadequate equipment -Inadequate skills Enhancing -Weak legal -Review and strengthen legal framework institutional framework -Recruit and train personnel capacity at all -Inadequate human -Enhance coordination levels and financial resources -Poor coordination Promoting user -Inadequate -Conduct awareness campaigns friendly construction - Conduct research on use of simple technologies technologies for equipment -Strengthen stakeholder collaboration water resources -Lack of -Promote efficient water use technologies conservation collaboration -Rehabilitate existing water infrastructure such dams and utilization amongst key and boreholes stakeholders -Lack of awareness -Inadequate financial resources Enhancing water -Inadequate resources capacity among monitoring, stakeholders preservation, -Lack of skills development -Lack of awareness and -Low literacy levels management - Inadequate institutional capacity Strengthening -Inadequate -Establish and empower water users‟ associations research in the capacity among -Conduct awareness campaigns 246 water resources stakeholders -Enhance stakeholder coordination -Lack of skills -Train key stakeholders -Lack of awareness -Low literacy levels Increased Improving -Inadequate -Rehabilitate existing water infrastructure access to safe existing water institutional -Develop additional water infrastructure water points infrastructure capacity -Train personnel within 500 m -Inadequate human -Develop water users‟ associations distance and financial -Strengthen institutional capacity resources -Insufficient self financing for sustainability Promoting the -Inadequate -Establish and empower water users‟ associations empowerment capacity among -Conduct awareness campaigns of local stakeholders -Enhance stakeholder coordination communities in -Lack of skills -Train key stakeholders water resources - Lack of awareness development -Low literacy levels and management Increasing -Poor coordination -Construct new small, medium and large multipurpose number of among stakeholders dams people -Inadequate -Construct boreholes in areas with low water supply connected to participation of coverage piped water stakeholders in -Enhance stakeholder coordination supply systems water management -Review and harmonize policies in both urban -Limited financial -Develop and rehabilitate water supply infrastructure and rural areas services -Increase water points -Population -Increase capacity of service provider pressure -Unharmonized policies 247 Strengthening -Inadequate -Rehabilitate existing water infrastructure institutionalizparticipation of -Recruit and train personnel ation of stakeholders in -Enhance stakeholder coordination practical water management -Strengthen institutional arrangement operations -Inadequate -Review regulations and financial and human -Enhance stakeholder participation in water maintenance resources management framework at -Inadequate skills all levels -Weak institutional arrangement -Weak law enforcement Promoting -Availability, -Promote public and private sector participation in private sector readiness and water resources management and development participation willingness of the -Enhance stakeholder coordination in the private sector to -Recruit and train personnel provision of take up the water services challenge -Poor coordination -Lack of public private partnership policy -Inadequate human and financial resources 248 8.0 CHILD DEVELOPMENT, YOUTH DEVELOPMENT AND EMPOWERMENT 8.1 Child Development and Protection Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To ensure that -Reduced -Protecting children -Inadequate human -Conduct awareness campaigns children grow into number of against abuse, and financial -Promote income generating activities productive and children living exploitation, neglect resources -Recruit and train personnel responsible citizens below the and violence -Poverty -Strengthen regulatory framework poverty line -Weak regulatory - Promote child protection initiatives with framework emphasis on female and physically challenged children -Eliminating harmful -Inadequate financial -Formation of parenting groups in all cultural practices & human resources communities -Lack of awareness -Conduct awareness campaigns -Weak enforcement -Strengthen enforcement of legislation of legislation -Reducing the -Inadequate financial -Train caregivers, committees, parents and adverse effects of resources field workers in nutrition values poverty on children -Limited economic -Enhance stakeholder coordination to ensure opportunities adequate technical support -Low literacy level -Increase economic opportunities in both rural and urban areas -Improved -Promoting access to -Inadequate financial -Develop tailor-made teaching and learning equitable access education, health and and human resources aids for children with special needs to quality child counselling services -High incidences of -Recruit and train teachers for children with development poverty special needs services -Inadequate support -Construct and rehabilitate Early Childhood infrastructure Development Centres (ECD) across the -Inadequate country equipment -Promote access to health services for the -Inadequate teaching vulnerable children 249 and learning -Lobby Parliament to enact the ECD materials legislation -Inadequate -Provide school health and nutritional institutional capacity services -Recruit and train counsellors -Strengthened -Promoting early -Inadequate financial -Train technical staff, caregivers, guardians national child childhood and human resources and parents in ECD and parenting services protection development and pre- -Inadequate skills -Conduct awareness campaign on ECD and systems to primary education -Inadequate parenting reduce children‟s infrastructure and -Institute in-service training of primary vulnerability to equipment school teachers in ECD violence, abuse, -Lack of -Cluster ECD centres around primary and exploitation standardized schools to enhance transition to primary curriculum school activities -Lack of awareness -Support joint meetings for ECD caregivers, local leaders, PEAs and primary school teachers -Provide school bursaries to OVCs -Link OVC to social protection interventions, essential health, education and other psychosocial support interventions -Upgrade institutional support services -Strengthen social rehabilitation centres -Construct and rehabilitate ECD infrastructure -Establishing a legal -Inadequate human -Provide training and incentives to and institutional and financial caregivers framework to resources -Conduct national mapping and invest for the promote early -Inadequate distribution of services childhood equipment -Formulate, enact and review child sensitive development services -Poor coordination laws -Rigorous - Develop rehabilitation centres bureaucratic 250 procedures -Promoting the -Inadequate human -Conduct stakeholder sensitization meetings integration of child and financial -Train technical staff and communities in issues in sectoral resources mainstreaming child issues policies and -Inadequate skills strategies -Lack of awareness -Strengthening inter- -Inadequate human - Establish focal points for efficient sectoral coordination and financial coordination and capacity of all capacity -Design and operationalise an IMS for social stakeholders -Weak institutional support framework - Mainstream child protection indicators in household surveys -Build capacity of Local Councils, ADCs & VDCs -Conduct sensitization of DECs and AECs on importance of child participation in decision making -Promoting support -Inadequate -Design and develop CBCC/ECD play to children infected information materials with nutrition and HIV and AIDS and/or affected by -Inadequate financial messages HIV and AIDS and human -Establish linkages between CBCC/ECD and resources existing nutrition and HIV and AIDS -Stigma and services discrimination -Train care givers, parents and committees -Lack of awareness on care for children with HIV and AIDS -Inadequate support -Develop and distribute IEC materials and infrastructure guidelines on care and support of HIV positive children -Support poor families in providing alternative care 251 -Promoting advocacy -Low literacy levels --Develop national plan for child protection and awareness on -Lack of knowledge and standard package of services child issues on child rights - Raise stakeholder awareness -Inadequate financial - Train personnel and human resources -Introduce Child Abuse Prevention in School (CAPS) programmes -Promoting civil -Weak registration -Enforce laws and regulations registration of system -Conduct sensitization campaigns children -Inadequate financial -Provide support infrastructure and and human resources equipment -Inadequate equipment and support infrastructure -Protecting children -Inadequate human - Review laws against abuse, and financial -Recruit and train personnel exploitation, neglect, resources -Strengthen institutional and regulatory and violence -Inadequate mechanism enforcement -Conduct awareness campaigns mechanism -Develop support infrastructure -Outdated and lenient -Strengthen enforcement mechanism laws -Lack of awareness -Weak institutional and legal framework -Poverty 8.2 Youth Development and Empowerment Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Action and Activities Expected Outcome Enhance effective Increased Improving youth‟s -Inadequate youth -Develop former Malawi Young Pioneers youth participation in absorption of technical, vocational, participation (MYP) bases into skills training centres economic activities skills, entrepreneurial and structures -Orient facilitators on life skills curriculum 252 technology and life skills -Narrow scope of for out of school youth innovations by youth activities and -Mobilize out of school young people to the youth structures, participate in education classes -Low incentive for -Review curriculum of vocational training innovation and complementary basic education -Low literacy levels -Conduct career guidance and promote attachment programmes -Train the youth in technical, vocational, entrepreneurial and life skills -Promote study of sciences among the youth -Promote intellectual property rights Improving youth‟s -Stringent -Form and train youth cooperatives access to credit procedures to access -Provide start-up capital in form of material facilities for credit to youth that have graduated from skills entrepreneurship -High cost of development centres borrowing -Establish more youth structures (youth -Low literacy levels clubs, business incubation centres, village -Limited access to polytechnics, youth networks, youth NGOs, information on youth centres) credit -Link youth entrepreneurs to markets -Inadequate financial -Conduct training in leadership and services in rural management, entrepreneurship and areas livelihood -Strengthen YEDEF across the country -Advocate for the provision of microcredit services to the youth -Streamline condition and procedures for accessing credit -Improved -Strengthening and -Inadequate financial -Rehabilitate and establish youth coordination of establishing youth and human resources development centres across the country youth programs development centres -Lack of youth -Introduce complementary basic educational policy classes in development centres -Train youth workers, youth networks and 253 youth leaders in advocacy and lobbying skills -Implement Youth Initiative Week -Provide guidelines to youth structures -Provide ICT equipment to youth structures Increased youth Promoting youth -Limited skill, -Organize discussion forums for parents and participation in participation in the experience and opinion leaders to solicit support for youth decision making decision making knowledge to initiatives processes processes participate in -Encourage girls participation in youth development development activities activities -Train the youth in leadership skills - Limited guidance -Train youth workers in information and counselling management systems services among the -Establish a Youth Management Information youth System to facilitate evaluation of youth -Low institutional programmes capacity -Train more youth counsellors and peer educators -Create youth awareness on emerging issues including climate change Constructing and -Inadequate financial -Construct and rehabilitate sports rehabilitating sports resources infrastructure infrastructure -Lengthy - Involve communities in construction, procurement rehabilitation and management of sport procedures infrastructure -Promote public private partnerships -Train youth and sports personnel in facility management -Eliminating gender -Lack of awareness -Conduct awareness campaigns on GBV and based violence, -Lack of guidance harmful cultural practices, abuse and harmful cultural and counselling trafficking 254 practices, abuse and services among the -Implement youth empowerment programs trafficking youth -Strengthen institutions which advocate for -Low literacy levels the right of the youth -High incidences of -Encourage girl child education poverty -Establish more victim support units -Strengthen law enforcement Improving access to -Inadequate financial -Conduct awareness campaigns on Sexual Youth Friendly and human resources and Reproductive Health (SRH), HIV and Sexual and -Inadequate support AIDS services Reproductive Health infrastructure -Promote youth friendly health services (SRH), HIV and -Low literacy levels -Educate youth on their reproductive health AIDS services -Stigma and rights and other emerging health issues discrimination -Introduce HCT and psycho-social services in youth centres -Building and -Inadequate human -Procure equipment strengthening the and financial -Develop and rehabilitate support capacity of resources infrastructure institutions that are -Recruit and train personnel responsible for coordination and delivery of youth development and sports services 9.0 CLIMATE CHANGE, NATURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 9.1 Climate Change Management Goal Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To enhance resilience Improved Implementing a -Bureaucratic -Conduct user needs assessment survey on to climate change climate change comprehensive procedures climate change and meteorological services risks and impacts mitigation and national climate - Inadequate -Undertake a comprehensive climate change 255 adaptation change investment infrastructure and and meteorology institutional inventory measures plan including all equipment - Disseminate and implement national potential global and -Inadequate data and climate change investment plan national funding information -Recruit and train personnel opportunities - Weak institutional -Acquire and install modern equipment capacity -Provide appropriate support infrastructure -Streamline procurement procedures -Strengthen collection of climate change and meteorological data and information Improving weather -Poor coordination -Produce manuals on table driven codes in and climate -Inadequate personnel weather observations monitoring, -Inadequate financial -Conduct training on the use of the Table prediction and and skilled human Driven Codes Manual information and resources -Produce weather forecasts knowledge -Inadequate equipment -Derive climate seasonal forecasts management systems -Inadequate data -Produce wind atlas, solar maps and flight -Inadequate weather reports infrastructure -Introduce new areas of observing weather patterns -Conduct a survey on indigenous rainfall indicators -Introduce indigenous indicators for observing weather -Prepare and communicate information on weather and climate -Strengthen coordination among stakeholders -Modernize climate change database -Establish Global Telecommunication System (GTS) linkages -Undertake data management activities -Recruit and train personnel -Procure equipment 256 -Provide support infrastructure - Produce and disseminate high quality climate information and tools Developing and -Outdated -Review, formulate and harmonize harmonizing climate meteorological data strategies, policies and legislation related to change related policy climate change strategies, policies -Inadequate financial and legislation resources Mainstream climate -Bureaucratic -Incorporate climate change issues into change issues in procedures national and sectoral development plans and sectoral policies and -Inadequate financial policies programmes and human resources -Incorporate climate change and -Lack of awareness meteorology in school curricula -Conduct advocacy and awareness campaigns - Recruit and train personnel Enhancing -Weak coordination -Develop and implement projects on implementation of -Inadequate personnel mitigation and adaptation to climate change mitigation and -Inadequate equipment -Produce crop weather yield forecast using adaptation -Inadequate data and crop weather models programmes information -Conduct awareness campaigns and -Weak regulatory advocacy on crop weather insurance framework and -Review agroclimatological requirements on policies selected main crops, livestock and wildlife -Weak institutional -Develop and disseminate crop weather arrangement calendar -Lack of awareness -Intensify collection of data and information on climate change Promoting -Weak regulatory -Review country green house gases dissemination of framework inventory climate change -Inadequate financial -Develop and operationalise the regulatory information for early and human resources framework warning, -Conduct awareness campaigns 257 preparedness, -Establish a climate change and response and meteorological communication centre recovery -Recruit and train personnel -Intensify coordination among stakeholders -Develop a communication strategy - Produce high quality climate information and tools for risk management Enhancing legal and -Inadequate human -Formulate a Climate Change Policy and regulatory capacity Act framework on -Absence of a climate -Review meteorological data policy climate change change policy -Outdated meteorological data policy - Bureaucratic policy formulation processes Enhancing cross -Weak institutional -Promote networking with international sectoral co- capacity organizations ordination of climate -Inadequate equipment -Participate in regional and international change programmes -Inadequate human meetings and financial resources -Produce and submit National -Limited knowledge Communication to the UNFCCC -Develop a sectoral strategic plan -Conduct awareness campaigns -Conduct stakeholder training -Intensify stakeholder coordination -Recruit and train personnel -Procure equipment Promoting climate Inadequate trained -Establish a meteorological and climate change related personnel change library education, -Inadequate financial -Recruit and train personnel training,awareness resources -Procure equipment and capacity building -Lack of necessary -Provide support infrastructure 258 infrastructure and -Conduct awareness campaigns and equipment advocacy -Conduct stakeholder training -Incorporate climate change issues into school curricula -Produce high quality climate information and tools Developing and -Lack of technical -Conduct sensitization campaigns implementing expertise -Recruit and train personnel appropriate green -Lack of awareness -Procure equipment house gas mitigation -Inadequate financial -Develop a database on the consumption of programmes and resources ozone depleting substances actions -Weak enforcement of -Develop capacity and regulations for standards and carbon trading ,Polluter Pays Principle and regulations payment for ecosystem services -Inadequate equipment -Intensify enforcement of regulations on importation of ozone depleting substances -Promote implementation of green house gas mitigation programmes and actions 9.2 Natural Resources and Environmental Management GOAL Medium-Term Strategies Constraints Focus Actions and Activities Expected Outcome To ensure sustainable Improved Improving -Weak institutional - Develop Sector Wide Approach for management and environmental coordination of capacity management of Natural Resources and utilization of the and natural environment and -Inadequate human Environment environment and resource natural resource and financial resources -Recruit and train personnel natural resources management programmes -Conflicting policies -Integrate environmental and natural - Bureaucracy resources management issues into national and sectoral development plans and policies -Streamline procedures -Harmonize sectoral policies 259 Developing capacity -Inadequate financial -Recruit and train environmental officers for Environment and resources -Operationalise Environmental Management Natural Resource -Inadequate Fund Management infrastructure and -Procure equipment (ENRM) equipment -Provide support infrastructure -Weak institutional -Promote community participation in capacity ENRM Enhancing -Lack of appreciation -Sensitisee developers on EIA mainstreaming of of the importance of -Harmonize sector specific strategies for environment and ENRM dealing with problems affecting natural natural resource -Unharmonized resources management issues policies -Develop policies and strategies for in sectoral policies -Lack of awareness coordination of common programmes and and programmes at -Inadequate human activities national and local and financial resources -Conduct EIAs and Audits in development levels projects -Review EIA reports -Monitor implementation of Environmental Management Plans (EMP) for approved projects -Facilitate co-management arrangements in ENRM programs Strengthening -Inadequate human -Review and develop advocacy materials education and public and financial -Conduct outreach programs on awareness resources environment programmes on -Inadequate equipment -Procure equipment environment and -Intensify environment and natural natural resources resources education management Enhancing -Inadequate human -Implement Polluter Pays Principle(PPP) environmental and financial -Promote private sector participation protection, resources - Recruit and train personnel 260 restoration and -Inadequate equipment -Build capacity of communities in ENRM rehabilitation -Conflicting interests -Phase out use of thin plastic papers -Conduct inspections on pollution -Conduct awareness campaigns -Promote stakeholder participation in land use planning -Promote rehabilitation and protection of catchment ecosystems Reduced Promoting -Weak enforcement of -Develop and implement projects on environmental biodiversity regulations and biodiversity conservation and rehabilitation pollution and conservation standards of the environment degradation programs -Inadequate human -Strengthen enforcement of regulations and financial resources -Conduct outreach programmes on -Lack of biodiversity biodiversity conservation policy -Phase out use of burnt bricks and thin plastic papers -Develop biodiversity policy Promoting -Intense rainfall -Enforce compliance to regulations development and -Wide spread drought governing importation of equipment or implementation of and floods facilities containing Ozone Depleting Clean Development -Inadequate financial Substances Mechanism (CDM), resources -Develop and implement community voluntary carbon -Inadequate skills, adaptation programmes markets and Reduced knowledge and -Sensitize communities on climate change Emissions from technology on issues issues Deforestation and of climate change -Build capacity of personnel to develop and Degradation of implement CDM and REDD plus programs Forest (REDD) -Develop policy and legislation on CDM, projects voluntary carbon markets / REDD plus -Develop, implement and monitor carbon voluntary markets/ REDD plus projects or programs -Promote research, dissemination and 261 utilization of CDM, voluntary carbon markets and REDD plus initiatives Promoting projects -Inadequate skilled -Update green house gases (GHG) on waste human and financial emissions inventories management resources -Promote research and dissemination in -Weak enforcement of waste management and air pollution regulation and -Train Law enforcers and technicians on standards ozone depleting substances -Low levels of public -Strengthen coordination in waste awareness management -Inadequate equipment - Enforce compliance to regulations governing importation of equipment or facilities containing Ozone Depleting Substances -Develop and implement projects on air pollution management -Promoting use of environmentally friendly technologies and practices -Conduct awareness campaigns -Develop public private partnerships on waste management -Procure equipment Promoting use of -Inadequate human -Conduct research and dissemination on environmental and financial environmental friendly technologies friendly technologies resources -Build capacity of stakeholders and practices -Low levels of literacy -Operationalise environmental information -Inadequate equipment management systems -Limited appropriate -Procure equipment technology -Recruit and train personnel -Inadequate research -Conduct awareness campaigns and development - Promote adoption and adaptation of technologies 262 Improved Enforcing -Inadequate human -Provide alternative economic opportunities regulatory compliance to and financial resources -Procure equipment framework for environmental and -Poverty -Conduct inspections on compliance to harmonized natural resource -Conflicting messages ENRM legislation environmental management -Inadequate equipment -Recruit and train personnel and natural legislation -Weak regulatory -Strengthen regulatory framework resource framework -Review EIA guidelines management -Conduct awareness campaigns Harmonizing - Inadequate resources -Review and enact Biosafety Act environment and -Poor coordination -Review and formulate ENRM policies and natural resources -Conflicting sectoral legislation management policies policies -Strengthen stakeholder coordination and legislation -Establish the National Environmental Protection Agency and Atomic Energy Regulation Agency 263

ANNEX 3: MGDS COSTING Summary of MGDS II Costing THEMES 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 5 Year Total MK (Millions) MK (Millions) MK (Millions) MK (Millions) MK(Millions) MK (Millions) Sustainable Economic 22,348 26,409 26,215 22,879 23,096 120,947 Growth Social Development 4,592 5,180 5,368 5,452 5,871 26,463 Social Support and Disaster Risk 33,484 38,451 41,511 45,122 44,919 203,261 Management Infrastructure Development 22,813 878,722 18,613 18,891 20,215 959,253 Improved Governance 809,867 895,843 990,115 1,080,719 67,103 3,843,645 Cross Cutting Issues 2,283 2,307 2,198 2,198 2,244 11,230 Total Themes 895,386 1,846,911 1,084,020 1,175,261 163,447 5,165,025 KEY PRIORITY AREAS Agriculture and Food Security 64,553 68,661 75,285 79,558 85,041 373,098 Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and 94,340 103,141 97,881 97,799 95,749 488,910 Tourism Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland 45,624 45,708 45,532 47,502 47,536 231,902 264 Port Education Science and Technology 111,185 149,225 173,867 216,479 177,853 828,608 Public Health Sanitation Malaria, and HIV and 192,032 212,277 223,088 229,405 243,344 1,100,146 AIDS Management Integrated Rural Development 2,923 2,859 4,455 5,623 7,191 23,051 Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development 72,007 96,230 117,609 121,005 158,051 564,901 Child Development, Youth Development and 4,615 4,872 7,717 6,942 6,121 30,267 Empowerment Climate Change, Natural 3,192 3,578 3,892 4,040 4,327 19,029 Resources and Environmental Management Total Key Priority Areas 590,471 686,551 749,326 808,352 825,213 3,659,913 Grand Total 1,485,858 2,533,463 1,833,346 1,983,613 988,659 8,824,938 265 MGDS II Costing THEMES Programme/ Strategy Priotizati 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 5 Year Total on MK MK MK MK MK MK (Millions) (Millions) (Millions) (Millions) (Millions) (Millions) Sub Theme1:Agriculture (Refer to Key Priority areas) Sub Theme 2: Natural Resources and Environmental Management (Forestry) Developing, conserving and protecting P1 623 672 723 781 840 3,639 forest plantations, customary estates and natural woodlands Strengthening institutional capacity of the P2 320 318 259 267 285 1,449 sector; Improving forestry extension services, P1 422 395 423 452 484 2,176 research, and information management; Enforcing and ensuring compliance with P2 60 72 38 36 39 245 agreed national, regional, and international obligations and legislation Promoting large, medium and small scale P2 160 172 161 173 186 852 forest enterprises Total Forestry 1,585 1,629 1,604 1,709 1,834 8,361 Sub Theme 3: Mining (Refer to Key Priority area 2) Sub Theme 4:Private Sector Development, Industry and Trade Fostering pro-business legal and regulatory P1 345 516 241 224 272 1,598 reforms Providing supportive infrastructure and P2 362 227 206 203 206 1,204 services for both start-ups and expanding enterprises Promoting growth of local Micro, Small and P1 44 58 67 83 89 341 Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) 266 Promoting private sector investment in rural P1 548 519 355 363 376 2,161 areas Enhancing dissemination of business P2 55 55 30 30 30 200 information Promoting adoption of modern and P2 220 200 70 70 150 710 appropriate technologies Promoting and strengthen the development P1 150 150 100 120 120 640 of cooperatives Total Private Sector Development 1,724 1,725 1,069 1,093 1,243 6,854 Sub Theme 5: Rural Industrialization A. Decentralization Enhancing implementation of the P1 89 263 290 319 350 1,311 decentralization process Strengthening community participation in P1 28 210 230 254 279 1,001 development Strengthening capacity of local government P1 74 350 385 423 465 1,697 structures and stakeholders Strengthening the M&E system P2 76 275 303 333 366 1,353 Total Decentralization 267 1,098 1,208 1,329 1,460 5,362 B. Rural Industrialization Strengthening and expanding OVOP P2 190 205 196 155 145 891 initiatives in rural areas Building capacity in product diversification, P2 1,636 1,639 1,195 935 880 6,285 business management, and production processes Promoting development of supportive P1 305 337 317 292 284 1,535 infrastructure Promoting access to credit P1 165 137 140 143 140 725 Total Rural Industrialization 2,296 2,318 1,848 1,525 1,449 9,436 267 Total Rural Development 2,563 3,416 3,056 2,854 2,909 14,798 Sub-Theme 6: Tourism, Wildlife and Culture Wildlife Strengthening institutional capacity to P3 30 34 39 44 49 196 manage protected areas and ecosystems Improving law enforcement and P1 319 790 780 775 398 3,062 effectiveness Reducing human – animal conflicts P3 160 216 128 125 117 746 Promoting and regulating wildlife farming, P2 198 1,023 843 635 766 3,465 utilization and trade Enhancing wildlife Information, Education P3 43 47 52 58 63 263 and Communication (IEC) programmes promoting community wildlife conservation P1 38 49 55 57 68 267 and monitoring Promoting alternative livelihood sources for P2 10 9 7 5 5 36 communities living around PAs Developing a database to monitor wildlife P2 63 70 75 85 92 385 population trends Total Wildlife 861 2,238 1,979 1,784 1,558 8,420 Culture Preserve historical artifacts and upgrade P1 16 19 23 34 36 128 retrieval system Preserve and construct national monuments P1 456 488 879 334 642 2,799 Promote and preserve local cultural P2 16 18 23 24 35 116 diversity and values Create public awareness on national P1 77 88 91 93 102 451 heritage programs Enhance the sub-sector's institutional P1 726 3,023 3,536 1,029 931 9,245 capacity 268 Total Culture 1,291 3,636 4,552 1,514 1,746 12,739 Total Wildlife and Culture 2,152 5,874 6,531 3,298 3,304 15,664 Sub Theme 7: Labour Promoting occupational safety, health and P1 1,075 1,240 1,134 1,126 1,113 5,688 welfare in workplaces Mainstreaming HIV and AIDS issues in P2 375 412 450 490 545 2,272 workplaces Promoting effective synergies in human P2 1,965 1,325 1,260 1,235 1,138 6,923 resources planning, development and utilization Promoting skills development, testing and P1 3,449 2,525 2,239 2,195 2,062 12,470 certification Establishing an effective and efficient P1 925 1,083 1,107 1,080 1,065 5,260 labour market information (LMI) system Reducing all forms of discrimination in the P1 200 216 240 263 288 1,207 labour market Promoting Labour administration systems P1 2,187 2,446 2,656 2,764 2,855 12,908 Integrating child labour issues into P1 1,718 1,731 1,985 2,132 2,287 9,853 development initiatives and interventions Total Labour and Employment 11,894 10,978 11,071 11,285 11,353 56,581 Sub Theme 8: Land Raising public awareness on land law and P3 52 94 154 84 68 452 land related laws, policies, and procedures Promoting land ownership, management P1 422 463 523 591 675 2,674 and title registration Decentralizing land administration and P3 76 87 98 122 180 563 management functions Developing mechanisms for widespread P3 820 1,022 909 914 876 4,541 geospatial information. 269 Providing physical development planning, P2 1,060 1,121 1,200 929 654 4,964 management, policies, strategies and legal framework; Total Land Sub theme 2,430 2,787 2,884 2,640 2,453 13,194 Total Sustainable Economic Growth 22,348 26,409 26,215 22,879 23,096 120,947 Theme THEME 2: SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT Sub Theme 1: Population Enhancing the provision, access, delivery P1 97 140 168 and utilization of Sexual and reproductive 81 116 603 health services to all including the vulnerable and disadvantaged groups Advocating girls‟ education and delayed P2 268 321 marriage 155 186 223 1,153 Promoting the small family concept P2 116 124 146 177 208 771 Providing sexual and reproductive health P3 86 124 149 536 education for both in-and out-of-school 72 104 sexually active population Addressing the vulnerabilities caused by P3 786 943 population ageing, migration and rapid 455 546 655 3,385 urbanization, and the interdependence of population and the environment. -Strengthening migration and national vital P1 600 720 registration systems 347 416 500 2,582 Total Population 1,226 1,456 1,744 2,095 2,509 9,030 Sub Theme 2: Health (Refer to Key priority area 5) Sub Theme 3: Education (refer to Key Priority area 4) 270 Sub Theme 4: Child Development and Protection (Refer to Key Priority area 8) Sub Theme5: Youth Development (Refer to Key Priority area 8) Sub-Theme 6: Nutrition Promoting exclusive breast-feeding P1 94 81 practices for children aged 0-6 months 152 172 117 616 Promoting optimal feeding practices for P1 206 192 children aged 6-24 months and beyond 402 460 382 1,642 Promoting optimal feeding of a sick child P1 167 185 during and after illness 128 146 155 781 Promoting the prevention, control and P1 138 133 treatment of micronutrient deficiency 169 177 137 754 disorders, particularly those caused by Vitamin A, Iodine and Iron, including food fortification Promoting health life styles P1 88 139 122 121 124 594 Improving access to nutrition supplements P1 647 675 for malnourished children, expectant and 501 646 709 3,178 lactating mothers, the elderly and physically challenged Promoting access to at least one nutritious P1 519 476 meal and related health and nutrition 481 536 530 2,542 services for the school-going children Strengthening capacities for households and P1 464 498 communities to attain adequate nutrition 422 434 454 2,272 Preventing and controlling nutrition related P1 115 93 88 71 73 440 non-communicable and other diseases Scaling up innovative interventions in P1 98 88 89 71 65 411 quality management of malnutrition among the various population groups; 271 Promoting production and access of high P1 197 213 234 255 269 1,168 nutritive value foods for diversified and nutritious diets Strengthening institutional and human P1 604 591 capacities for the effective delivery of 613 620 607 3,035 nutrition services Total Nutrition 3,366 3,724 3,624 3,357 3,362 17,433 Total Social Development 4,592 5,180 5,368 5,452 5,871 26,463 THEME 3: SOCIAL SUPPORT AND DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT Sub-Theme 1: Supporting the Vulnerable Enhancing and promoting predictable P2 transfers to the most vulnerable and the ultra 29,570 31,520 33,210 35,270 37,425 166,995 poor households establishing coherent and progressive social P3 25 23 23 support synergies 27 53 151 promoting existing livelihood activities for P1 20 16 20 the poor 14 16 86 promoting Village Savings and P1 469 Loans/COMSIP 1,324 953 1,456 1,139 5,340 Promoting longer term, skills oriented and P1 112 asset enhancing interventions 50 2,054 2,076 2,090 6,381 Improving and Scaling up the Social Cash P1 Transfer programme 1,937 3,238 4,411 5,760 6,228 21,574 Total Supporting the Vulnerable 32,923 37,810 41,222 44,297 44,277 200,528 Sub-Theme 2: Disaster Risk Management Developing and strengthening DRM policy P1 58 14 15 and institutional frameworks 37 14 138 Mainstreaming DRM into policies, P1 342 102 strategies and programmes; 76 120 83 723 272 Strengthening DRM coordination P2 15 18 20 mechanisms among stakeholders 17 16 85 Enhancing capacity on the use of P2 41 39 19 19 12 130 Geographical Information System (GIS) and other remote sensing technologies Developing an integrated national Early P2 44 44 167 Warning System (EWS) 232 179 665 Implementing mitigation, preparedness, P1 67 302 79 340 401 response and recovery measures in disaster 1,188 prone areas Incorporating DRM in all school curricula P1 37 50 25 37 33 183 Promoting awareness, access, distribution P2 49 44 50 and utilization of reliable and relevant DRM 54 40 237 information Total Disaster Risk Management 561 642 289 825 642 2,959 Total Social Support and Disaster Risk 33,484 38,451 45,122 44,919 Management 41,511 203,261 THEME 4: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT Sub Theme 1: Energy (Refer to Key Priority area 2) Sub Theme 2: Transport (Air Transport) Promoting and facilitating a competitive and P1 15 515 215 215 15 975 efficient air transport industry Providing safe, efficient, and reliable P1 500 60 2,940 aviation infrastructure and services. 1,560 400 420 Strengthening legislative and regulatory P1 140 120 framework. 250 250 230 990 273 Promoting effective safety and security P2 80 105 55 oversight systems 520 210 970 Undertaking reforms in the aviation sector P2 40 40 37 35 30 182 Strengthening institutional capacity P2 350 300 130 125 115 1,020 Implementing environmental protection P2 50 30 20 25 30 155 measures Promoting Public Private Partnerships to P2 15 15 15 15 15 75 facilitate private investment Total Air Transport 2,800 1,630 1,277 1,160 440 7,307 Sub Theme 3: Water Development (Refer to Key Priority area 7) Sub-Theme 4: Information and Communication A. Information and Communications Technology (ICT) Developing a reliable, fast, adaptive and P1 robust national ICT infrastructure that feeds 2,952 3,088 3,273 3,483 3,703 16,499 into international networks mainstreaming ICT into core sector policies P2 180 161 172 184 227 923 and strategies and operations Improving ICT services access by rural and P1 777 907 788 843 902 4,217 underserved communities Promoting the participation of private and P2 19 54 5 5 5 88 community ICT service providers Developing public online services P1 3,651 2,513 3,011 2,756 2,943 14,874 Improving public awareness programs in P3 140 61 66 80 66 413 ICT initiatives and regulations Improving efficiency in delivering postal P2 527 551 services 595 534 538 2,744 Migrating from analogue to digital P2 174 187 television broadcasting 503 859,375 163 860,402 274 Improving the regulatory framework of the P3 121 110 sector 428 132 132 923 Developing monitoring and evaluation tools P2 700 120 128 137 147 1,233 and techniques for the sector Developing public online services P2 220 378 366 403 403 1,770 Total Information Communication 10,165 867,324 8,642 8,711 9,244 904,085 B. Media and Communication Promoting distribution of publications P3 100 111 114 127 142 594 Promoting screening of developmental P2 60 76 87 90 100 413 video documentaries to communities Abridging, translating and distributing P3 88 94 102 163 143 590 policies and other important documents into major vernacular languages Enhancing skills capacity of the media P2 55 74 87 106 121 443 Strengthening regulatory framework to P2 40 50 58 51 57 256 facilitate free flow of information Strengthening information, education and P1 270 320 360 410 470 1,830 communication on topical issues Promoting discussion forums on topical P3 195 210 issues 155 165 185 910 Total Media and Communication 768 796 891 979 1,100 4,534 Total Information Communication 10,933 868,120 9,690 10,344 Technology 9,533 908,619 Sub Theme 5: Housing and Urban Development 5.1 Housing Strengthening institutional, legal and P1 200 176 127 68 63 634 regulatory framework for housing delivery Strengthening capacity for decentralized P2 457 655 562 566 650 housing delivery 2,890 275 Scaling up the provision of basic P2 287 205 170 238 193 1,093 infrastructure and services particularly in informal settlements; Promoting housing financing mechanisms; P2 2,215 2,777 2,500 2,629 2,743 12,864 Promoting Public and Private Partnerships P2 30 21 21 20 20 112 in housing delivery Promoting planning to improve quality of P2 62 46 43 34 34 219 rural and urban housing and settlement patterns; Developing and promoting the use of local P1 65 55 43 45 40 building materials 248 Providing safe adequate space to public P1 5,055 4,053 3,042 3,031 4,038 19,219 institutions and officers Total Housing 8,371 7,988 6,508 6,631 7,781 37,279 5.2 Urban Development Promoting Public Private Partnerships in the P2 574 829 1,130 1,245 1,450 5,228 development of urban infrastructure and social services Improving infrastructure and services slums P1 135 155 165 165 200 820 and existing urban areas ; Total Urban Development 709 984 1,295 1,410 1,650 6,048 Total Housing and Urban Development 9,080 8,972 7,803 8,041 9,431 43,327 Total Infrastructure Theme 22,813 878,722 18,613 18,891 20,215 959,253 THEME 5: IMPROVED GOVERNANCE Sub Theme 1: Economic Governance Pursuing sound macroeconomic policies. P1 275 293 260 278 265 1,371 276 Enhancing evidence based public policy P1 123 131 formulation 100 107 114 575 Harmonizing the National budget and P1 45 52 55 priorities in the national development 42 47 241 strategy Diversifying sources of Government P1 120 128 revenue 97 104 112 561 Improving revenue collection and P1 227 241 administration system 185 199 211 1,063 Ensuring that sectoral plans are aligned to P1 44 47 51 54 58 254 the national development strategy Strengthening monitoring and evaluation of P1 206 220 236 252 270 1,184 the implementation of national development strategies and programmes Improving national procurement, audit and P2 171 183 reporting systems 139 149 160 802 Enhancing international cooperation and P1 development diplomacy 4,630 4,955 5,301 5,022 5,376 25,284 Ensuring that external support is aligned to P1 69 73 79 84 90 395 the national development strategy Developing capacity for negotiating P2 200 214 195 209 223 1,041 bilateral and multilateral agreements Improving management of financial and P1 45 48 40 43 46 222 non financial assets Expanding and improving financial P2 169 5,180 193 207 219 services to micro, small and medium 5,968 enterprises Improving legal and regulatory framework P1 82 88 74 70 75 389 of the financial sector Total Economic Governance 6,268 11,707 7,078 6,909 7,388 39,350 277 Sub Theme 5.2: Corporate Governance Improving and strengthening business P1 120 129 137 147 158 691 regulatory framework and developing a clear regulatory regime for Parastatals Strengthening the Institute of Directors P2 54 58 62 66 70 310 Promoting the adoption of good corporate P2 60 65 55 59 63 302 governance code of conduct Promoting zero tolerance to corruption P1 179 191 167 179 192 908 Enhancing private sector participation in P2 16 18 20 social service provision 15 17 86 Total Corporate Governance 428 459 438 469 503 2,297 Sub Theme 3: Democratic Governance 5.3.1 Justice and Rule of Law Fostering independence and credibility of P1 620 673 the judicial system 360 503 511 2,667 Promoting a people-centred, accessible, P2 1,150 1,298 1,465 1,607 1,680 7,200 affordable, and expeditious justice system Promoting a justice and legal system that is P2 812 846 responsive to marginalized groups 592 679 745 3,674 Promoting supremacy and respect for the P3 30 34 38 42 46 190 constitution Strengthening capacity of sector P2 385 414 451 468 507 2,225 institutions Enhancing legislation oversight and P3 1,449 1,523 863 908 1,352 6,095 improve participation Increasing citizen awareness of the P1 90 99 108 114 126 537 country‟s laws, procedures and institutions Enhancing consistency of domestic laws P2 5 7 9 10 12 43 with international standards 278 Total Justice and Rule of Law 4,061 4,557 4,190 4,581 5,242 22,631 5.3.2 Human Rights Enhancing human rights awareness P1 495 745 900 763 897 3,800 Strengthening human rights institutions P1 78 120 146 70 248 662 Ensuring respect for prisoners rights P2 244 301 348 394 460 1,747 Promoting equitable access to economic, P1 88 120 119 149 179 655 political and social opportunities Strengthening legal protection and equitable P1 52 74 99 125 165 515 treatment for marginalized populations, women and children Total Human Rights 957 1,360 1,613 1,501 1,949 7,380 5.3.3 Elections Enhancing credibility, management and P1 334 371 8,620 403 451 10,179 accountability of electoral processes Enhancing independence of elections P1 108 120 133 143 159 663 governing bodies Enhancing implementation of law reforms P2 135 149 164 181 - 629 to facilitate free and fair elections; Improving governance in political parties P1 37 47 56 57 - 197 Fostering informed and active participation P1 85 94 102 113 125 519 in the local governance Enhancing public capacity to demand P1 50 56 60 66 74 306 accountability Total Elections 749 837 9,135 963 809 12,492 5.3.4 Peace and Security Improving the responsiveness of all security P1 3,761 4,425 4,327 6,898 5,148 24,559 sectors to communities‟ security needs Ensuring safe and secure borders P1 675 767 1,441 1,007 1,087 4,977 279 Improving infrastructure for development P2 110 130 1,416 1,598 1,790 5,044 and expansion of security establishments. Enhancing community integration and P1 676 768 904 1,040 1,146 participation in promoting a secure, peaceful 4,534 and crime free environment Strengthening partnership for risk P1 96 188 226 264 289 management between the Public and Private 1,063 Security Sectors. Promoting sovereignty, peace and territorial P1 10,325 11,356 12,491 13,737 15,109 63,018 integrity Developing infrastructure to improve P1 1,662 397 457 504 554 3,574 effective performance of the Malawi Defence Force (MDF) Total Peace and Security 17,304 18,031 21,262 25,048 25,123 106,768 Total Democratic Governance 38,714 42,419 57,004 56,637 57,692 252,465 Sub-Theme 5.4: Public Sector Management Developing and strengthen leadership P1 107 118 131 143 156 655 capacities for effective management of the public service Ensuring an effective and functional public P1 177 186 183 166 181 893 service Strengthening mechanisms for coordination P2 763,150 839,656 923,771 1,014,750 3 3,541,330 and utilization of resource Enhancing evidence-based policy making P1 105 208 222 245 267 1,047 Promoting participatory policy formulation P3 80 187 206 227 248 948 Improving conditions of service for public P1 328 360 498 548 235 1,969 service employees Developing capacity to implement Public P2 210 232 254 280 278 1,254 Sector Reforms 280 Implementing service charter programme P2 50 51 52 53 54 260 Strengthening equal participation of women P2 250 260 278 292 98 1,178 and men in leadership and management positions Total: Public Sector Management 764,457 841,257 925,595 1,016,704 1,520 3,549,533 Total Governance Theme 809,867 895,843 990,115 1,080,719 67,103 3,843,645 THEME 6: CROSS-CUTTING ISSUES Sub-Theme 1: Gender Promoting women entrepreneurship and P2 54 54 54 54 54 270 involvement in cooperatives Promoting equal access to appropriate P2 117 113 83 91 101 505 technologies and micro finance schemes Advocating for affirmative action to P1 78 85 94 103 114 474 increase representation of women in politics and decision making positions Enhancing awareness on GBV P2 87 94 102 112 124 519 Strengthening legal and regulatory P2 69 80 89 framework 64 75 377 Strengthening GBV service delivery P1 139 139 139 139 139 systems 695 Mainstreaming gender at all levels P1 149 157 102 69 72 549 Strengthening gender disaggregated P2 61 61 61 61 research and documentation 61 61 Total Gender 749 772 710 709 754 3,450 Sub-Theme 2: Capacity Development Developing and strengthening human and P2 423 424 institutional capacities 420 421 422 2,110 281 Mainstreaming capacity development in P1 12 12 12 all sectors 12 12 60 Strengthening academic institutions to P2 60 60 60 60 60 300 respond to the needs of the economy Promoting effective performance P1 52 52 52 52 52 260 management systems; Promoting capacity development at all P2 600 600 600 600 600 3,000 levels Enhancing coordination in resource P3 5 5 5 5 5 mobilization and utilization 25 Promoting and establishing professional P3 250 250 202 202 202 1,106 and skills development centres Review and enforce standards P3 40 40 40 40 40 200 Enhancing investments in infrastructure P3 20 20 20 20 100 and equipment 20 Promoting public private partnerships P2 75 75 75 75 75 375 Total Capacity Development 1,534 1,535 1,488 1,489 1,490 7,536 Total Cross Cutting Issues 2,283 2,307 2,198 2,198 2,244 11,230 Total Themes 895,386 1,846,911 1,084,020 1,175,261 163,447 5,165,025 KEY PRIORITY AREAS 1.0 Agriculture and Food Security 1.1 Agricultural Productivity and Diversification Improving access to inputs P1 22,816 22,839 24,202 24,862 25,544 120,263 Promoting Irrigation farming P1 627 766 855 918 970 4,136 Promoting contract farming arrangements P2 23 38 38 84 92 275 Improving agricultural production and P1 15,122 17,727 20,211 21,313 22,812 97,185 diversification 282 Promoting agricultural production for P1 315 399 502 509 593 2,318 exports Strengthening linkages of farmers to input P2 1,152 1,164 2,120 2,564 3,007 10,007 and output markets Promoting appropriate technology P1 93 157 202 274 362 1,088 development, transfer, and absorption Enhancing livestock and fisheries P1 761 932 1,172 1,335 1,609 5,809 productivity Providing effective extension services P1 19,493 19,498 19,514 19,541 19,594 97,640 Promoting soil and water conservation P1 1,016 1,080 1,652 2,180 2,698 8,626 techniques Total Agriculture Diversification 61,418 64,600 70,468 73,580 77,281 347,347 1.2 Food Security Implementing policies to sustain food P1 908 1,037 1,164 1,319 1,557 5,985 availability and accessibility Ensuring an effective early warning system P2 55 67 99 105 121 447 Strengthening farmer-led extension and P1 190 244 258 311 327 1,330 training services Providing technical and regulatory services P2 156 186 237 261 333 1,173 Reducing post harvest losses P1 1,348 1,930 2,310 3,082 4,228 12,898 Promoting income generating activities P3 62 73 86 93 101 415 Promoting dietary diversification P2 114 123 128 131 137 633 Improving coordination and management of P2 44 56 66 80 91 337 food aid and imports Improving the functioning of agricultural P1 83 109 135 166 189 682 markets Strengthening Public Private Partnerships in P3 32 40 48 59 69 248 agriculture 283 Strengthening and scaling-up market based P1 143 196 286 371 607 1,603 risk management initiatives Total Food Security 3,135 4,061 4,817 5,978 7,760 25,751 Total Agriculture and Food Security 64,553 68,661 75,285 79,558 85,041 373,098 2.0 Energy, Industrial Development, Mining and Tourism 2.1 Energy Developing additional power stations P1 32,820 37,686 35,743 38,245 40,923 185,417 Promoting public- private partnerships in P2 22 23 25 26 30 126 energy generation and distribution Improving management of energy P1 18,285 19,497 16,317 16,288 11,952 82,339 generation, transmission, distribution and supply, Promoting the use of renewable sources of P2 3,205 3,429 3,670 3,926 4,201 18,431 energy Improving regulatory environment P2 150 160 172 184 198 864 Enhancing urban and rural electrification; P1 4,065 8,377 8,965 9,590 10,264 41,261 Increasing liquid fuel stock-holding and P1 950 706 557 560 598 3,371 distribution capacity; Developing long-term systems of tapping P1 13,505 11,942 10,373 9,627 9,685 55,132 and delivering liquid fuel Total Energy 73,002 81,820 75,822 78,446 77,851 386,941 2.2 Industrial Development Promoting the use of modern technology in P2 2,970 2,640 2,390 1,740 1,340 11,080 manufacturing Enhancing backward and forward linkages P1 1,300 1,325 1,210 1,015 735 5,585 in the industrial sector Promoting labour intensive industries P1 604 682 594 317 472 2,669 284 Facilitating accreditation of quality P2 1,616 1,458 1,605 1,610 1,506 7,795 assurance institutions and enhance quality standards Promoting value addition in existing and P1 380 430 436 446 560 2,252 potential products Total Industrial Development 6,870 6,535 6,235 5,128 4,613 29,381 2.2.1 Trade Promoting adherence to standards in P2 1,028 1,028 728 528 528 3,840 tradable products Promoting trade in services P2 870 870 785 585 360 3,470 Promoting market diversification P1 260 240 195 230 170 1,095 Promoting trade integration P1 2,445 2,035 1,915 990 655 8,040 Promoting efficient and modernized boarder P1 140 145 145 145 140 715 infrastructure to facilitate trade Promoting Exports P1 3,120 2,926 2,927 2,402 1,597 12,972 Simplifying and streamlining trade and P1 35 42 44 46 27 194 customs procedures Improving fair trading and intellectual P2 33 42 45 52 38 210 property rights Promoting consumer loyalty to domestically P1 1,132 1,081 1,010 647 528 4,398 produced goods Total Trade 9,063 8,409 7,794 5,625 4,043 34,934 2.2.2 Agro-processing Promoting OVOP on Agro processing P1 29 42 43 33 25 172 Improving support infrastructure for agro- P2 80 90 135 47 37 389 processing of key industries Promoting investment in agro-processing P1 68 67 73 66 44 318 with special focus on private sector participation 285 Improving policy and regulatory P1 33 35 50 30 15 163 frameworks impacting on agro-processing Strengthening capacity for small and P1 169 172 141 144 151 777 medium scale agro-processing enterprises Total Agro-processing 379 406 442 320 272 1,819 2.3 Mining Producing detailed geological map of P1 245 261 1,941 2,055 2,198 6,700 Malawi; Strengthening institutional capacity of the P1 160 370 230 222 207 1,189 sector Enforcing legislations on sustainable use P3 35 37 40 43 46 201 and management of mineral resources; Enforcing environmental, occupational P2 42 44 48 52 55 241 health and safety in the mining sector; Promoting both local and foreign P2 449 460 334 318 341 1,902 investment; Strengthening seismic monitoring; P2 165 224 234 219 233 1,075 Developing an integrated data management P1 180 192 159 170 182 883 system Total Mining 1,276 1,588 2,986 3,079 3,262 12,191 2.4 Tourism Enforcing tourism industry standards and P2 75 500 608 729 850 3,062 planning controls; Strengthening institutional capacity at all P3 870 885 570 680 790 3,795 levels; Enhancing marketing of Malawi‟s tourism P1 400 452 494 556 618 2,520 products; Providing infrastructure that is supportive to P1 415 527 645 748 755 3,090 tourism development; Promoting the development of high-quality P1 855 1,025 1,170 1,300 1,430 5,780 tourism facilities in designated areas 286 Promoting eco-tourism P2 285 342 380 423 470 1,900 Promoting participation of local investors in P2 440 542 625 655 685 2,947 the tourism industry Adhere to best practices of sustainable and P3 110 110 110 110 110 550 responsible tourism Total Tourism 3,750 4,383 4,602 5,201 5,708 23,644 Total Energy, Industrial Development, 94,340 103,141 97,881 97,799 95,749 488,910 Mining and Tourism 3.0 Transport Infrastructure and Nsanje World Inland Port 3.1 Road Infrastructure Ensuring comprehensive and coordinated P1 575 297 221 216 414 1,723 planning of road and other modes of Transport Enhancing Public Private Partnerships in P1 215 157 155 192 255 974 the transport system Enhancing axle load control P1 190 200 160 170 180 900 Providing adequate network of roads based P1 30,392 28,368 25,938 28,367 30,217 143,282 on appropriate standards Enhancing routine road maintenance and P1 678 793 960 637 580 3,648 upgrading Building technical and institutional capacity P2 426 151 152 142 277 1,148 at all levels Promoting competition in the construction P2 550 850 647 445 545 3,037 industry Improving management of road network P1 7,683 7,947 10,169 10,329 8,975 45,103 throughout the country Promoting high road safety standards and P1 118 139 146 154 161 718 traffic management Total Road Transport 40,827 38,902 38,548 40,652 41,604 200,533 3.2 Rail Transport 287 Rehabilitating and expanding the railway P1 831 1,074 1,220 1,179 905 5,209 line and related infrastructure Creating linkages to ports, industrial sites P1 316 319 290 267 265 1,457 and regional and international markets Promoting railway safety and environmental P1 549 756 598 495 390 2,789 protection Improving operational efficiency and P1 294 477 551 575 528 2,425 commercial viability of the existing railway infrastructure and levels of service Total Rail Transport 1,990 2,626 2,659 2,516 2,088 11,880 3.3 Inland Water Transport Infrastructure Developing an efficient and productive P1 840 858 906 893 870 4,367 maritime transport system Promoting Public Private Partnerships in P2 35 37 33 31 30 166 the industry Improving port infrastructure P1 915 1,718 1,592 1,526 1,430 7,181 Opening up navigable rivers P1 880 1,360 1,541 1,685 1,430 6,896 Promoting affordable and safe water P1 137 207 253 199 84 880 transport system Total Inland Water transport 2,807 4,180 4,325 4,334 ,844 19,490 Total Transport Infrastructure and 45,624 45,708 5,532 47,502 47,536 231,902 Nsanje World Inland Port 4.0 Education Science and Technology 4.1 Education 4.1 Basic Education (Pre-primary and primary education) Accelerating rehabilitation of existing P1 32,927 42,495 56,398 81,694 31,420 244,934 learning institutions and construction of additional school infrastructure; Scaling up school feeding program P2 3,444 4,418 5,452 6,531 7,717 27,562 288 Scaling up school health and nutrition, and P2 1,134 1,375 1,634 1,865 2,072 8,080 HIV /AIDS programmes Scaling Up of child friendly schools P2 9 9 10 11 11 50 programmes; Providing a conducive learning and teaching P1 317 377 451 484 520 2,149 environment for girls Providing a conducive learning and teaching P1 509 703 89 846 907 3,754 environment for students with special education needs Strengthening coordination and the P2 1,381 1,479 1,587 1,700 1,823 7,970 provision of ECD; CBE and adult literacy Promoting the role of private sector and P1 22 22 25 27 28 124 private financing in the education system; Promote Public Private Partnership in the P1 9 9 10 11 11 50 provision of education infrastructure and services Increasing Number of girls opting for P3 5 5 6 6 7 29 mathematics and science subjects at all levels Training , recruiting and retaining teaching P1 10,617 6,028 7,634 11,813 7,430 43,522 staff; Providing adequate and relevant teaching P1 9,552 9,862 10,210 10,562 10,875 51,061 and learning materials Introducing standardized testing to measure P3 3,539 3,794 4,067 4,360 4,674 20,434 and monitor quality of learning and teaching; Reviewing and reforming school and P3 85 54 59 63 68 329 training college curricula to address national needs at all levels; Promoting systematic and regular inspection P1 430 462 494 530 568 2,484 of all learning institutions; 289 Decentralizing the management and P1 1,589 1,703 1,827 1,959 2,099 9,177 financing of the education system; Total Basic Education 65,569 72,795 90,653 122,462 70,230 421,709 4.1.2 Secondary Education (Lower and Upper Secondary education) Accelerating rehabilitation of existing P1 5,290 5,350 5,731 5,894 6,188 learning institutions and construction of 28,453 additional school infrastructure at all levels; Scaling up School Health and Nutrition, and P2 67 79 94 128 177 545 HIV/ AIDS programs Scaling Up of child friendly schools P2 27 29 31 34 35 156 programmes; Providing a conducive learning environment P1 247 271 25 348 375 1,566 for girls including boarding facilities Providing a conducive environment for P1 753 929 1,013 1,086 1,165 4,946 students with special needs Promoting the role of private sector and P1 875 1,374 159 879 1,476 4,763 private financing in the education system Promoting Public Private Partnership in the P1 27 28 30 33 35 153 provision of education infrastructure and services Increasing Number of girls opting for P3 12 13 14 15 16 70 mathematics and science subjects at all levels Train and recruit additional teaching staff; P1 1,909 2,368 3,087 4,151 4,823 16,338 Reviewing and reforming secondary school P3 299 13 14 16 17 359 curricula to address national needs Providing adequate and relevant teaching P1 5,135 6,368 8,628 12,496 18,154 50,781 and learning materials Promoting systematic and regular inspection P1 149 161 171 183 194 858 of secondary schools Decentralizing the management and P1 1,869 1,934 2,001 2,146 2,300 10,250 financing of the education system 290 Total Secondary Education 16,659 18,917 21,298 27,409 34,955 119,238 4.1.3 Tertiary and Vocational Education Accelerating rehabilitation of existing P1 10,997 10,852 9,940 10,485 10,854 53,128 learning institutions and construction of additional infrastructure at all levels Establishing new universities and colleges P1 7,903 9,136 10,612 11,415 12,429 51,495 Scaling up School Health and Nutrition, and P2 15 15 16 19 19 84 HIV/ AIDS programs Scaling Up of child friendly schools P2 5 6 6 7 7 31 programmes; Providing a conducive environment for girls P1 3 3 3 3 4 16 including boarding facilities Providing a conducive environment for P1 1,532 1,859 2,261 2,931 4,067 12,650 students with special needs Promoting the role of private sector and P2 21 21 23 25 26 116 private financing in the education system Promote Public Private Partnership in the P2 6 7 7 7 8 35 provision of education infrastructure and services Increasing Number of girls opting for P3 9 9 10 11 11 50 mathematics and science subjects at all levels Training and recruiting additional teaching P1 3,136 3,404 3,875 4,225 4,401 19,041 staff; Providing adequate and relevant teaching P1 717 777 1,271 976 999 4,740 and learning materials Reviewing and reforming College curricula P3 36 38 41 44 48 207 to address national needs Promoting systematic and regular inspection P1 185 202 212 227 244 1,070 of colleges 291 Decentralizing the management and P1 239 285 341 365 391 1,621 financing of the education system Total Tertiary Education 24,804 52,945 56,901 61,108 66,621 262,379 Total Education 107,032 144,657 168,852 210,979 171,806 803,326 4.2 Science and Technology Promoting adoption, transfer and utilization P1 395 434 478 525 578 2,410 of beneficial technologies Promoting prioritized, focused and multi- P2. 1,791 1,969 2,165 2,381 2,619 10,926 disciplinary research and development Mainstreaming research, science and P2 100 110 121 133 146 610 technology development across all sectors Enhancing linkages between research, P3 167 184 202 222 245 1,020 science and technology institutions and users Strengthening institutional and regulatory P1 1,089 1,199 1,310 1,426 1,565 framework including protection of 6,589 intellectual property rights Promoting IEC and knowledge management P2 200 220 242 266 293 1,221 in research, science and technology development Promoting public-private partnerships in P2 161 177 194 213 235 980 generating and disseminating beneficial technologies Improving scientific and technological P3 250 275 303 333 366 1,527 infrastructure for research and development and innovation Total Science and Technology 4,153 4,568 5,015 5,500 6,047 25,282 Total Education Science and Technology 111,185 149,225 173,867 216,479 177,853 828,608 5.0 Public Health, Sanitation, Malaria and HIV and AIDS Management 5.1 Public Health Improving availability of essential drugs P2 291 485 477 44 48 1,345 292 and medical supplies; Strengthening health support system; P1 11,866 12,186 11,817 11,856 11,859 59,584 Improving the quality of diagnosis and P2 32,690 35,015 37,456 40,075 42,880 188,116 treatment of communicable and non communicable diseases Promoting water and food safety P1 7,824 8,410 8,996 9,577 10,249 45,056 Strengthening and promoting initiatives to P1 2,453 2,576 2,757 2,951 3,157 13,894 improve prevention, diagnosis and treatment of emerging diseases such as cancer, and high blood pressure Strengthening availability and utilization of P1 469 465 497 531 569 2,531 quality integrated family planning services Improving availability and access to quality P1 15,572 16,057 16,717 17,469 18,309 84,124 integrated maternal and child care services Increasing geographical access to EHP P1 5,838 12,506 12,435 7,393 6,740 44,912 services Increasing availability of health P2 11,495 11,754 11,345 11,397 11,391 57,382 technologies for prevention, screening, diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation Strengthening community health service P2 3,591 4,360 4,331 3,895 3,793 19,970 delivery system Promoting health enhancing behaviour and P1 134 135 129 89 96 583 life styles. Implementing integrated vector control P1 33,484 36,776 40,395 44,371 48,740 203,766 management; Building human resource capacity at all P2 27 25 21 22 24 119 levels Exploring and implementing alternative P2 333 366 372 398 426 1,895 health financing mechanisms 293 Total Public Health 126,067 141,116 147,745 150,068 158,281 723,277 5.2 Sanitation Promoting utilization of improved sanitation P2 689 737 789 844 904 3,963 facilities; Enhancing information, education and P3 15 16 17 18 20 86 communication on sanitation and hygiene Promoting adoption of safe hygiene practice P2 14 15 16 17 19 81 Providing improved sanitation facilities in P1 133 55 29 21 20 258 schools, health care centres, community based child care centres, markets and all other public places Promoting private sector participation in the P2 15 10 1 1 1 provision of sanitation and hygiene services; 28 Promoting research waste management; P2 50 54 57 61 66 288 Enhancing institutional capacity P1 27 29 31 33 36 156 Sanitation Subtotal 943 916 940 995 1,066 4,860 5.4 Malaria Scaling up the delivery of Indoor Residual P1 15,000 16,050 17,174 18,376 19,662 86,262 Spraying (IRS) services to other high malaria transmission districts Promoting draining of mosquito breeding P3 2 2 3 3 3 13 sites and larviciding; Scaling up distribution of Long Lasting P1 31,659 34,824 38,305 2,134 46,345 193,267 Insecticide Nets (LLINs); Promoting directly observed treatment P2 3,259 3,487 3,731 3,992 4,271 18,740 Developing capacity of community health P2 10 10 11 11 12 54 workers in malaria case management Increasing the number of health facilities P1 45 48 52 55 59 259 providing parasitological diagnosis of malaria. 294 Malaria Subtotal 49,975 54,421 59,276 64,571 70,352 298,595 5.4 HIV and AIDS Management Promoting interventions that reduce HIV P1 3,536 3,846 3,195 ,707 2,503 15,787 transmission Promoting HIV Testing and Counselling P2 1,134 1,194 1,221 1,251 1,300 6,100 (HTC) Promoting Prevention of Mother-to-Child P1 1,046 1,083 1,036 854 860 4,879 Transmission of HIV (PMTCT) Promoting HIV and AIDS advocacy and P2 110 63 83 63 60 379 awareness campaigns. Enhancing capacity of health care delivery P1 2,815 2,807 2,765 2,418 2,238 13,043 system to manage HIV and related illnesses Promoting access to continuum of HIV P1 1,325 1,773 1,825 2,004 2,260 9,187 treatment and care services Promoting access to quality Community P2 351 382 388 334 327 1,782 Home Based Care (CHBC), palliative care and other support services Promoting support to PLHIVs, OVCs and P1 1,003 971 1,007 752 705 4,438 affected individuals and households Promoting mainstreaming of HIV and AIDS P2 209 192 185 140 138 864 Promoting effective coordination and P2 2,664 2,655 2,636 2,530 2,511 12,996 management of the national HIV and AIDS response Promoting reintegration of eligible PLHIV P1 188 167 150 125 120 750 into economic activities Promoting food and nutrition security P1 666 691 636 593 623 3,209 among HIV and AIDS affected households 295 Total HIV and AIDS Management 15,047 15,824 15,127 13,771 13,645 73,414 Total Public Health Sanitation Malaria, 192,032 212,277 223,088 229,405 243,344 1,100,146 and HIV and AIDS Management 6.0 Integrated Rural Development Strengthening local institutional capacity: to P1 1,390 835 1,682 1,852 2,036 7,795 be more responsive to the service needs of the rural Communities and also institutional capacity to be more responsive to the service needs of the most vulnerable rural households. Promote intergrated implementation of the P2 266 292 324 355 390 1,627 District Development Processes. Promoting the establishment of Rural P2 1,242 1,732 2,419 3,382 4,728 13,503 Growth Centres and Satelite Model Villages. Promoting the provision of tools for rural P2 25 - 30 34 37 126 industrialization Total Integrated Rural Development 2,923 2,859 4,455 5,623 7,191 23,051 7.0 Green Belt Irrigation and Water Development 7.1 Green Belt Irrigation Promote development of areas with P1 46,200 55,440 62,370 68,607 94,500 327,117 irrigation potential Promote rehabilitation of irrigation P1 17,281 22,246 27,973 33,840 1,313 142,653 infrastructure Enhancing information, education and P2 130 164 204 256 319 1,073 communication on irrigation Enhancing technical and administrative P1 84 104 128 157 200 673 capacities in irrigated agriculture 296 Promoting the establishment of a well P2 3,046 3,805 4,759 5,949 7,671 25,230 coordinated marketing system for products from irrigation farming Total Green Belt Irrigation 66,741 81,759 95,434 108,809 144,003 496,746 7.2 Water Development Promoting development of potential multi- P1 1,037 5,286 8,882 3,643 4,488 23,336 purpose dam sites and ground water resources Strengthening and institutionalizing P1 332 182 62 60 72 708 monitoring and evaluation system for water and sanitation services Enhancing information, education and P2 36 161 189 173 3 562 communication on sanitation and hygiene to ensure behavioural change Enhancing institutional capacity at all levels P2 351 286 262 276 70 1,245 Promoting user friendly technologies for P1 262 448 552 754 965 2,981 water resources conservation and utilization Strengthening scientific investigation and P1 29 36 45 45 62 217 research in the water resources Improving existing water and sanitation P1 448 581 655 842 1,038 3,564 infrastructure Promoting the empowerment of local P1 62 70 70 69 67 338 communities in water resources development and management Increasing number of people connected to P1 2,025 6,639 10,630 5,346 6,140 30,779 water supply systems 297 Strengthening institutionalization of P1 367 560 621 790 982 3,320 practical operations and maintenance framework at all levels Promoting equitable distribution of water P2 50 55 49 58 56 268 points to rural areas through GPS Mapping Promoting private sector participation in the P3 267 167 159 140 105 838 provision of water sanitation and hygiene services Total Water Development 5,266 14,471 22,175 12,196 14,048 68,155 Total Green Belt Irrigation and Water 72,007 96,230 117,609 121,005 158,051 564,901 Development 8.0 Child Development, Youth Development and Empowerment 8.1 Child Development Promoting access to education, health and P1 108 92 79 68 75 422 counseling services Protecting children against abuse, P1 92 99 78 85 94 exploitation, neglect and violence 448 Eliminating harmful cultural practices P2 58 63 70 77 85 353 Reducing the adverse effects of poverty on P1 99 81 68 56 43 347 children Promoting early childhood development and P1 196 204 214 229 246 1,089 pre-primary education Establishing a legal and institutional P2 53 44 34 38 41 210 framework to promote early childhood development services Promoting the integration of child issues in P2 22 22 20 19 18 101 sectoral policies and strategies 298 Strengthening inter-sectoral coordination P2 89 77 63 57 57 343 and capacity of all stakeholders Promoting support to children infected P1 84 68 70 74 78 374 and/or affected by HIV and AIDS Promoting advocacy and awareness on child P3 32 23 24 24 22 125 issues Promoting civil registration of children P1 56 62 32 35 38 223 Protecting children against abuse, P1 61 64 24 18 17 184 exploitation, neglect, and violence Total Child Development 950 899 776 780 814 4,219 8.2 Youth Development and Empowerment Improving youth technical, vocational, P1 2,849 2,981 5,771 4,997 4,106 20,704 entrepreneurial and business management skills Improving youth access to credit facilities, P1 101 136 132 116 109 594 capital and markets for sustainable entrepreneurship Training out-of-school youth in basic P3 10 7 9 7 13 46 education Establishing and strengthening youth P2 105 135 146 110 114 610 participation and coordination structures Constructing and rehabilitating youth P1 43 49 60 30 26 208 participation and sports infrastructure Training youth in life skills and SRH P2 186 222 251 273 271 1,203 Increasing youth access to SRH, HIV and P3 209 254 354 412 427 1,656 AIDS services Increasing human resource capacity P2 83 111 132 154 179 659 Providing management support P1 39 45 56 25 22 187 infrastructure 299 Improving governance and oversight of P2 40 38 37 40 42 197 youth and sports programs/services Total Youth Development and 3,665 3,973 6,162 5,307 Empowerment 6,941 26,048 Total Child Development, Youth 4,615 4,872 7,717 6,942 6,121 30,267 Development and Empowerment 9 Climate Change Natural Resources and Environmental Management 9.1 Climate Change Implementing a comprehensive national P1 355 460 502 516 576 2,409 climate change investment plan including all potential global and national funding opportunities Improving weather and climate monitoring, P1 198 211 175 187 188 959 prediction systems and information and knowledge management systems Developing and harmonizing climate P2 50 54 57 61 66 288 change related strategies, policies and legislation Mainstreaming climate change issues in P2 34 37 38 41 45 195 sectoral policies and programmes Enhancing implementation of mitigation P1 345 370 622 667 714 2,718 and adaptation programmes Promoting dissemination of climate change P2 140 151 142 128 124 685 information for early warning, preparedness, response and recovery Enhancing Legal and regulatory framework P2 25 27 28 12 13 105 on Climate change Enhancing cross sectoral co-ordination of P2 122 115 96 97 106 climate change programmes 536 300 Promoting climate Change related P2 85 90 97 104 112 488 education, training ,awareness and capacity building Developing and implementing appropriate P2 114 122 129 120 130 615 green house gas mitigation programmes and actions Total Climate Change 1,468 1,637 1,886 1,933 2,074 8,998 9.2 Natural Resources and Environmental Management Improving coordination of environment and P2 58 63 66 45 47 279 natural resource programmes Developing capacity for Environment and P2 225 241 257 276 295 1,294 Natural Resource Management (ENRM) Enhancing mainstreaming of environment P1 71 77 80 87 92 407 and natural resource management issues in sectoral policies and programmes at national and local levels Strengthening education and public P1 85 92 96 103 112 488 awareness programmes on environment and natural resources management Enhancing environmental protection, P2 164 178 185 200 216 943 restoration and rehabilitation Promoting biodiversity conservation P2 130 145 153 166 176 770 programs; 301 Promoting development and implementation P1 253 271 289 312 331 1,456 of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM); voluntary carbon markets and Reduced Emissions from Deforestation and Degradation of Forest (REDD) projects and programs; Promoting projects on waste management P2 310 330 298 320 340 1,598 Promoting use of environmental friendly P2 133 141 144 149 158 725 technologies and practices Enforcing compliance to environmental and P1 95 98 102 103 109 507 natural resource management legislation Harmonizing environment and natural P2 200 307 328 352 376 1,563 resources management policies and legislation Total Natural Resources and 1,724 1,941 2,006 2,107 2,253 10,031 Environmental Management Total Climate Change Natural Resources 3,192 3,578 3,892 4,040 4,327 19,029 and Environmental Management Total Key Priority Areas 590,471 686,551 749,326 808,352 825,213 3,659,913 Grand Total 1,485,858 2,533,463 1,833,346 1,983,613 988,659 8,824,938 302